SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

OR

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission file number 1-11356

 


 

RADIAN GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware

 

23-2691170

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA

 

19103

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(zip code)

 

(215) 564-6600

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $.001 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: YES x   NO ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).

 

YES x   NO ¨

 

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $4,631,620,000 as of June 28, 2002, which amount excludes the value of all shares beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) by officers and directors of the registrant (however this does not constitute a representation or acknowledgment that any such individuals is an affiliate of the registrant).

 

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS)

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 93,679,801 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding on March 18, 2003.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the Part of the Form 10-K (e.g., Part I, Part II, etc.) into which the document is incorporated: (1) Any annual report to security holders; (2) Any proxy or information statement; and (3) Any prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424 (b) or (c) under the Securities Act of 1933. The listed documents should be clearly described for identification purposes (e.g., annual report to security holders for fiscal year ended December 24, 1980).

 

Document


  

Form 10-K Reference


Annual Report to security holders for fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

  

Part II, Items 5-8

Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Registrant’s 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days following the end of the Registrant’s last fiscal year.

  

Part III, Items 10-13

 



 

Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

 

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on the Company’s beliefs, assumptions, forecasts of future results, and current expectations, estimates and projections about the markets and economy in which the Company operates. Words such as “anticipate,” “intend,” “may,” “expect,” “believe,” “should,” “plan,” “will” and “estimate” help identify forward-looking statements. The following are some of the factors that could cause actual outcomes to differ materially from the matters expressed or implied in the Company’s forward-looking statements. Readers are also directed to other risks discussed in documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Company’s forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their respective dates.

 

All capitalized terms used but not defined below are as defined in Part I, Item 1—“Business” of this report.

 

Because many of the mortgage loans the Company insures are sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, changes in their business practices could significantly reduce the Company’s revenues.

 

Because the beneficiaries of the majority of the Company’s mortgage insurance policies are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, their business practices have a significant influence on the Company as well as on the mortgage insurance industry in general. Changes in their practices could reduce the number of policies they purchase that are insured by the Company and consequently reduce the Company’s revenues. Subject to certain minimum requirements, some of their programs require less insurance coverage than they historically have required. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have the ability to further reduce coverage requirements, which could cause a reduction in the demand for mortgage insurance and cause the Company’s premium revenues to decline.

 

In addition, new risk-based capital rules promulgated by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, which regulates Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, may provide incentives for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to purchase loans that are insured by mortgage insurance companies rated “AAA” rather than “AA.” These rules could impair the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries, Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty, which are both rated “AA,” to compete with “AAA”-rated companies. Currently there are two “AAA”-rated mortgage insurance companies. The rules will not be fully phased-in for several more years. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac choose to purchase mortgage insurance from “AAA”-rated companies instead of the Company, the Company’s revenues would decline.

 

General economic factors may adversely affect the Company’s loss experience and the demand for mortgage insurance and financial guaranties.

 

The Company’s business, and the risks associated with the business, tend to be cyclical, and track general economic and market conditions. The Company’s loss experience on the mortgage and financial guaranty insurance it writes could be materially adversely affected by extended national or regional economic recessions, business failures, falling housing values, rising unemployment rates, interest rate changes or volatility, changes in investor perceptions regarding the strength of private mortgage insurers or financial guaranty providers and the policies or guaranties offered by such insurers, investor concern over the credit quality of municipalities and corporations, terrorist attacks, acts of war or combinations of such factors. These events could also materially decrease demand for housing or could reduce the demand for mortgage insurance or financial guaranty insurance. These factors could also cause claims and losses on the policies and guaranties the Company has issued to increase beyond what the Company anticipates. In addition to exposure to general economic factors, financial guaranty insurance exposes us to the specific risks faced by the particular businesses, municipalities or pools of assets covered by the Company’s insurance.

 

2


 

Because the Company’s business is concentrated among relatively few major customers, revenues could decline if the Company loses any significant customer.

 

The Company’s mortgage insurance and financial guaranty businesses are both dependent on a small number of customers. The Company’s top 10 mortgage insurance customers are generally responsible for over 45% of both the Company’s primary new insurance written in a given year and direct primary risk in force, based on the aggregate principal amount of the mortgage loans insured by the Company, multiplied by the coverage percentage. The concentration of business with these customers may increase as a result of mergers or other factors. The Company’s master policies and related lender agreements do not, and by law cannot, require the Company’s mortgage insurance customers to do business with the Company. In addition, in 2002, the Company’s subsidiaries, Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance, derived 26.7% of their annual gross premiums from four primary insurers, with one insurer accounting for 10.4% of their annual gross premiums. In addition, one trade credit reinsurer generated 6.2% of the financial guaranty business segment’s 2002 gross premiums.

 

If the Company were to lose the business of one of its major customers, its revenues would decline and profitability could be materially adversely affected.

 

Because the Company’s business is concentrated in a few states, its losses could increase materially or its revenues could decline as the result of regional economic factors.

 

In addition to the Company’s customer concentration, much of its business is concentrated in relatively few states, which increases its vulnerability to economic downturns in those states. The Company’s principal mortgage insurance subsidiary, Radian Guaranty, has approximately 60% of its primary insurance in force concentrated in 10 states (with the highest percentage in California). The current low mortgage interest rate environment is generating increased refinancing activity (the payoff of an existing mortgage loan combined with the establishment of a new mortgage loan). Because mortgage loans in areas experiencing property value appreciation are less likely to require mortgage insurance at the time of refinancing than are loans in areas experiencing limited or no property value appreciation, the current low mortgage interest rate environment may have the effect of further concentrating the Company’s primary mortgage insurance in force in economically weaker areas. Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance also have approximately 40% of their net insurance in force concentrated in six of those same 10 states.

 

The Company faces the possibility of higher claims as its mortgage insurance policies age.

 

Historically, most claims under private mortgage insurance policies occur during the third through fifth year after issuance of the policies. Approximately 71% of the Company’s primary risk in force has not yet reached its anticipated highest claim frequency years. If the growth of the Company’s new business were to slow or decline, the Company would expect claims to grow as a percentage of revenues, which would likely adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

If the estimates the Company uses in establishing reserves for its mortgage insurance or financial guaranty business are incorrect, the Company may be required to take charges to income and its ratings may be reduced.

 

The Company establishes reserves in both its mortgage insurance and financial guaranty businesses to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims. In its mortgage insurance business segment, it does not establish reserves until it is notified that a borrower has failed to make at least two payments when due. Once a payment has been missed, the Company uses historical models based on a variety of loan characteristics, including the status of the loan as reported by the servicer of the loan, economic conditions, and the estimated foreclosure period in the area where a default exists, to help determine the amount of the loss reserve.

 

3


 

In its financial guaranty business segment, the Company bases its loss reserves upon its estimates of likely claims and related claims amounts. The Company increases this reserve either when (1) a ceding company provides for losses and loss adjustment expenses or (2) the Company concludes that a default is probable on an insured risk. The amount of the reserve established is based on the Company’s analysis of the individual insured risk.

 

Setting the loss reserves in both business segments involves significant reliance upon estimates with regard to the likelihood, magnitude and timing of a loss. The models and estimates used to establish loss reserves may not prove to be accurate, especially during an extended economic downturn. There can be no assurance that the Company has correctly estimated the necessary amount of its reserves or that the reserves it establishes will be adequate to cover ultimate losses on incurred defaults.

 

If the Company’s estimates are inadequate, it may be forced by insurance and other regulators or rating agencies to increase its reserves. Unanticipated increases to its reserves could lead to a reduction in its ratings. A reduction in the Company’s ratings could have a significant negative impact on its ability to attract and retain business.

 

Some of the Company’s products are riskier than traditional mortgage policies.

 

The Company generally provides its private mortgage insurance for mortgage products that are at higher risk of default than traditional mortgages. A significant portion of the Company’s mortgage insurance in force consists of insurance either on mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios (“LTVs”) of more than 90% or on adjustable rate mortgage loans. The LTV is the ratio of the original loan amount to the value of the property. Mortgage loans with LTVs greater than 90% are expected to have default incidence rates substantially higher than those with lower LTVs. Adjustable rate mortgage loans generally have higher default rates than fixed rate loans. In addition, if the Company is required to pay a claim on a higher LTV loan, it is generally more difficult to recover its costs from the underlying property, especially in areas with declining property values.

 

The Company also offers traditional pool mortgage insurance, which exposes it to different risks from primary mortgage insurance. The Company’s pool mortgage insurance products generally cover all losses in a pool of loans up to the Company’s aggregate exposure limit (generally between 1% and 10% of the initial aggregate loan balance of the entire pool of loans). Under pool insurance, the Company could be required to pay the full amount of every loan in the pool within its insured layer that is in default and upon which a claim is made until the aggregate limit is reached, rather than a percentage of that amount, as is the case in traditional primary mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2002, $1.7 billion, or 6.2%, of the Company’s risk in force in its mortgage insurance business segment was attributable to pool insurance.

 

The Company insures some non-prime loans, which are riskier than its general portfolio and which will likely require it to make a higher percentage of claims payouts. These are usually classified as “Alt-A” and “A minus” loans, and enable borrowers with less than normal documentation or with substandard credit histories to obtain mortgages and mortgage insurance. Although the Company has historically limited the insurance of these non-prime loans to those made by lenders with good results and servicing experience in this area, the Company believes that non-prime lending programs represent the largest area for future growth in the mortgage insurance industry, and has increased and expects to continue to increase its insurance written in this area. During 2002, non-prime business accounted for $16.2 billion or 33.1% of Mortgage Insurance’s new primary insurance written (72.8% of which was Alt-A) compared to $14.3 billion or 31.9% in 2001. At December 31, 2002, non-prime insurance in force was $25.6 billion or 23.2% of total primary insurance in force as compared to $18.2 billion or 16.8% of primary insurance in force a year ago.

 

The Company’s subsidiary, Radian Insurance, writes credit insurance on non-traditional mortgage related assets such as second mortgages and manufactured housing and provides credit enhancement to mortgage related capital market transactions. These types of insurance could have higher claims payouts than traditional mortgage insurance products. The Company has less experience writing these types of insurance.

 

4


 

The Company’s subsidiaries also write guaranties involving structured obligations that expose them to a variety of market, credit and political risks beyond those that are specific to the mortgage insurance or financial guaranty businesses. The Company issues guaranties connected with certain asset-backed transactions and securitizations secured by one or a few classes of assets, such as residential mortgages or other consumer assets, utility mortgage bonds and multi-family housing bonds and obligations under credit default swaps, both funded and synthetic. The Company’s subsidiaries, Radian Asset Assurance and Radian Reinsurance, also provide trade credit reinsurance, which protects sellers of goods under certain circumstances against non-payment of the receivables they hold from buyers of those goods. These guaranties expose the Company to the risk of buyer nonpayment, which could be triggered by many factors, including the business failures of buyers. Such guaranties may cover receivables both where the buyer and seller are in the same country as well as cross-border receivables. In the case of cross-border transactions, the Company sometimes grants coverage extending to certain political risks, such as foreign currency controls and expropriation, which could interfere with the payment from the buyer.

 

If the Company is required to pay claims on its mortgage insurance or financial guaranty products beyond what it has anticipated, then its financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

The Company’s delegated underwriting program may subject it to unanticipated claims.

 

In its mortgage insurance business, the Company permits many of its mortgage lender customers to commit Radian Guaranty to insure loans using pre-established underwriting guidelines. Once a lender is accepted for the delegated underwriting program, the Company generally must insure a loan originated by that lender even if the lender has not followed the specified underwriting guidelines. Even if the Company terminates a lender’s underwriting authority, the Company would remain at risk for any loans previously insured by the lender before such termination. A lender could possibly commit the Company to insure a material number of loans with unacceptable risk profiles before the Company was able to discover the problem and terminate that lender’s delegated underwriting authority. The performance of loans insured through programs of delegated underwriting has not been tested over a period of extended adverse economic conditions. If the specified underwriting guidelines are not properly applied by the Company’s lenders, or if the Company has not properly constructed the guidelines, it could be required to pay a higher number of claims than expected.

 

The Company may face increased risks connected with its contract underwriting business.

 

In its mortgage insurance business, the Company underwrites some of its customers’ mortgage loans for secondary market compliance while at the same time assessing certain of the loans for mortgage insurance. The Company’s customers sometimes require the Company to purchase, or issue mortgage insurance on, loans that it has underwritten on the customers’ behalf but on which the Company has made a material mistake. The Company, therefore, assumes some credit risk and interest rate risk if it makes an error.

 

The Company’s revenues from mortgage insurance are dependent on the annual renewals of policies that may be terminated or not renewed by policyholders.

 

Most of the Company’s mortgage insurance premiums each year are derived from the renewal of policies that it has written in previous years. Consequently, a decrease in the length of time that its mortgage insurance policies remain in force would cause a decline in its revenues, unless the Company is able to continue to write enough new business to replace the cancelled policies. Recently, the rate of nonrenewal has been increasing. Factors that could cause an increase in non-renewals of the Company’s mortgage insurance policies include falling mortgage interest rates (which leads to increased refinancings and associated cancellations of mortgage insurance), appreciating home values and changes in the mortgage insurance cancellation requirements of mortgage lenders and investors.

 

5


 

The Company’s success depends on its ability to assess and manage its underwriting risks.

 

The Company’s success depends on its ability to accurately assess and manage the risks associated with the business it insures. The Company generally cannot cancel the mortgage insurance or financial guaranty insurance coverage it provides, and, because it generally fixes premium rates for the life of a policy when issued, it cannot adjust renewal premiums. If the risk underlying a particular mortgage insurance or financial guaranty coverage develops more adversely than anticipated, or if national and regional economies undergo unanticipated stress, the Company generally cannot increase premium rates on in-force business or cancel coverage to mitigate the effects of such adverse developments.

 

The Company’s mortgage insurance and financial guaranty premium rates may not adequately cover future losses. Its mortgage insurance premiums are based upon its expected risk of claims on the insured loan, and take into account the loan’s LTV, loan type, mortgage term, occupancy status and coverage percentage, among other factors. Similarly, the Company’s financial guaranty premiums are based upon its expected risk of claim on the insured obligation, and take into account, among other factors, the rating and creditworthiness of the issuer of the insured obligations, the type of insured obligation, the policy term and the structure of the transaction being insured. In addition, the premium rates take into account expected cancellation rates, operating expenses and reinsurance costs, as well as profit and capital needs and the prices offered by its competitors. Despite the analytical methods employed, the Company’s premiums earned and the associated investment income on the premiums may ultimately prove to be inadequate to compensate for losses it may incur.

 

The Company’s success is dependent on its ability to manage its investment risks and funds it controls.

 

The Company’s income from its investment portfolio is one of its primary sources of cash flow to support its operations and claim payments. If its calculations with respect to its policy liabilities are incorrect, or if it improperly structures its investments to meet these liabilities, the Company could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity. The Company’s investments and investment policies and those of its subsidiaries are subject to state insurance laws, and may change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of its business segments.

 

There can be no assurance that the Company’s investment objectives will be achieved. The success of the Company’s investment activity will be affected by general economic conditions, which may adversely affect the markets for interest-rate-sensitive securities, including the extent and timing of investor participation in such markets, the level and volatility of interest rates and, consequently, the value of such fixed income securities. Volatility or illiquidity in the markets in which the Company directly or indirectly holds positions could adversely affect it.

 

In addition, the Company’s businesses, such as RadianExpress.com, may be responsible for the handling and disbursement of lender funds, which subjects it to the risks that such funds could be misdirected or misappropriated.

 

If housing values fail to appreciate, the Company’s ability to recover amounts paid on defaulted mortgages may be reduced and its earnings may decrease.

 

Under its standard mortgage insurance policy, upon default the Company generally has the option of paying an entire loss amount and taking title to a mortgaged property or paying the coverage percentage in full satisfaction of its obligations under the policy. In recent years with a strong housing market, the Company has been able to take advantage of paying the entire loss amount and selling properties quickly. If housing values fail to appreciate, its ability to recover amounts paid on defaulted mortgages may be reduced or delayed, which may decrease its earnings.

 

6


 

A downgrade of the ratings of any of the Company’s subsidiaries by any of the rating agencies would adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

The insurance financial strength ratings assigned by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch to the Company’s subsidiaries may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in the Company or its subsidiaries’ financial condition or results of operations due to underwriting or investment losses or otherwise. The Company’s subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 

    

MOODY’S


  

S&P


  

FITCH


 

Radian Guaranty

  

Aa3

  

AA

  

AA

 

Radian Insurance

  

Aa3

  

AA

  

AA

 

Amerin Guaranty

  

Aa3

  

AA

  

AA

 

Radian Reinsurance

  

Aa2

  

AA

  

AAA

*

Radian Asset Assurance

  

Not Rated

  

AA

  

AA

 


*   On October 4, 2002, Fitch placed the AAA rating of Radian Reinsurance on negative watch for possible downgrade.

 

If the financial strength ratings of any of the Company’s mortgage insurance subsidiaries, Radian Guaranty, Radian Insurance or Amerin Guaranty, fall below “Aa3” from Moody’s or “AA” from S&P and Fitch, then national mortgage lenders and a large segment of the mortgage securitization market, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, generally will not purchase mortgages or mortgage-backed securities insured by them. If the financial strength rating of Radian Asset Assurance, one of the Company’s financial guaranty subsidiaries, falls below “AA” from S&P or Fitch, it could have a material adverse effect on its competitive position and its prospects for future financial guaranty insurance opportunities. If the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance, another of the Company’s financial guaranty subsidiaries, falls below “AA” from S&P or Fitch, or “Aa2” from Moody’s, the value of the reinsurance offered by Radian Reinsurance to its primary insurers will be substantially reduced and may no longer be of sufficient economic value to its primary insurers for them to continue to cede insurance to Radian Reinsurance at economically viable rates.

 

Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are also parties to numerous reinsurance agreements with primary insurers which grant the primary insurers the right to recapture all of the business ceded to Radian Reinsurance or Radian Asset Assurance under these agreements if the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance or Radian Asset Assurance, as the case may be, is downgraded below the rating levels established in the agreements, and, in some cases, to increase the ceding commissions in order to compensate the primary insurers for the decrease in credit the rating agencies allow the primary insurers for the reinsurance provided by the Company’s financial guaranty subsidiaries.

 

In October 2002, S&P announced that it had downgraded the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance from “AAA” to “AA” (and Fitch placed the “AAA” rating of Radian Reinsurance on negative watch for possible downgrade). As a result of the downgrade by S&P, the primary insurers have the right, as described above, to recapture the financial guaranty reinsurance ceded to Radian Reinsurance, including substantially all of the unearned premium reserves of Radian Reinsurance. As described above, the primary insurers also have the right to increase ceding commissions charged to Radian Reinsurance for cessions, including the right to a cash refund of a portion of the unearned premium reserves previously ceded to Radian Reinsurance reflecting the increased ceding commissions. In addition, the primary insurers may seek amendments to their agreements with Radian Reinsurance to revise ceding commissions or premiums payable or to recapture only a portion of the business ceded to Radian Reinsurance in a given year. Although Radian Reinsurance may be able to offset some of the effects of increased ceding commissions or reduced reinsurance premiums by posting collateral for the benefit of the reinsurers, the S&P downgrade, or the exercise by primary insurers of their rights triggered by the downgrade of Radian Reinsurance, could have a material adverse effect on Radian Reinsurance’s competitive position and/or its prospects for future reinsurance opportunities.

 

7


 

An increase in the Company’s subsidiaries’ risk-to-capital ratio and/or leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.

 

Rating agencies and state insurance regulators impose capital requirements on the Company’s subsidiaries (Radian Guaranty, Amerin Guaranty, Radian Insurance, Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance and their respective subsidiaries). These capital requirements include risk-to-capital ratios, leverage ratios and surplus requirements, and limit the amount of insurance that the subsidiaries may write. Moody’s and S&P have also entered into an agreement with Radian Guaranty that obligates Radian Guaranty to maintain at least $30 million of capital in Radian Insurance as a condition of the issuance and maintenance of Radian Insurance’s “Aa3” rating from Moody’s and “AA” rating from S&P and Fitch, respectively. The Company’s subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their risk-to-capital ratios and leverage ratios, including obtaining capital contributions from the Company, purchasing reinsurance or reducing the amount of new business written. To date, none of the Company’s subsidiaries has had any difficulty in maintaining appropriate risk-to-capital or leverage ratios or been limited in its ability to write new insurance. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of a subsidiary, whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, or a disproportionate increase in risk in force, could increase a subsidiary’s risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio. This in turn could limit that subsidiary’s ability to write new business or require that subsidiary to reinsure existing business, which then could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

The private mortgage insurance industry is highly competitive and the Company’s revenues could decline as a result of competition.

 

The United States private mortgage insurance industry is highly dynamic and intensely competitive. The Company’s competitors include:

 

    other private mortgage insurers, some of which are subsidiaries of well capitalized companies with higher financial strength ratings and greater access to capital than the Company has;

 

    federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental agencies, principally the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”) and the Veterans Administration (“VA”); and

 

    mortgage lenders and other intermediaries that forgo third-party insurance coverage and retain the full risk of loss on their high LTV loans.

 

In addition, there are an increasing number of alternatives to traditional private mortgage insurance, which could reduce the demand for the Company’s insurance products. These include:

 

    investors using credit enhancements other than private mortgage insurance or using other credit enhancements in conjunction with reduced levels of private mortgage insurance coverage; and

 

    mortgage lenders structuring mortgage originations such as a first mortgage with an 80% LTV and a second mortgage with a 10% LTV, which is referred to as an “80-10-10 loan,” rather than a first mortgage with a 90% LTV.

 

Many factors bear on the relative competitive positions of the private mortgage insurance industry and the Company’s other competitors, including price, underwriting criteria, legislative and regulatory initiatives that affect the FHA’s competitive position and the capital adequacy of, and alternative business opportunities for, lending institutions.

 

If the Company is unsuccessful at meeting the competition in its industry, its revenues may decline.

 

8


 

The Company faces significant competition in the financial guaranty industry and its revenues could decline as a result of competition.

 

The financial guaranty industry is also highly competitive. The principal sources of direct and indirect competition are:

 

    other financial guaranty insurance companies;

 

    multiline insurers that have increased their participation in financial guaranty reinsurance, some of which have formed strategic alliances with some of the U.S. primary financial guaranty insurers; and

 

    other forms of credit enhancement, including letters of credit, guaranties and credit default swaps provided primarily by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental enterprises or have been assigned the highest ratings awarded by one or more of the major rating agencies.

 

The rating agencies allow credit to a ceding company’s capital requirements and single-risk limits for reinsurance ceded in an amount that is in part determined by the financial strength rating of the reinsurer. Some of the Company’s competitors have greater financial resources and are better capitalized than the Company and/or have been assigned higher ratings by one or more of the major rating agencies. Competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business is based on many factors, including overall financial strength, pricing, service and evaluation by the rating agencies of financial strength.

 

Legislation and regulatory changes and interpretations could harm the Company’s business.

 

Changes in laws and regulations affecting the municipal, asset-backed and trade credit debt markets, as well as other governmental regulations, may subject the Company to additional legal liability or affect the demand for financial guaranty insurance and the demand for the primary insurance and reinsurance that the Company provides.

 

Increases in the maximum loan amount that the FHA can insure can reduce the demand for private mortgage insurance. This maximum amount has, in general, been increased annually, indexed to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac limits. In addition, the FHA has streamlined its down-payment formula and reduced the premiums it charges for FHA insurance, making it more competitive with private mortgage insurance in areas with higher home prices. These and other legislative and regulatory changes have caused, and may cause in the future, demand for private mortgage insurance to decrease.

 

The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) has proposed a rule under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”) to create an exemption from the provisions of RESPA that prohibit the giving of any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding that real estate settlement services will be referred. The proposed rule would make the exemption available to lenders that, at the time a borrower submits a loan application, give the borrower a firm, guaranteed price for all the settlement services associated with the loan. Mortgage insurance is currently included in the proposed rule as one of these settlement services. HUD is not expected to finalize the rule until the summer of 2003, and the rule would not be effective until a year after it is finalized. If the rule is implemented, the premiums charged for mortgage insurance could be negatively affected.

 

The Company’s business and its legal liabilities may also be affected by federal or state consumer, lending and insurance laws and regulations. In recent years the Company has also been subject to consumer lawsuits alleging violations of RESPA. If litigation or changes with respect to these laws and regulations are resolved in a way that is unfavorable to the Company, its revenues could decline.

 

9


 

Changes in tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, which could harm the Company’s business.

 

Any material change in the U.S. tax treatment of municipal securities, or the imposition of a “flat tax” or a national sales tax in lieu of the current federal income tax structure in the United States, or a change in the treatment of dividends could adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of such obligations. An elimination of the federal income tax on dividends has recently been proposed by President Bush. If this proposal is enacted, the market for municipal bonds may be harmed and the Company’s revenues from the writing of financial guaranty insurance may be reduced.

 

The Company’s growth may be restricted if it is unable to obtain reinsurance.

 

The Company’s ability to maintain reinsurance capacity is important to its growth strategy for its financial guaranty business. In order to comply with regulatory, rating agency and internal single risk retention limits as the Company’s business grows, it will need access to sufficient reinsurance capacity to underwrite transactions. The market for reinsurance has recently become more concentrated. If the Company were to become unable to obtain sufficient reinsurance, this could have an adverse impact on its ability to issue new policies.

 

The performance of the Company’s strategic investments could harm its financial results.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company had investments in affiliates of $259.1 million. The performance of its strategic investments in affiliates could be harmed by:

 

    the lack of stability of capital markets;

 

    changes in the real estate, mortgage lending, mortgage servicing, title and financial guaranty markets;

 

    future movements in interest rates;

 

    those operations’ future financial condition and performance;

 

    the ability of those entities to execute future business plans; and

 

    the Company’s dependence upon management to operate those companies in which it does not own a controlling share.

 

In addition, the Company’s ability to engage in additional strategic investments is subject to the availability of capital and maintenance of the Company’s financial strength ratings by rating agencies.

 

The Company may not be able to effectively manage its growth.

 

The Company seeks to expand its business internationally and into new markets. The Company’s expansion into new markets presents it with different risks, business analyses and management challenges. The Company may not be able to effectively manage new operations or successfully integrate them into its existing operations.

 

10


 

Part I

 

Item 1.    Business

 

General

 

Radian Group Inc. (the “Company”) provides, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, insurance and mortgage services to financial institutions in the United States of America and globally. The principal business segments of the Company are mortgage insurance, financial guaranty and mortgage services. The following table shows the percentage contributions to total revenues and net income of these businesses for 2002:

 

      

Revenues


    

Net Income


 

Mortgage Insurance

    

68.4

%

  

68.8

%

Financial Guaranty

    

22.5

%

  

21.8

%

Mortgage Services

    

9.1

%

  

9.4

%

 

For selected financial information about each segment, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption “Segment Reporting”. The Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are incorporated by reference into this report from the 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders and included as an exhibit to this report.

 

The Company’s strategic objective is to be a diversified global credit enhancement and mortgage services company focused on returns on allocated equity. The key components of this strategy are:

 

    continue to prudently grow the Company’s global mortgage insurance and financial guaranty businesses;

 

    leverage core competencies in new product offerings, both domestically and internationally; and

 

    focus on being a low cost provider of services through technology and risk management.

 

The Company began conducting business as an independent company upon its spin-off from Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company and initial public offering on November 6, 1992, as CMAC Investment Corporation. On June 9, 1999, the Company merged with Amerin Corporation and was renamed Radian Group Inc. As further described below, on February 28, 2001, the Company acquired Enhance Financial Services Group Inc., a provider of financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance. The Company is incorporated in Delaware.

 

Mortgage Insurance Business

 

The Company provides, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Radian Guaranty Inc., Amerin Guaranty Corporation and Radian Insurance Inc. (individually referred to as “Radian Guaranty”, “Amerin Guaranty,” and “Radian Insurance” and together referred to as “Mortgage Insurance”), private mortgage insurance and risk management services to mortgage lending institutions located throughout the United States. Private mortgage insurance protects mortgage lenders from default-related losses on residential first mortgage loans made primarily to home buyers who make down payments of less than 20% of the home’s purchase price. Private mortgage insurance also facilitates the sale of such mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, principally to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (Government Sponsored Enterprises, “GSEs”). Radian Guaranty is restricted to providing insurance on residential first mortgage loans only. Beginning October 1, 2001, Amerin Guaranty was licensed to write second mortgage insurance. Mortgage Insurance offers two principal types of private mortgage insurance coverage, primary and pool. At December 31, 2002, primary insurance made up 93.8% of total risk in force and pool insurance made up 6.2% of total risk in force on first lien mortgages. During the third quarter of

 

11


2000, the Company commenced operations in Radian Insurance, a subsidiary of Radian Guaranty that writes credit insurance and financial guaranty insurance on non-traditional mortgage related assets, such as second mortgages and manufactured housing loans, and provides credit enhancement to mortgage related capital market transactions. The risk in force in Radian Insurance was $0.5 billion at December 31, 2002, which represented less than 1% of the Company’s business.

 

Primary Insurance

 

Primary insurance provides mortgage default protection on individual loans at a specified coverage percentage, which is applied to the unpaid loan principal, delinquent interest and certain expenses associated with the default and subsequent foreclosure (collectively, the “claim amount”). The Company’s obligation to an insured lender in respect of a claim is determined by applying the appropriate coverage percentage to the claim amount. The Company’s “risk” on each insured loan is the unpaid loan principal multiplied by the coverage percentage. A large percentage of the Company’s current business is written with 30% coverage on loans with a loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”) between 90.01% and 95% (“95s”) and 25% coverage on loans with an LTV between 85.01% and 90% (“90s”). As of December 31, 2002, approximately 25% of the Company’s primary insurance in force outstanding had such coverages. In January 1999, Fannie Mae announced a program that allows for lower levels of required mortgage insurance for certain low down payment loans approved through its “Desktop Underwriter” automated underwriting system. In March 1999, Freddie Mac announced a similar program for loans approved through its “Loan Prospector” automated underwriting system. Through the end of 2002, a minimal amount of insurance was written in these programs. For more information on these developments, see “Other Direct Regulation—Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae” below.

 

Under the Company’s master policy, upon a default, the Company has the option of paying the entire claim amount and taking title to the mortgage property (at which time it is typically sold quickly), or paying the coverage percentage in full satisfaction of its obligations under the insurance written. In 2002, the entire claim amount was paid in approximately 2% of filed claims because of the expected economic advantage associated with that choice in those cases. This percentage is lower than in 2001. Good economic conditions experienced over the past few years have kept property values generally strong, but housing values may not remain as strong in the future.

 

Pool Insurance

 

Pool insurance differs from primary insurance in that the exposure on pool insurance is not limited to a specific coverage percentage on each individual loan in the pool. There is an aggregate exposure limit (“stop loss”) on a “pool” of loans that is generally between 1% and 10% of the initial aggregate loan balance. Because of lack of exposure limits on individual loans and the generally lower premium rates associated with pool insurance, the rating agency capital requirements for this product are more restrictive than primary insurance. Modified pool insurance has the stop loss-like feature of pool insurance, but also has exposure limits on each individual loan.

 

The Company offers pool insurance on a selective basis, as a credit enhancement to mortgage loans included in mortgage-backed securities or in whole loan sales, and in certain other structured transactions. Since 1996, the Company has offered pool insurance on mortgage products sold to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae by the Company’s primary insurance customers (such pool insurance, “GSE Pool”). This pool insurance has a very low stop loss, generally 1.0% to 1.5%, and the insured pools contain loans with and without primary mortgage insurance. Loans without primary insurance have an LTV of 80.0% or below. Premium rates on this business are significantly lower than primary mortgage insurance rates, and the expected profitability on this business is lower than that of primary insurance. During 2002, the Company had pool risk written of $174 million or 1.4% of the Company’s total risk written, compared to $255 million in 2001 and $188 million in 2000. The Company expects Mortgage Insurance to continue to write a limited amount of pool insurance in 2003, and will continue to write other forms of pool or modified pool insurance as market opportunities arise.

 

12


 

Structured Transactions

 

The Company, from time to time, engages in structured transactions that may include primary insurance, pool insurance or some combination thereof. A structured transaction generally involves insuring a large group of seasoned or unseasoned loans or issuing a commitment to insure new loan originations under negotiated terms. Some structured transactions contain a risk-sharing component under which the insured or a third party assumes a first-loss position or shares in losses in some other manner. Opportunities for structured transactions have increased during the last three years and this trend is expected to continue, but the Company competes with other mortgage insurers as well as capital market executions such as senior/subordinated security structures to obtain such business. Most structured transactions involve non-traditional mortgage or mortgage related assets such as higher loan balance “jumbo,” Alternative A (“Alt-A”) or A minus mortgages. Alt-A or A minus mortgages are known as the Company’s “nonprime” business. Competition for this business is generally based upon price and is also based on the percentage of a given pool of loans that the Company is willing to insure. In 2002, the Company wrote $11.8 billion of primary insurance in structured transactions, which represented 24% of primary new insurance written.

 

Revenue Sharing Products

 

The Company, like other mortgage insurers, offers financial products to its mortgage lending customers that are designed to allow the customers to participate in the risks and rewards of the mortgage insurance business. The most common product is captive reinsurance, in which a lender sets up a reinsurance company that assumes part of the risk associated with that lender’s insured book of business. In most cases, the risk assumed by the reinsurer is an excess layer of aggregate losses that would be penetrated only in a situation of adverse loss development. The Company had approximately 40 active captive reinsurance agreements in place at December 31, 2002 and could enter into several new agreements or modify existing agreements in 2003, some with large national lenders. Premiums ceded to captive reinsurance companies in 2002 were $57.1 million, representing 8.3% of total direct mortgage insurance premiums earned, as compared to $52.8 million, or 8.4% of total premiums earned in 2001. Primary insurance written in 2002 that had captive reinsurance associated with it was $17.0 billion, or 34.8% of the Company’s total primary insurance written as compared to $14.7 billion or 32.9% in 2001. During 2000, Freddie Mac issued standards for captive reinsurance through its mortgage insurance eligibility requirements. Additionally, a task force consisting of lenders, mortgage insurers and accounting firms has been set up to study risk transfer and the appropriate accounting treatment for captive reinsurance.

 

In addition to captive reinsurance, the Company has entered into revenue sharing arrangements with the GSEs whereby the primary insurance coverage amount on certain loans is recast and the overall risk to the Company is reduced in return for a payment made to the GSEs. Premiums ceded under such programs in 2002 were not significant.

 

Radian Insurance Inc.

 

Radian Insurance was reorganized and rated in September 2000 to write credit insurance and financial guaranty insurance on mortgage-related assets that are not permitted to be insured by monoline mortgage guaranty insurers. Such assets include second mortgages, manufactured housing loans, home equity loans and mortgages with LTVs above 100%. Radian Insurance also provides credit enhancement to mortgage related capital market transactions. The Company believes that there are many opportunities to take advantage of its expertise in credit underwriting and evaluation of asset performance to write business that it is precluded from writing in its monoline mortgage guaranty companies, Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty. Radian Insurance obtained a “AA” rating from Standard & Poor’s Insurance Rating Service (“S&P”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), and a “Aa3” rating from Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), based on a prudent business plan and a Net Worth and Liquidity Maintenance Agreement with Radian Guaranty, which obligates Radian Guaranty to maintain at least $30 million of capital in Radian Insurance. The insurance structures typically used in Radian Insurance are pool insurance or modified pool insurance that can have a reserve or first loss position in front of

 

13


Radian Insurance’s layer of risk. In addition to the Net Worth and Liquidity Maintenance Agreement, the Company intends to capitalize Radian Insurance at all times in an amount that would support the existing risk in force. In October 2001, a substantial part of the business written in Radian Insurance was reinsured by Radian Asset Assurance. Because most of the Company’s financial guaranty business on mortgage-related assets is written in Radian Asset Assurance and most of the Company’s second mortgage insurance is written in Amerin Guaranty, the business written by Radian Insurance was reduced in 2002.

 

Financial Guaranty Business

 

On February 28, 2001, the Company acquired the financial guaranty and other businesses of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. (“EFSG”), a New York based insurance holding company that primarily insures and reinsures credit-based risks, at a purchase price of approximately $581.5 million. The Company has retained EFSG as its financial guaranty insurance holding company, and conducts the financial guaranty business primarily through two insurance subsidiaries, Radian Asset Assurance Inc. (“Radian Asset Assurance”, formerly Asset Guaranty Insurance Company) and Radian Reinsurance Inc. (“Radian Reinsurance”, formerly Enhance Reinsurance Company). Radian Asset Assurance and Radian Reinsurance are collectively referred to in this report as “Financial Guaranty.” In addition, as part of the acquisition, Radian acquired an interest in two active credit-based asset businesses: Credit-Based Asset Servicing and Securitization LLC (“C-BASS”) and Sherman Financial Services Group LLC (“Sherman”). Several smaller businesses acquired with EFSG are either in run-off or have been terminated.

 

Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty to the holder of a debt obligation of full and timely payment of principal and interest. In the event of a default under the obligation, the insurer has recourse against the issuer and/or any related collateral (which is a component of many insured asset-backed obligations and other structured debt but is not typically a component of municipal obligations) for amounts paid under the terms of the policy. Payments under the insurance policy may not be accelerated by the holder of the debt obligation. Absent payment in full at the option of the insurer, in the event of a default under an insured obligation, the holder continues to receive payments of principal and interest on schedule, as if no default had occurred. Each subsequent purchaser of the obligation generally receives the benefit of such guaranty. Certain financial guaranty business is done by providing an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of a counterparty’s obligations under a credit default swap in which Financial Guaranty assumes credit risk primarily on portfolios of corporate credits, although portfolios may include asset-backed securities, mortgages or other assets. Such transactions may require immediate settlement of a credit event and are accounted for as derivatives per Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

 

The issuer of the obligation pays the premium for financial guaranty insurance either in full at the inception of the policy or in installments on an annual basis or quarterly basis. Premium rates are typically calculated as a percentage of either the principal amount of the debt or total exposure (principal and interest). Rate setting reflects such factors as the credit strength of the issuer, type of issue, sources of income, type and amount of collateral pledged, restrictive covenants, maturity and competition from other insurers.

 

Premiums are generally non-refundable and are earned in proportion to the level of amortization of insured principal over the contract period or over the period that the coverage is provided. This long and relatively predictable earnings pattern is characteristic of the financial guaranty insurance industry and, along with a conservative investment policy, provides a relatively stable source of future revenues to financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers such as Financial Guaranty.

 

The primary financial guaranty insurance market currently consists of: municipal bond insurance; structured finance business including insurance on collateralized debt obligations, asset-backed securities, and credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts; and trade credit reinsurance. The following table

 

14


summarizes the net premiums written and earned for the indicated Financial Guaranty lines of business for 2002 and 2001 (from the date of acquisition of EFSG by the Company):

 

    

December 31


    

2002


  

2001


    

($ in thousands)

Net Premiums Written:

             

Municipal Direct

  

$

62,849

  

$

35,652

Municipal Reinsurance

  

 

48,130

  

 

36,773

Structured Direct

  

 

66,644

  

 

12,016

Structured Reinsurance

  

 

60,297

  

 

36,427

Trade Credit

  

 

48,416

  

 

22,362

    

  

Total

  

$

286,336

  

$

143,230

    

  

Net Premiums Earned:

             

Municipal Direct

  

$

14,717

  

$

13,097

Municipal Reinsurance

  

 

39,228

  

 

26,431

Structured Direct

  

 

42,534

  

 

12,804

Structured Reinsurance

  

 

57,597

  

 

32,099

Trade Credit

  

 

32,557

  

 

22,024

    

  

Total

  

$

186,633

  

$

106,455

    

  

 

Included in net premiums written and earned for 2002 were $40.4 million and $19.8 million, respectively, of credit enhancement fees on derivative financial guaranty contracts, compared to $5.3 million for both net premiums written and earned in 2001.

 

Municipal Bond Insurance

 

Municipal bond insurance provides credit enhancement of bonds, notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued by states and their political subdivisions (for example, counties, cities, or towns), utility districts, public universities and hospitals, public housing and transportation authorities, and other public and quasi-public entities. Municipal bonds are supported by the issuer’s taxing power in the case of general obligation or special tax-supported bonds, or by its ability to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific projects in the case of most revenue bonds. Insurance provided to the municipal bond market has been and continues to be a major source of revenue for the financial guaranty insurance industry.

 

Structured Finance

 

Asset-backed transactions or securitizations constitute a form of structured financing that is distinguished from unsecured debt issues by being secured by a specific pool of assets held by the issuing entity, rather than relying on the general unsecured creditworthiness of the issuer of the obligation. While most asset-backed debt obligations represent interests in pools of funded assets, such as residential and commercial mortgages and credit card and auto loan receivables, financial guarantors have also insured asset-backed debt obligations secured by a few assets, such as utility mortgage bonds and multi-family housing bonds and have insured interests in pools of synthetic assets, such as obligations under credit default swaps. A synthetic credit default swap involves the transfer of credit risk without the removal of assets from the insured’s balance sheet. The asset-backed securities market, including both synthetic and funded collateralized debt obligations, has grown significantly in recent years although consensus estimates are lacking as to the insured volume. The Company anticipates Financial Guaranty’s increased participation in this market on a global basis in 2003.

 

Since December 2000, Financial Guaranty has provided synthetic credit protection to pools of corporate obligations, typically by insuring a protection seller’s obligations under credit default swaps. Financial Guaranty

 

15


has also provided synthetic credit protection on pools for mortgage-backed obligations and pools of asset-backed securities. Financial Guaranty typically provides synthetic credit protection upon the occurrence of certain defined events for the senior unsubordinated debt obligations of a pool of 100-150 named investment grade (as determined by S&P and/or Moody’s) corporate obligors (but pools have ranged from 49 to 479 obligors). Typically, Financial Guaranty provides $10.0 million in protection per obligor per transaction, and aggregate protection of $20.0 million to $350.0 million per pool (as of December 31, 2002) of obligors. Generally, Financial Guaranty structures its participation in these transactions by requiring sufficient subordination and other protections into the transaction such that Financial Guaranty’s risk attachment point and risk layer are set no lower than at a “AA” or “AAA” level. This is determined based on Financial Guaranty’s use of several internal and publicly available tools to model the risk associated with the transaction, including, without limitation, rating agency models such as S&P’s CDO Evaluation Model. Financial Guaranty further evaluates each deal by analyzing the individual obligors in the pool, the concentration of industries in which they operate, the number of the obligors on credit watch for downgrade and the obligors whose debt obligations then trade with wider spreads than the market norm for similar companies. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Financial Guaranty had $4.9 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, of such direct notional exposure consisting of 38 and 12 deals, respectively, as of such dates.

 

Because the same obligor may exist in a number of transactions, the 10 largest nominal exposures by Financial Guaranty to an individual corporate obligor in its direct written book as of December 31, 2002 ranged from $342.4 million to $264.6 million. However, since each transaction in which a corporate obligor is covered has a distinct subordination requirement, meaning that prior credit events must occur with respect to other obligors in the pool in order for Financial Guaranty to have an obligation to pay in respect of a specific obligor, Financial Guaranty believes its actual exposure to each corporate obligor is significantly less than such nominal exposure. Typically, initial subordination before Financial Guaranty is obligated to pay ranges from 4% to 6% of the initial total pool size. As of December 31, 2002, the initial subordination for Financial Guaranty’s directly written protection ranged from $15 million to $460.0 million, and the subordination remaining for such transactions ranged from $9.3 million to $460.0 million. Financial Guaranty monitors not only the nominal exposure for each obligor for which it provides protection, but also risk-adjusted measures, taking into account, among other factors, the remaining subordination in the transactions in which Financial Guaranty has exposure to a particular obligor.

 

Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

 

Reinsurance is the commitment by one insurance company, the “reinsurer”, to reimburse another insurance company, the “ceding company,” for a specified portion of the insurance risks underwritten by the ceding company. Because the insured party contracts for coverage solely with the ceding company, the failure of the reinsurer to perform does not relieve the ceding company of its obligation to the insured party under the terms of the insurance contract. Similarly, the failure of the ceding company to perform does not relieve the reinsurer’s obligations under the reinsurance contract to the ceding company.

 

The more important of the various benefits provided by reinsurance to a ceding company is the ability it gives the ceding company to write greater single risks and greater aggregate risks without contravening the capital requirements of applicable state insurance laws and rating agency guidelines. State insurance regulators allow ceding companies to reduce the liabilities appearing on their balance sheets to the extent of reinsurance coverage obtained from licensed reinsurers or from unlicensed reinsurers meeting certain solvency and other financial criteria. Similarly, the rating agencies permit such a reduction for reinsurance in an amount that depends on the financial strength rating of the reinsurer.

 

The principal forms of reinsurance are treaty and facultative. Under a treaty arrangement the ceding company is obligated to cede, and the reinsurer is correspondingly obligated to assume, a specified portion of a specified type of risk or risks insured by the ceding company during the term of the treaty (although the reinsurance risk thereafter extends for the life of the respective underlying obligations). Under a facultative agreement, the ceding company from time to time during the term of the agreement offers a portion of specific

 

16


risks to the reinsurer, usually in connection with particular debt obligations. A facultative arrangement further differs from a treaty arrangement in that under a facultative arrangement the reinsurer often performs its own underwriting credit analysis to determine whether to accept a particular risk, while in a treaty arrangement the reinsurer generally relies on the ceding company’s credit analysis. Both treaty and facultative agreements are typically entered into for a term of one year, subject to a right of termination under certain circumstances.

 

Treaty and facultative reinsurance is typically written on either a proportional or non-proportional basis. Proportional relationships are those in which the ceding company and the reinsurer share the premiums, as well as the losses and expenses, of a single risk or group of risks in an agreed percentage. In addition, the reinsurer generally pays the ceding company a ceding commission, which is typically related to the ceding company’s cost of obtaining the business being reinsured. Non-proportional reinsurance relationships are typically on an excess-of-loss basis. An excess-of-loss relationship provides coverage to a ceding company up to a specified dollar limit for losses, if any, incurred by the ceding company in excess of a specified threshold amount.

 

Reinsurers may also, in turn, purchase reinsurance under retrocessional agreements to cover all or a portion of their own exposure for reasons similar to those that cause ceding companies to purchase reinsurance.

 

Other Financial Guaranty Businesses

 

Financial Guaranty provides trade credit reinsurance, which protects sellers of goods under certain circumstances against non-payment of the receivables they hold from buyers of those goods. This reinsurance covers receivables both where the buyer and seller are in the same country as well as cross-border receivables. Sometimes in the latter instance, the coverage extends to certain political risks (foreign currency controls, expropriation, etc.) that interfere with the payment from the buyer. As of December 31, 2002, the Company owns a 36.5% interest in EIC Corporation Ltd. (“Exporters”), an insurance holding company that, through its wholly-owned insurance subsidiary licensed in Bermuda, insures primarily foreign trade receivables for multinational companies. Financial Guaranty provides significant reinsurance capacity to this joint venture on a quota share, surplus share and excess-of-loss basis.

 

Mortgage Services

 

RadianExpress.com Acquisition

 

On November 9, 2000, the Company acquired RadianExpress.com Inc. (“RadianExpress,” formerly ExpressClose.com Inc.), an Internet-based settlement company that provides real estate information products and services to the first and second mortgage industry, for approximately $8.0 million consisting of cash, the Company’s common stock and stock options and other consideration. The transaction has allowed the Company to expand further into the mortgage service business, which is considered an important adjunct to both the primary mortgage insurance business and the second mortgage activities of the Company. RadianExpress had $17.4 million of other income and $23.2 million of operating expenses for 2002, as compared to $16.0 million of other income and $17.4 million of operating expenses for 2001. RadianExpress processed approximately 340,000 applications during 2002 and 402,000 applications during 2001 with approximately 36,000 and 37,000, respectively, of the transactions related to net funding services, whereby RadianExpress receives and disburses mortgages funded on behalf of its customers.

 

Asset-Based Businesses

 

The Company is engaged, through minority-owned subsidiaries, in certain asset-based businesses, including the purchase, servicing and/or securitization of special assets, including sub-performing/non-performing and seller-financed residential mortgages, real estate and subordinated residential mortgage-based securities, and the purchase and servicing of delinquent, primarily unsecured consumer assets, which utilizes the Company’s expertise in performing sophisticated analysis of complex, credit-based risks.

 

17


 

The most significant of the asset-based businesses is the Company’s 46% interest in C-BASS, a mortgage investment and servicing firm specializing in credit sensitive, single-family residential mortgage assets and residential mortgage-backed securities. C-BASS invests in whole loans, single-family residential properties that have been, or are being, foreclosed, subordinated securities, known as “B pieces,” collateralized by residential loans and seller-financed notes. By using sophisticated analytics, C-BASS essentially seeks to take advantage of what it believes to be the mispricing of credit risk for certain of these assets in the marketplace. In addition, its residential mortgage servicing company, Litton Loan Servicing LP, which specializes in loss mitigation, default collection, collection of insurance claims and guaranty collections under government-sponsored mortgage programs, services whole loans and real estate. Litton Loan Servicing’s subsidiaries service seller-financed loans and buy and sell seller-financed loans. As part of its investment strategy, C-BASS holds some assets on its books, securitizes certain assets and sells other assets directly into the secondary market.

 

The Company also engages C-Bass in the management of the acquisition and sale of certain residential mortgage-backed securities. These securities are included in other invested assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

As of December 31, 2002, the Company also owned a 45.5% interest in Sherman, a consumer asset and servicing firm specializing in purchases of and services related to charged-off and bankruptcy plan consumer assets and charged-off high loan-to-value mortgage receivables from national financial institutions and major retail corporations. The consumer assets and mortgage receivables are purchased at deep discounts to their original face value. Effective January 1, 2003, Sherman’s management exercised its right to acquire additional ownership of Sherman, reducing the Company’s ownership interest from 45.5% to 41.5%.

 

The Company has provided to Sherman a $100 million financial guaranty policy in connection with a structured financing of a pool of receivables previously acquired by Sherman.

 

The Company is seeking to sell or otherwise dispose of the remaining assets and operations of Singer Asset Finance Company L.L.C. (“Singer”), an entity acquired in connection with the purchase of EFSG. Singer, which had been engaged in the purchase, servicing and securitization of assets including state lottery awards and structured settlement payments, is currently operating on a run-off basis. Its operations consist of servicing and/or disposing of Singer’s prior originations of non-consolidated special purpose vehicles.

 

In August 2002, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of another subsidiary of EFSG, Enhance Consumer Services LLC (“ECS”), which had been engaged in the purchase, servicing and securitization of viatical settlements, to an independent third party for an aggregate purchase price of $8.4 million, which approximated the carrying value.

 

Customers

 

Mortgage originators, such as mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers, commercial banks and savings institutions, are the Company’s principal customers, although individual mortgage borrowers generally incur the cost of primary insurance coverage. The Company does offer lender-paid mortgage insurance whereby mortgage insurance premiums are charged to the mortgage lender or loan servicer; the interest rate to the borrower is usually higher to compensate for the mortgage insurance premium that the lender is paying. In 2002, approximately 38% of the Company’s primary mortgage insurance was originated on a lender-paid basis, much of which consisted of structured transactions. This lender-paid business is highly concentrated among a few large mortgage lending customers.

 

To obtain primary mortgage insurance from the Company, a mortgage lender must first apply for and receive a master policy from the Company. The Company’s approval of a lender as a master policyholder is based, among other factors, upon an evaluation of the lender’s financial position and its management’s demonstrated adherence to sound loan origination practices. The Company’s quality control function then monitors the master policyholder based on a number of criteria.

 

18


 

The number of primary individual mortgage insurance policies the Company had in force was 881,620 at December 31, 2002, 891,693 at December 31, 2001, and 858,413 at December 31, 2000.

 

The top 10 mortgage insurance customers were responsible for 46.5% of the Company’s primary new insurance written in 2002 compared to 45.0% in 2001 and 43.4% in 2000. The largest single mortgage insurance customer (including branches and affiliates of such customer), measured by primary new insurance written, accounted for 8.1% of primary new insurance written during 2002 compared to 12.6 % in 2001 and 11.2% in 2000.

 

The Company’s financial guaranty insurance customers consist of many of the major global financial institutions that participate in municipal bond transactions and structured finance transactions involving asset-backed securities and other structured products such as collateralized debt obligations. These institutions are typically large commercial banks or investment banks. It is the Company’s intention to establish a broad relationship with a limited number of such institutions to help ensure consistent, high quality deals in the structured product and municipal areas.

 

The Company’s financial guaranty reinsurance customers consist primarily of the primary insurance companies licensed to write financial guaranty insurance, known as the Major Monolines: MBIA Insurance Corporation; Ambac Assurance Corporation; Financial Guaranty Insurance Company; and Financial Security Assurance Inc.

 

The Major Monolines were responsible for 26.7% of Financial Guaranty’s gross premiums written in 2002, compared to 42.0% in 2001 and 43.0% in 2000. In recent years, Financial Guaranty has increased the amount of direct business it writes, thereby reducing its dependence on the Major Monolines. The largest single customer of Financial Guaranty, measured by gross premiums written, accounted for 10.4% of gross premiums written during 2002 compared to 18.8% in 2001 and 17.0% in 2000. This customer concentration results from the small number of primary insurance companies that are licensed to write financial guaranty insurance. One trade credit primary insurer was responsible for 6.2% of gross premiums written during 2002.

 

Financial Guaranty has maintained close and long-standing relationships with the Major Monolines, dating from either Financial Guaranty’s or the given primary insurer’s inception. In the Company’s opinion, these relationships provide Financial Guaranty with a comprehensive understanding of their procedures and reinsurance requirements and allow the clients to use Financial Guaranty’s underwriting expertise effectively, thus improving the service they receive.

 

EFSG is a party to reinsurance agreements with the four largest primary financial guaranty insurance companies. EFSG’s reinsurance agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the ceding company if EFSG fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those EFSG’s operating subsidiaries are otherwise required to maintain for their own compliance with the New York insurance law and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control. The Company obtained a waiver of these provisions for the merger transaction between the Company and EFSG. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of the reinsurance agreements) to return to the ceding company all unearned premiums, less commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under that agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of commission paid. These and other matters associated with a downgrade in the ratings of the Company’s subsidiaries are discussed in further detail in the “Ratings” section below.

 

19


 

Sales, Marketing and Competition

 

Sales and Marketing

 

The Company employs a mortgage insurance field sales force of 72 persons, organized into three regions, providing local sales representation throughout the United States. Each of the three regions is supervised by a divisional sales manager (“DSM”) who is directly responsible for several regional sales managers (“RSMs”) and several service centers where underwriting and application processing are performed. The DSMs are responsible for managing the profitability of business in their regions including premiums, losses and expenses. The RSMs are responsible for managing a small sales force in different areas within the region. Key account managers (“KAMs”) manage specific accounts within a region that are not national accounts but that need more targeted oversight and attention. In addition to securing business from small and mid-size regional customers, the mortgage insurance business regions provide support to the national account effort in the field.

 

In recognition of the increased consolidation in the mortgage lending business and the large proportional amount of mortgage business done by large national accounts, the Company has a focused national accounts team consisting of eight national account managers (“NAMs”) and a dedicated “A Team” that is directly and solely responsible for supporting national accounts. Each NAM is responsible for a select group of dedicated accounts and is compensated based on the results for those accounts as well as the results of the Company. There has been a trend among national accounts to move to a more centralized decision about mortgage insurance based on revenue sharing products and other value added services provided by the mortgage insurance companies. The Company also has a dedicated NAM who is primarily responsible for relationships with and programs implemented with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. National accounts business represented approximately 65% of the Company’s primary new insurance written in 2002 and is expected to provide a similar percentage in 2003.

 

Mortgage insurance sales personnel are compensated by salary, commissions on new insurance written and a production incentive based on the achievement of various goals. During 2002, these goals were related to volume and market share and this is generally expected to continue in 2003.

 

The financial guaranty business is derived from relationships Financial Guaranty has established and maintains with many global financial institutions and primary insurance companies. These relationships provide business for Financial Guaranty in the following major areas: (1) deal flow on municipal bond trading transactions, asset-backed securities and other structured products; (2) reinsurance for municipal bonds and asset-backed securities (in which area one or both of Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance currently has either treaty or facultative agreements with all but one of the highest rated monoline primary companies); (3) trade credit reinsurance; and (4) reinsurance for affiliated companies (including Exporters). Financial Guaranty markets directly to the monoline insurers writing credit enhancement business and has direct relationships with their affiliated primary insurers. Specialist reinsurance intermediaries, most of whom are located in London, usually present to Financial Guaranty reinsurance opportunities in the credit insurance sector. These brokers work with Financial Guaranty marketing personnel in introducing Financial Guaranty to the primary credit insurance markets and in structuring reinsurance to meet the needs of the primary insurers. Intermediaries are typically compensated by the reinsurer based on a percentage of premium assumed, which varies from agreement to agreement.

 

Competition

 

The Company competes directly with six other private mortgage insurers and with various federal government agencies, principally the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”). In addition, the Company and other private mortgage insurers face competition from state-supported mortgage insurance funds. The private mortgage insurance industry consists of the Company and six other active mortgage insurance companies. During 2002, the Company was the fourth largest private mortgage insurer measured by market share, and had,

 

20


according to industry data, a market share of new primary mortgage insurance written of 14.4% as compared to 15.6% in 2001. The Company believes that the market share decrease was due to the Company’s efforts to control its contract underwriting expenses and its disciplined approach to engaging in captive reinsurance arrangements.

 

In addition, the Company faces competition in the form of alternatives to traditional private mortgage insurance. These include (i) mortgage lenders structuring mortgage originations as a first mortgage with an 80% LTV coupled with a second mortgage with a 10% LTV, known as “80-10-10” loans, and (ii) investors using other credit enhancements in conjunction with reduced levels of private mortgage insurance. The Company believes that market conditions in 2002 accounted for the growth and prevalence of 80-10-10 loans in the market, and further improvement in conditions for second mortgages could diminish the percentage of business for the mortgage insurance industry.

 

The Company is subject to competition from companies that specialize in financial guaranty insurance or reinsurance, including ACE Limited and RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd. Another competitor, Axa Reinsurance Finance, S.A., discontinued its financial guaranty reinsurance business in 2002 and is currently in runoff. In addition, several multiline insurers have recently increased their participation in financial guaranty reinsurance. Certain of these multiline insurers have formed strategic alliances with some of the U.S. primary financial guaranty insurers. Competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business is based upon many factors, including overall financial strength, pricing, service and evaluation by the rating agencies of financial strength. The rating agencies allow credit to a ceding company’s capital requirements and single-risk limits for reinsurance ceded in an amount that is a function of the financial strength rating of the reinsurer. The Company believes that competition from multiline reinsurers and new monoline financial guaranty insurers will continue to be limited due to (a) the lack of consistent dedication to the business from multiline insurers with the required financial strength and (b) the barriers to entry for new reinsurers posed by state insurance law and rating agency criteria governing minimum capitalization.

 

Financial guaranty insurance, including municipal bond insurance and the structured business, also competes with other forms of credit enhancement, including letters of credit, guaranties and credit default swaps provided primarily by foreign banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental entities or have been assigned the highest credit ratings awarded by one or more of the major rating agencies. However, these credit enhancements serve to provide ceding companies with increased insurance capacity only for rating agency purposes. They do not qualify as capital for state regulatory purposes, nor do they constitute credit against specific liabilities that would allow the ceding company greater single-risk capacity.

 

The Company believes that Financial Guaranty has a number of direct competitors in its other insurance businesses, some of which have greater financial and other resources than Financial Guaranty. As a primary insurer, Financial Guaranty writes insurance on those types of municipal bonds with respect to which such primary insurers have sometimes declined to participate because of the size or complexity of such bond issuances relative to the anticipated premium flow and returns. Financial Guaranty also serves as a reinsurer for certain specialty primary insurers that are not monoline financial guaranty insurers. These specialty primary insurers are themselves subject to competition from other primary insurers, many of which have greater financial and other resources.

 

Risk Management

 

The Company considers effective risk management to be critical to its long-term financial stability. Market analysis, prudent underwriting, the use of automated risk evaluation models and quality control are all important elements of the Company’s risk management process. The Company also has begun to use Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) in evaluating its risk. This involves reviewing its consolidated and interdependent credit risk, market or funding risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, and legal risk across all of its businesses, and the development of risk adjusted return on capital models.

 

21


 

The Company plans to implement during 2003 a redesigned, enterprise-wide credit committee structure, whereby an Enterprise Credit Committee consisting primarily of members of senior management would oversee individual credit committees organized by product line.

 

Mortgage Insurance Business

 

Risk Management Personnel

 

In addition to a centralized Risk Management department in the home office, each of the Company’s mortgage insurance service regions has an assigned Risk Manager responsible for evaluating risk and monitoring the risk profiles of major lenders in the region. The Company employs an underwriting and support staff of approximately 100 persons who are located in Mortgage Insurance’s 19 service centers. Additionally, the Company has agency operations in place for the states of Alaska and Hawaii.

 

Underwriting Process

 

The Company has generally accepted applications for primary mortgage insurance (other than in connection with structured transactions) under three basic programs: the traditional fully documented program, a limited documentation program and the delegated underwriting program. Programs that involve less than fully documented file submissions have become more prevalent in recent years. In order to meet this demand, the Company introduced to the marketplace the process referred to as Radian Streamlined Doc (“Streamlined Doc”). A lender utilizing Streamlined Doc can submit loans to the Company for insurance with abbreviated levels of documentation based on the type of loan being submitted for insurance. During 2002, 43% of the commitments issued for primary insurance were received by the Company under the Streamlined Doc program. In the Streamlined Doc program, the Company has agreed to underwrite certain loans with less documentation by relying upon a proprietary scoring model created by the Company in 1996 known as the “Prophet Score ® ” System (described below under “Mortgage Scoring Models”).

 

Delegated Underwriting

 

The Company has a delegated underwriting program with a significant number of its customers. The Company’s delegated underwriting program, which was implemented in 1989, currently involves only lenders that are approved by the Company’s risk management department. The delegated underwriting program allows the lender’s underwriters to commit the Company to insure loans based on agreed upon underwriting guidelines. Delegated loans are submitted to the Company in various ways—fax, electronic data interchange (“EDI”) and through the Internet. The Company routinely audits loans submitted under this program. As of December 31, 2002, approximately 23% of the risk in force on the Company’s books was originated on a delegated basis and during 2002 and 2001, respectively, 40% and 37% of the primary loans insured by the Company during such years were originated on a delegated basis.

 

Mortgage Scoring Models

 

During the last few years, the use of scoring mechanisms to predict loan performance has become prevalent in the marketplace, especially with the GSEs’ advocacy of the use of credit scores in the mortgage loan underwriting process. The use of credit scores was pioneered by Fair Isaac and Company (“FICO”) and became popular in the mid-1980s. The FICO model calculates a score based on a borrower’s credit history. This credit score-based scorecard is used to predict the future performance of a loan over a one or two year time horizon. The higher the credit score the lower the likelihood that a borrower will default on a loan. The Company’s Prophet Score ® begins with a FICO score then adds specific additional data regarding the borrower, the loan and the property such as LTV, loan type, loan amount, property type, occupancy status and borrower employment. The Company believes that it is this additional mortgage data that expands the integrity of the Company’s Prophet Score ® over the entire life of the loan. In addition to the Prophet Score ® , the Company’s housing

 

22


analysts regularly review major metropolitan areas to assess the impact that key indicators such as housing permits, employment trends, and median home sale prices have on local lending. The healthier the real estate market, the lower the risk. The Company refers to this score as a GEOScore. Beginning in October 1996, the Prophet Score ® and GEOScore have appeared on each insurance commitment that the Company issued.

 

Automated Underwriting

 

The Company uses a frontline computer system for input and underwriting mortgage loan file information. In using this frontline system, the Company captures information from all segments of a loan file including the borrower’s employment and income history and appraisal information. This information is then channeled through various edits and subfiles (including Prophet Score ® and GEOScore) to assist the underwriter in determining the total risk profile on a given file. This system also includes: a) tracking loans by borrowers who have previously defaulted on a loan insured by the Company or loans where the Company has paid a claim, b) identifying borrowers who have previously applied for the Company’s insurance, and c) information about the lender involved including volume, commitment rates and delinquency rates.

 

Alternative Products

 

An increasingly popular form of mortgage lending is in the area of non-prime loans. Subsets of this category in which the Company has become involved are Alt-A, A minus and B/C loans. The Company has continued to limit its participation in these non-prime markets to mostly Alt-A and A minus loans rather than B or C loans and has targeted the business insured to specific lenders with proven good results and servicing experience in this area. The Company’s corporate due diligence has identified such lenders as “Tier 1” lenders. The Company believes, however, that non-prime lending programs represent the largest area for future growth in the mortgage insurance industry, and has increased and expects to continue to increase its insurance written in this area. During 2002, non-prime business accounted for $16.2 billion or 33.1% of Mortgage Insurance’s new primary insurance written (72.8% of which was Alt-A) compared to $14.3 billion or 31.9% in 2001. At December 31, 2002, non-prime insurance in force was $25.6 billion or 23.2% of total primary insurance in force as compared to $18.2 billion or 16.8% of primary insurance in force a year ago. The Company anticipates that the mix of non-prime insurance in force could gradually increase but will stay below a targeted level of 30%.

 

Alt-A Loans

 

Alt-A loans can now be segregated into two distinct credit profiles: Borrowers with a better credit profile than the Company’s typical insured borrowers, with a FICO score greater than 680 (“FICO >680”), and borrowers with a credit profile equal to the Company’s typical insured borrower, with a FICO score from 660 to 679 (“FICO 660-679”). The Company charges a higher premium for Alt-A business due to the reduced income and/or asset documentation received at origination. The premium rate is also risk adjusted to reflect the difference in credit profile of the FICO >680 borrower and FICO 660-679 borrower. While the Company believes the Alt-A loans in the FICO 660-679 category present a slightly higher risk than its normal business, the premium surcharge compensates the Company for this additional risk. Alt-A loans represented 15.0% of total primary risk in force at the end of 2002 and Alt-A products made up 24.1% of the Company’s primary new insurance written in 2002 as compared to 18.3% in 2001. The default rate on the Alt-A business was 5.2% at December 31, 2002 compared to 4.5% at December 31, 2001. Claims paid on Alt-A loans were $27.3 million and $5.9 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

A Minus Loans

 

The A minus program can also be segregated into two distinct credit profiles. A “near-miss” prime A loan has a FICO score from 590-619 (“FICO 590-619”). These borrowers were forced into the A minus markets in 1996 when the GSEs set a 620 FICO score as the base for a prime borrower. These were typically borrowers

 

23


whose loans the Company insured prior to 1996, and mortgage insurance on loans made to this class of borrowers has resurfaced as the GSEs have entered the A minus market. The Company receives a significantly higher premium for insuring this product that is commensurate with the additional default risk. The second credit profile contains borrowers with a FICO score from 570-589 (“FICO 570-589”). This product comes to the Company primarily through primary structured transactions and the insurance is typically lender-paid. The Company also receives a significantly higher premium for insuring this product that is commensurate with the increased default risk and which is normally a variable rate based on the Prophet Score ® . A minus loans represented 6.5% of total primary risk in force at the end of 2002 and made up 7.1% of the Company’s primary new insurance written in 2002 as compared to 10.0% in 2001. The default rate on the A minus and below loans was 11.3% at December 31, 2002 compared to 6.4% at December 31, 2001. Claims paid on A minus and below loans were $32.1 million and $19.1 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

B/C Loans

 

The Company has no approved programs to insure loans that are defined as B/C risk grades. However, some pools of loans submitted for insurance as primary structured transactions might contain a limited number of these loans. The Company receives significantly higher premium on these loans due to the increased default risk associated with this type of loan. B/C loans represented approximately 1.9% of total primary new insurance written during 2002 compared to 3.6% of total primary new insurance written during 2001. This decrease is primarily the result of a business decision to not insure these loans.

 

Contract Underwriting

 

The Company utilizes its underwriting skills to provide an outsource contract underwriting service to its customers. For a fee, the Company underwrites fully documented loan files for secondary market compliance, while concurrently assessing the file for mortgage insurance if applicable. The automated underwriting service introduced in the latter part of 1997 has become a major part of the Company’s contract underwriting service. This service offers customers access to Fannie Mae’s Desktop Underwriter and Freddie Mac’s Loan Prospector loan origination systems. Contract underwriting continues to be a popular service to mortgage insurance customers. During 2002, loans underwritten via contract underwriting accounted for 30.4% of applications, 28.7% of commitments for insurance and 23.0% of insurance certificates issued. The Company gives recourse to its customers on loans it underwrites for compliance. If the Company makes a material error in underwriting a loan, the Company agrees to provide a remedy of either placing mortgage insurance coverage on the loan or purchasing the loan. During 2002, the Company processed requests for remedies on fewer than 1% of the loans underwritten and sold a number of loans previously acquired as part of the remedy process. Providing these remedies means the Company assumes some credit risk and interest rate risk if an error is found during the limited remedy period in the agreements governing the Company’s provision of contract underwriting services. Rising mortgage interest rates or an economic downturn may expose the mortgage insurance business to higher losses. During 2002, the financial impact of these remedies was insignificant although there is no assurance that such results will continue in 2003 and beyond.

 

Quality Assurance

 

As part of the Company’s system of internal control, the Risk Management department maintains a Quality Assurance (“QA”) function. The QA function is responsible for ensuring that the Company’s portfolio of insured loans meets good underwriting standards and conforms to the Company’s guidelines for insurability, thus minimizing the Company’s exposure to controllable risk. Among its other activities, the QA function accomplishes this objective primarily by performing contract underwriting audits, delegated lender audits, and due diligence reviews of structured transactions.

 

Contract Underwriting Audits

 

The QA function routinely audits the performance of the Company’s contract underwriters. In order to ensure the most effective use and allocation of audit resources, a risk assessment model has been developed

 

24


which identifies high-, medium-, and low-risk contract underwriters based upon six weighted risk factors applied to each underwriter. The models are continually updated with current information. Audit rotation is more frequent for high-risk underwriters and less frequent for those classified as low-risk. Audit results are communicated to management and influence whether additional targeted training is necessary or whether termination of the underwriter’s services is appropriate.

 

Contract underwriting audits help to ensure that customers receive quality underwriting services. The audits also protect the Company in that they facilitate the Company’s efforts to improve quality control.

 

Delegated Lender Audits

 

Through the use of borrower credit scoring and its Prophet Score ® system, the Company is able to monitor the credit quality of loans submitted for insurance. The Company also conducts a periodic, on-site review of a delegated lender’s insured delegated underwriting business. Lenders with significant risk concerns, as identified in past reviews and through the Company’s regular risk reporting and analysis of the business, may be reviewed more frequently.

 

Loans are selected for review on a random sample basis, and this sample may be augmented by a targeted sample based upon specific risk factors or trends identified through the monitoring process described above. The objectives of the loan review are to identify errors in the loan data transmitted to the Company, to determine lender compliance with the Company’s underwriting guidelines and eligible loan criteria, to assess the quality of a lender’s underwriting decisions, and to rate the risk of the individual loans insured. The Company has developed a proprietary data collection and risk analysis application to facilitate these reviews. Audits are graded based upon the risk ratings of the loans reviewed, lender compliance, and data integrity. The results of each audit are summarized in a report to the lender and to Company management. The audit results are used as a means to improve the quality of the business the lender submits to the Company for insurance. Issues raised in the reports that are not resolved in a manner and within a time period acceptable to the Company may result in restriction or termination of the lender’s delegated underwriting authority.

 

Due Diligence of Structured Transactions

 

The QA function, in conjunction with other members of the Risk Management department, also performs due diligence of structured transactions. These due diligence reviews may be precipitated either by a desire to develop an ongoing relationship with selected lenders, or by the submission of a proposed transaction by a given lender. Due diligence can take two forms: business level and loan level.

 

Business Level Due Diligence

 

The Company believes that a key component of understanding the risks posed by a potential business deal is understanding the business partner. The Company’s objective is to understand the lender’s business model in sufficient depth to determine whether the Company should have confidence in the lender as a potential long-term business partner and customer. Business level due diligence may be performed on any prospective lender with whom a structured deal is contemplated and with whom the Company has had no prior business experience. Business level due diligence includes a review of the lender’s company structure, management, business philosophy, financial health, credit management processes, quality control processes, and servicing relations.

 

Loan Level Due Diligence

 

Loan level due diligence is conducted on pending structured transactions in order to determine whether appropriate underwriting guidelines have been adhered to, whether loans conform to Company guidelines, to evaluate data integrity, and to detect any fraudulent loans. Loans are selected for audit on a sample basis, and audit results are communicated to the Company’s management. The results of loan level due diligence assist

 

25


management in determining whether the pending deal should be consummated, and if so, provides data that can be used to determine appropriate pricing. It also provides management with a database of information on the quality of a particular lender’s underwriting practices for future reference.

 

The results of these due diligence reviews are summarized in reports to the Company’s management. Letter grades are assigned to each section of the business and loan level reviews. Weights are then assigned to each section of the review (e.g., corporate, credit, quality control, servicing) that vary based upon the product under review, (e.g., prime first liens, A minus first liens, prime second liens, etc.) which results in an overall letter grade assigned to the lender. The grade conveys to the Company’s management the opinion of Risk Management as to the overall risk profile presented by a lender and therefore the relative appeal of a potential relationship with that lender.

 

Financial Guaranty Business

 

The Company believes its financial guaranty underwriting discipline is critical to the profitability and growth of the financial guaranty business. The Company has a structured underwriting process to determine the characteristics and creditworthiness of risks that the Company directly insures or reinsures, which process, in the case of reinsurance transactions, supplements the underwriting procedures of the ceding companies. Rather than relying entirely upon the underwriting performed by the ceding companies, Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance, as applicable, and the rating agencies conduct extensive reviews of the ceding companies. Moreover, the ceding company is typically required to retain at least 25% of the exposure on any single risk assumed.

 

The Company carefully evaluates the risk underwriting and management of treaty customers, monitors the insured portfolio performance and conducts a detailed underwriting review of the facultative insurance it writes. The Company believes that the reinsurance of municipal bond guaranties provides a relatively stable source of premium income. Most premiums received are credited as deferred premium revenue and are earned over the contract period or over the period that coverage is provided, thereby providing a relatively stable, predictable source of earned premiums.

 

The Company conducts periodic detailed reviews of each Major Monoline and other carriers with which it does facultative business. That review entails an examination of the ceding company’s operating, underwriting and surveillance procedures, personnel, organization and existing book of business, as well as the ceding company’s underwriting of a sample of business assumed under the treaty. Facultative transactions are reviewed individually under procedures adopted by Financial Guaranty’s credit committees. Any underwriting issues are discussed internally by the credit committee and with the ceding company’s personnel. In connection with the Company’s direct insurance business, it conducts periodic reviews of its insured parties, whether in connection with policy renewal or otherwise. That review includes an examination of the insured party’s operations, internal control procedures, personnel and organization.

 

Limitations on the Company’s single-risk exposure derive from state insurance regulation, rating agency guidelines and internally established criteria. The primary factor in determining single-risk capacity is the class or sector of business being underwritten. For municipal credits, the Company has self-imposed single-risk guidelines which range widely, depending upon the perceived risk of default of the municipal obligation insured or reinsured. For asset-backed transactions, the single-risk guidelines generally follow state insurance regulation limitations, as well as additional self-imposed single risk and cumulative servicer-related risk. On individual underwritings, the credit committee may limit its insurance or reinsurance participation to an amount below that allowed by the single-risk guidelines noted above. Moreover, the Company relies on ongoing oversight by Financial Guaranty’s credit committees with input from the Risk Management department and the surveillance function to avoid undue exposure concentration in any given type of obligation or geographic area.

 

The Company’s surveillance procedures include reviews of those exposures assumed as a reinsurer as to which it may have concerns. The Company also maintains regular communication with the surveillance departments of the ceding companies.

 

26


 

The underwriting criteria applied in evaluating a given issue for primary insurance coverage and the internal procedures (for example, credit committee review) for approval of the issue are substantially the same as for the underwriting of reinsurance. The entire underwriting responsibility rests with Financial Guaranty as the primary insurer. As a result, Financial Guaranty participates more actively in the structuring of the transaction and conducts more detailed reviews of the parties it insures in which Financial Guaranty is a primary insurer than it does as a reinsurer. Financial Guaranty conducts, in most cases annually, in-depth surveillance of issues insured as a primary insurer.

 

Ratings

 

The Company has its financial strength rated by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. The rating criteria used by the rating agencies focus on the following factors: capital resources; financial strength; commitment of management to, and alignment of shareholder interests with, the insurance business; demonstrated management expertise in the insurance business conducted by the company; credit analysis; systems development; marketing; capital markets and investment operations, including the ability to raise additional capital; and a minimum policyholders’ surplus comparable to primary company requirements, with initial capital sufficient to meet projected growth as well as access to such additional capital as may be necessary to continue to meet standards for capital adequacy. As part of their rating process, S&P, Moody’s and Fitch test the Company’s insurance subsidiaries by subjecting them to a “worst-case depression scenario.” Expected losses over a depression period are established by applying capital charges to the existing and projected insurance portfolio.

 

The financial strength rating assigned by the rating agencies to an insurance or reinsurance company is based upon factors relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of such company’s securityholders. Such a rating is neither a rating of securities nor a recommendation to buy, hold or sell any security. The financial strength rating assigned to the insurance subsidiaries should not be viewed as indicative of or relevant to any ratings which may be assigned to the Company’s outstanding debt securities by any rating agency and should not be considered an evaluation of the likelihood of the timely payment of principal or interest under such securities. However, these ratings are an indication to an insurer’s customers of the insurer’s present financial strength and its capacity to honor its future claims payment obligations. Therefore, ratings are generally considered critical to an insurer’s ability to compete for new insurance business.

 

The Company has been assigned a senior debt rating of “A+” by Fitch, “A” by S&P and “A2” by Moody’s. The Company’s principal subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 

    

MOODY’S


  

S&P


  

FITCH


Radian Guaranty

  

Aa3

  

AA

  

AA

Radian Insurance

  

Aa3

  

AA

  

AA

Amerin Guaranty

  

Aa3

  

AA

  

AA

Radian Reinsurance

  

Aa2

  

AA

  

AAA

Radian Asset Assurance

  

Not Rated

  

AA

  

AA

 

On October 4, 2002, S&P announced that it had downgraded the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance from “AAA” to “AA” (and, on the same date, Fitch placed the “AAA” rating of Radian Reinsurance on “negative watch” for possible downgrade). Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are parties to numerous reinsurance agreements with ceding companies which grant the ceding companies the right to recapture all of the business ceded to Radian Reinsurance or Radian Asset Assurance under these agreements if the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance or Radian Asset Assurance, as the case may be, is downgraded below the rating levels established in the agreements, and, in some cases, to increase the commissions in order to compensate the ceding companies for the decrease in credit the rating agencies allow the ceding companies for the reinsurance provided by Financial Guaranty.

 

27


 

As a result of the downgrade by S&P, the ceding companies have the right described above to recapture the financial guaranty reinsurance ceded to Radian Reinsurance, including substantially all of the unearned premium reserves of Radian Reinsurance. As described above, the ceding companies also have the right to increase commissions charged to Radian Reinsurance for cessions, including the right to a cash refund of a portion of the unearned premium reserves previously ceded to Radian Reinsurance reflecting the increased commissions. In addition, the ceding companies may seek amendments to their agreements with Radian Reinsurance to revise commissions or premiums payable or to recapture only a portion of the business ceded to Radian Reinsurance in a given year. Although Radian Reinsurance may be able to offset some of the effects of increased commissions or reduced reinsurance premiums by posting collateral for the benefit of the reinsurers, the S&P downgrade, or the exercise by ceding companies of their rights triggered by the downgrade of Radian Reinsurance, could have a material adverse effect on Radian Reinsurance’s competitive position and/or its prospects for future reinsurance opportunities. The Company cannot be certain that S&P or Moody’s will not make further revisions to Radian Reinsurance’s or Radian Asset Assurance’s financial strength ratings which would trigger these rights of the ceding companies.

 

Reinsurance Ceded

 

Amerin Guaranty and Radian Guaranty currently use reinsurance from affiliated companies in order to remain in compliance with the insurance regulations of certain states that require that a mortgage insurer limit its coverage percentage of any single risk to 25%. Amerin Guaranty and Radian Guaranty currently intend to use such reinsurance primarily for purposes of such compliance. Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance also use reinsurance from affiliated companies in order to remain in compliance with applicable insurance regulations, including single risk limitations. Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance currently intend to use such reinsurance from affiliated companies primarily for the purpose of such compliance.

 

Pursuant to a policy that is currently in a six-year run-off, Radian Guaranty reinsures all direct insurance in force under an excess of loss reinsurance program that it considers to be an effective catastrophic reinsurance coverage. Under this program, the reinsurer is responsible for 100% of covered losses in excess of Radian Guaranty’s retention. This policy was cancelled by the reinsurer in November 2001, however, the reinsurer must provide six years of run-off coverage beginning with the date of cancellation. There is an overall aggregate limit of liability applicable to any runoff period equal to four times the annual limit in effect for the calendar year of such nonrenewal. For 2003, this aggregate limit is estimated to be $560 million. The annual retention is determined by a formula that contains variable components. The estimated 2003 retention is approximately $735 million of loss, which represents 120% of expected premiums earned by Radian Guaranty. The reinsurer’s aggregate annual limit of liability is also determined by a formula with variable components and is currently estimated to be $140 million. In addition, in 1999, a limit was set on the amount of annual pool insurance losses that can be counted in the reinsurance recoverable calculation. For 2003, this limit is $90 million. The excess of loss reinsurance program also provided restrictions and limitations on the payment of dividends by Radian Guaranty, investments, mergers or acquisitions involving other private mortgage insurance companies and reinsurance of exposure retained by Radian Guaranty.

 

In addition, Radian Guaranty entered into a variable quota-share (“VQS”) treaty for primary risk in the 1994 to 1997 origination years and a portion of the pool risk written in 1997. In this treaty, quota-share loss relief is provided at varying levels ranging from 7.5% to 15.0% based upon the loss ratio on the reinsured book. The higher the loss ratio, the greater the potential reinsurance relief, which protects Radian Guaranty in adverse loss situations. A ceding commission is paid by the reinsurer to Radian Guaranty and the agreement is noncancelable for 10 years by either party. As of December 31, 2002, the risk in force covered by the VQS treaty was approximately $2.1 billion, or approximately 8.1% of total primary risk in force and $91.8 million, or approximately 5.3% of total pool risk in force. The Company has not reinsured any additional business pursuant to the VQS treaty since 1998.

 

The financial guaranty business is party to certain facultative retrocession (the ceding of reinsured business) agreements, pursuant to which it cedes to certain retrocessionnaires (the party accepting the cession of reinsurance business) a portion of its reinsurance exposure. Since it is required to pay its obligations in full to the

 

28


ceding company regardless of whether it is entitled to receive payments from its retrocessionnaire, the Company believes that it is important that its retrocessionnaires be very creditworthy. The Company also cedes to reinsurers a portion of its direct insurance exposure, and the foregoing also describes in general the relationship between the Company and its reinsurers. Financial Guaranty has historically retroceded relatively little of its financial guaranty reinsurance exposure for risk management reasons. In its specialty insurance businesses, Financial Guaranty in recent years has reinsured a portion of its direct insurance exposure, principally in order to comply with applicable regulatory single-risk limitations.

 

Radian Reinsurance is party to an excess-of-loss reinsurance agreement with a reinsurance company under which it is entitled, subject to certain conditions, to draw from such reinsurer up to $25 million under certain circumstances. The agreement has a term of one year and is cancelable annually at the option of either party, except that Radian Reinsurance has the option to force a seven-year run-off period.

 

In November 2001, Radian Reinsurance entered into a credit agreement with a group of major foreign banks, which was amended in October 2002, under which Radian Reinsurance is entitled, upon reaching a $340 million threshold of covered losses and subject to certain conditions, to draw from such banks up to $125 million under certain circumstances. The recourse to Radian Reinsurance under this credit agreement is limited to recoveries on the covered losses. The agreement has an initial term of seven years and may be extended annually for additional one-year periods.

 

Cross Guaranty Agreement

 

A Guaranty Agreement was entered into on August 11, 1999 by Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty. The agreement provides that in the event Radian Guaranty fails to make a payment to any of its policyholders, Amerin Guaranty will make the payment; in the event Amerin Guaranty fails to make a payment to any of its policyholders, then Radian Guaranty will make the payment. Under the terms of the agreement, the obligations of both parties are unconditional and irrevocable; however, no payments will be made without prior approval by the Pennsylvania Department of Insurance.

 

Defaults and Claims

 

Defaults

 

The default and claim cycle on loans that have private mortgage insurance begins with the insurer’s receipt from the lender of notification of a default on an insured loan. The master policy requires lenders to notify the Company of an uncured default on a mortgage loan within 75 days (45 days for an uncured default in the first year of the loan), although many lenders do so earlier. The incidence of default is affected by a variety of factors, including change in borrower income, unemployment, divorce and illness, the level of interest rates and general borrower creditworthiness. Defaults that are not cured result in claims to the Company. Borrowers may cure defaults by making all delinquent loan payments or by selling the property and satisfying all amounts due under the mortgage.

 

29


 

The following table shows the number of primary and pool loans insured, related loans in default and the percentage of loans in default (default rate) as of the dates indicated:

 

    

Default Statistics

 
    

December 31


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

Primary Insurance:

                    

Prime:

                    

Insured loans in force

  

698,910

 

  

752,519

 

  

792,813

 

Loans in default (1)

  

21,483

 

  

23,312

 

  

17,840

 

Percentage of loans in default

  

3.1

%

  

3.1

%

  

2.3

%

Non-Prime:

                    

Alt-A

                    

Insured loans in force

  

102,839

 

  

59,778

 

  

40,590

 

Loans in default (1)

  

5,300

 

  

2,666

 

  

1,183

 

Percentage of loans in default

  

5.2

%

  

4.5

%

  

2.9

%

A Minus and below

                    

Insured loans in force

  

79,871

 

  

79,396

 

  

25,010

 

Loans in default (1)

  

9,005

 

  

5,038

 

  

1,507

 

Percentage of loans in default

  

11.3

%

  

6.3

%

  

6.0

%

Total Primary Insurance:

                    

Insured loans in force

  

881,620

 

  

891,693

 

  

858,413

 

Loans in default (1)

  

35,788

 

  

31,016

 

  

20,530

 

Percentage of loans in default

  

4.1

%

  

3.5

%

  

2.4

%

Pool Insurance (2):

                    

Insured loans in force

  

593,405

 

  

866,303

 

  

768,388

 

Loans in default (1)

  

6,554

 

  

8,156

 

  

5,989

 

Percentage of loans in default

  

1.1

%

  

0.9

%

  

0.8

%


(1)   Loans in default exclude those loans 60 days past due or less and loans in default for which the Company believes it is doubtful that it will be liable for a claim payment.
(2)   Includes traditional and modified pool insurance of prime and non-prime loans.

 

Regions of the United States may experience different default rates due to varying economic conditions. The following table shows the primary mortgage insurance default rates by the Company’s defined regions as of the dates indicated, including prime and non-prime loans.

 

    

Mortgage Insurance Default Rates by Region

 
    

December 31


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

North

  

4.64

%

  

3.85

%

  

2.50

%

South

  

4.64

 

  

4.15

 

  

2.10

 

West

  

3.47

 

  

3.38

 

  

2.21

 

Alaska

  

1.14

 

  

0.86

 

  

1.08

 

Hawaii

  

1.04

 

  

1.77

 

  

2.23

 

 

As of December 31, 2002, primary mortgage insurance default rates for the Company’s two largest states measured by risk in force, California and Florida, were 2.3% and 4.2% respectively, compared to 2.9% and 4.6% respectively, at December 31, 2001.

 

Claims

 

In the mortgage insurance business, the likelihood that a claim will result from a default and the amount of such claim depends principally on the borrower’s equity at the time of default and the borrower’s (or the lender’s)

 

30


ability to sell the home for an amount sufficient to satisfy all amounts due under the mortgage, as well as the effectiveness of loss mitigation efforts. Claims are also affected by local housing prices, interest rates, unemployment levels and the housing supply.

 

Claim activity in the mortgage insurance business is not evenly spread through the coverage period of a book of business. Relatively few claims are received during the first two years following issuance of the policy. This is followed by a period of rising claims which, based on industry experience, has historically reached its highest level in the third through fifth years after the year of loan origination. Thereafter, the number of claims received has historically declined at a gradual rate, although the rate of decline can be affected by conditions in the economy. Approximately 70.7% of the primary risk in force, including most of the Company’s risk in force on alternative products, and approximately 31.9% of the pool risk in force at December 31, 2002 had not yet reached its anticipated highest claim frequency years.

 

The following table shows claims paid information for primary mortgage insurance for the periods indicated:

 

    

Year Ended

December 31


    

2002


  

2001


    

($ thousands, unless specified otherwise)

Direct claims paid:

             

Prime

  

$

89,095

  

$

64,157

Non-prime

             

Alt-A

  

 

27,281

  

 

5,882

A minus and below

  

 

32,114

  

 

19,083

Seconds

  

 

16,502

  

 

8,569

    

  

Total

  

$

164,992

  

$

97,691

Claims Paid:

             

Georgia

  

$

12,731

  

$

4,459

Utah

  

 

9,895

  

 

4,817

Texas

  

 

9,770

  

 

4,032

Florida

  

 

8,864

  

 

8,701

California

  

 

8,691

  

 

6,889

 

The disproportionately higher incidence of claims in Georgia and Utah is directly related to questionable property values in those states. The Company’s risk management department identified these issues over a year ago and has put into place several property valuation checks and balances to prevent these issues from recurring. Further, these same techniques are being applied to all mortgage insurance transactions. The Company expects this higher incidence of claims in Georgia and Utah to continue until loans originated in Georgia and Utah prior to the implementation of these preventive measures become sufficiently seasoned.

 

In the financial guaranty business, the Company is typically obligated to pay amounts equal to defaulted payments on insured obligations on their respective due dates. For municipal, asset-backed, and other structured products, the Company primarily underwrites with a zero-loss or remote loss underwriting objective. As such, the patterns of claim payments tend to fluctuate and may be low in frequency and high in severity. For trade credit protection reinsurance, the Company underwrites and prices to encompass historical loss patterns experienced by the Company and by ceding companies in similar businesses. The claim payments in trade credit tend to follow a more historical loss pattern that is reflective of overall global economic conditions.

 

Loss Mitigation

 

The Mortgage Insurance loan workout staff consists of 5 employees, working with borrowers to reduce the frequency and severity of foreclosure losses. The size of the loan workout staff has decreased over the past few

 

31


years relative to the number of defaults, primarily due to an enhancement in the ability of loan servicers to perform this function adequately with less assistance needed by the Company. Once a notice of default is received, the Company scores the default using a proprietary model that predicts the likelihood that the default will become a claim. Using this model the loan workout specialists prioritize cases for proactive intervention to counsel and assist borrowers. Loss mitigation techniques include pre-foreclosure sales, extensions of credit to borrowers to reinstate insured loans, loan modifications and deficiency settlements. The Company still considers its loss mitigation efforts to be an effective way to reduce claim payments.

 

Subsequent to foreclosure, the Company uses post-foreclosure sales and the exercise of the full claim payment option to further mitigate loss. This was considered an extremely effective loss mitigation tool in 2002 and 2001 due to relatively strong property values, although there can be no assurance that such positive results will continue.

 

Financial Guaranty’s surveillance group is responsible for detecting any deterioration in credit quality or changes in the economic or political environment that could affect the timely payment of debt service on an insured issue. Once a problem is detected, the group then works with the appropriate parties in order to avoid a default. Claims are generally mitigated by restructuring the obligation, enforcing in a timely fashion any security arrangements, and working with the issuer to solve management or potential political problems. Issuers are typically under no obligation to restructure insured issues in order to prevent losses. The Company believes that early detection and continued involvement by the surveillance group has reduced claims. This is no assurance, however, that there will be no material losses in the future in Financial Guaranty’s business.

 

Homeownership Counseling

 

In 1995, Mortgage Insurance established a Homeownership Counseling Center (the “Center”) to work with borrowers receiving insured loans under Community Homebuyer, 97% LTV (“97s”) or other “affordable housing” programs. The Company considers this counseling to be very important to the future success of those particular borrowers with regard to sustaining their mortgage payments. In addition, the Center counsels such borrowers early in the default process in an attempt to help cure loan defaults and assist the borrowers in meeting their mortgage obligation.

 

Loss Reserves – General

 

The Company has determined that the establishment of loss reserves in its businesses constitutes a critical accounting policy. As such, more detailed descriptions of the Company’s policies are set forth in its 2003 Annual Report to Stockholders, both in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” section.

 

Loss Reserves – Mortgage Insurance

 

The Company establishes reserves to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims in respect of loans reported to be in default and loans that are in default which have not yet been reported to the Company. Consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and industry accounting practices, the Company does not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans that are not currently in default. In determining the liability for unpaid losses related to reported outstanding defaults, the Company establishes loss reserves on a case-by-case basis. The amount reserved for any particular loan is dependent upon the characteristics of the loan, the status of the loan as reported by the servicer of the insured loan as well as the economic condition and estimated foreclosure period in the area in which the default exists. As the default progresses closer to foreclosure, the amount of loss reserve for that particular loan will be increased, in stages, to approximately 100% of the Company’s exposure. If the default cures, the reserve for that loan is removed from the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”).

 

32


 

The following tables presents information relating to Mortgage Insurance’s liability for unpaid claims and related expenses (in millions):

 

    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

Balance at January 1

  

$

465.4

 

  

$

390.0

 

  

$

335.6

 

Add losses and LAE incurred in respect of default notices received in:

                          

Current year

  

 

320.1

 

  

 

320.1

 

  

 

247.7

 

Prior years

  

 

(125.6

)

  

 

(141.0

)

  

 

(93.4

)

    


  


  


Total incurred

  

$

194.5

 

  

$

179.1

 

  

$

154.3

 

    


  


  


Deduct losses and LAE paid in respect of default notices received in:

                          

Current year

  

$

22.4

 

  

$

21.2

 

  

$

8.9

 

Prior years

  

 

152.8

 

  

 

82.5

 

  

 

91.0

 

    


  


  


Total paid

  

$

175.2

 

  

$

103.7

 

  

$

99.9

 

    


  


  


Balance at December 31

  

$

484.7

 

  

$

465.4

 

  

$

390.0

 

    


  


  


 

Loss Reserves – Financial Guaranty Business

 

The Company establishes a provision for losses and related LAE as to a particular insured risk when the ceding companies report a loss on the risk or when, in its opinion, the risk is in default or a default is probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Company bases the provision for losses and LAE on the estimated loss, including expenses associated with settlement of the loss, through the full term of the insured obligation. In the case of obligations with fixed periodic payments, the provision for losses and LAE represents the present value of the ultimate expected losses, adjusted for estimated recoveries under salvage or subrogation rights. On any given municipal and asset-backed reinsurance transaction, the Company and its primary insurer customers underwrite with a zero-loss underwriting objective. For the trade credit reinsurance business, loss reserves are established based on historical loss development patterns experienced by the Company and by ceding companies in similar businesses. The estimate of reserves for losses and LAE, which includes a non-specific loss reserve, is periodically evaluated by the Company, and changes in estimates are reflected in income currently.

 

The Company’s non-specific loss reserve for the financial guaranty business, as of December 31, 2002 is $48.0 million, compared to $47.2 million as of December 31, 2001. The Company believes that the reserves for losses and LAE, including case and unallocated or non-specific reserves, are adequate to cover the ultimate net cost of claims. However, the reserves are necessarily based on estimates, and there can be no assurance that the ultimate liability will not exceed such estimates.

 

As anticipated, Financial Guaranty experienced relatively higher loss levels in certain of its other insurance businesses, such as trade credit reinsurance, than it experienced in its financial guaranty reinsurance business. The Company believes that the higher premiums it receives in these businesses adequately compensates it for the risks involved.

 

33


 

At December 31, 2002, Financial Guaranty had established $139.9 million in net reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (of which $62.9 million represented incurred but not reported and non-specific reserves). The following table sets forth certain information regarding Financial Guaranty’s loss experience for the years indicated:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(in millions)

Reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

  

$

123.2

  

$

70.0

  

$

49.7

Less Reinsurance recoverables

  

 

.2

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

    

  

  

Reserve for losses and LAE, net

  

 

123.0

  

 

70.0

  

 

49.7

Provision for losses and LAE

                    

Occurring in current year

  

 

45.0

  

 

19.5

  

 

19.0

Occurring in prior years

  

 

3.8

  

 

48.4

  

 

15.7

    

  

  

Total

  

 

48.8

  

 

67.9

  

 

34.7

    

  

  

Payments for losses and loss adjustment expenses

                    

Occurring in current year

  

 

8.7

  

 

3.6

  

 

1.3

Occurring in prior years

  

 

25.4

  

 

11.1

  

 

13.1

    

  

  

Total

  

 

34.1

  

 

14.7

  

 

14.4

    

  

  

Reserve for losses and LAE, net

  

 

137.7

  

 

123.0

  

 

70.0

Add Reinsurance recoverables

  

 

2.2

  

 

.2

  

 

—  

    

  

  

Reserve for losses and LAE at end of year

  

$

139.9

  

$

123.2

  

$

70.0

    

  

  

 

 

In 2002, 2001, and 2000, Financial Guaranty recorded losses of $36.3 million, $24.9 million and $21.9 million, respectively, in connection with its trade credit and surety businesses.

 

Analysis of Primary Risk in Force

 

The Company’s business strategy has been to disperse risk as widely as possible. The Company analyzes its portfolio in a number of ways to identify any concentrations or imbalances in risk dispersion. The Company believes the quality of its insurance portfolio is affected significantly by:

 

    the geographic dispersion of the properties securing the insured loans;

 

    the quality of loan originations;

 

    the types of loans insured (including LTV, purpose of the loan, type of loan instrument and type of underlying property securing the loan); and

 

    the age of the loans insured.

 

Financial Guaranty seeks to maintain a diversified insurance portfolio designed to spread its risk based on insurer, type of debt obligation insured, and geographic concentration.

 

34


 

Primary Risk In Force By Policy Year

 

The following table sets forth the percentage of the Company’s primary mortgage insurance risk in force by policy origination year as of December 31:

 

1997 and prior

  

9.3

%

1998

  

10.0

 

1999

  

10.7

 

2000

  

6.6

 

2001

  

25.6

 

2002

  

37.8

 

    

    

100.0

%

    

 

Geographic Dispersion

 

The following tables reflect the percentage of direct primary mortgage insurance risk in force on the Company’s book of business (by location of property) for the top 10 states and top 15 metropolitan statistical areas (“MSAs”) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

 

Top Ten States


  

2002


    

2001


 

California

  

16.4

%

  

16.4

%

Florida

  

7.9

 

  

7.4

 

New York

  

6.3

 

  

6.4

 

Texas

  

5.2

 

  

5.2

 

Georgia

  

4.6

 

  

4.4

 

Arizona

  

4.1

 

  

4.0

 

New Jersey

  

3.5

 

  

3.8

 

Illinois

  

3.5

 

  

3.6

 

Pennsylvania

  

3.3

 

  

3.6

 

Ohio

  

2.7

 

  

2.6

 

    

  

Total

  

57.5

%

  

57.4

%

    

  

 

Top Fifteen MSAs


  

2002


    

2001


 

Los Angeles-Long Beach, CA

  

4.4

%

  

4.1

%

Atlanta, GA

  

3.8

 

  

3.4

 

Phoenix/Mesa, AZ

  

3.6

 

  

3.2

 

Chicago, IL

  

3.3

 

  

3.0

 

Washington, DC – MD – VA

  

3.0

 

  

2.6

 

New York, NY

  

2.9

 

  

2.6

 

Riverside-San Bernardino, CA

  

2.5

 

  

2.2

 

Philadelphia, PA-NJ

  

2.1

 

  

2.2

 

Nassau/Suffolk, NY

  

2.0

 

  

1.9

 

Boston, MA – NH

  

1.8

 

  

.8

 

Las Vegas, NV

  

1.8

 

  

1.5

 

Houston, TX

  

1.7

 

  

1.4

 

Miami – Hialeah, FL

  

1.7

 

  

1.4

 

Detroit, MI

  

1.6

 

  

1.4

 

San Diego, CA

  

1.6

 

  

1.3

 

    

  

Total

  

37.8

%

  

34.5

%

    

  

 

35


 

The following table sets forth the distribution by state of the Company’s financial guaranty insurance in force as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

 

Jurisdiction


  

2002


    

2001


 

New York

  

11.1

%

  

9.9

%

California

  

8.8

 

  

10.0

 

Texas

  

5.4

 

  

5.4

 

Florida

  

4.9

 

  

5.9

 

Pennsylvania

  

4.3

 

  

4.6

 

Illinois

  

4.1

 

  

4.4

 

Massachusetts

  

3.4

 

  

3.5

 

Other (1)

  

58.0

 

  

58.3

 

    

  

Total

  

100.0

%

  

100.0

%

    

  


(1)   Represents all remaining states, the District of Columbia and several foreign countries, in which obligations insured and reinsured by Financial Guaranty arise, none of which individually constitutes greater than 3.6% for 2002 and 3.4% for 2001 of Financial Guaranty’s insurance in force.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company’s revenue attributable to foreign countries was approximately 6% and 3%, respectively (and less than 1% in 2000). In addition, long-lived assets located in foreign countries were immaterial for the 2002, 2001and 2000 fiscal years.

 

Lender and Product Characteristics

 

While geographic dispersion is an important component of overall risk dispersion and it has been a strategy of the Company to limit its exposure in the top 10 states and top 15 MSAs, the Company believes the quality of the risk in force should be considered in conjunction with other elements of risk dispersion, such as product distribution, as well as the Company’s risk management and underwriting practices.

 

The following table reflects the percentage of the Company’s direct mortgage insurance risk in force (as determined on the basis of information available on the date of mortgage origination) by the categories indicated as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

 

Direct Mortgage Insurance Risk in Force

 

    

2002


    

2001


 

Product Type:

             

Primary

  

93.8

%

  

94.3

%

Pool (1)

  

6.2

 

  

5.7

 

    

  

Total

  

100.0

%

  

100.0

%

    

  

 

36


 

Direct Primary Mortgage Insurance Risk in Force

 

    

2002


    

2001


 

Direct Primary Risk in Force (dollars in millions)

  

$

26,273

 

  

$

26,004

 

Lender Concentration:

                 

Top 10 lenders (by original applicant)

  

 

49.3

%

  

 

40.4

%

Top 20 lenders (by original applicant)

  

 

58.5

%

  

 

49.6

%

LTV:

                 

95.01% to 100.00%

  

 

8.4

%

  

 

6.0

%

90.01% to 95.00%

  

 

40.4

 

  

 

43.5

 

85.01% to 90.00%

  

 

38.2

 

  

 

40.2

 

85.00% and below

  

 

13.0

 

  

 

10.3

 

    


  


Total

  

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


Loan Grade:

                 

Prime

  

 

77.7

%

  

 

79.7

%

Non-Prime:

                 

Alt-A

  

 

15.0

 

  

 

9.1

 

A minus and below

  

 

7.3

 

  

 

11.2

 

    


  


Total

  

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


Loan Type:

                 

Fixed

  

 

81.4

%

  

 

86.3

%

Adjustable rate mortgage (“ARM”) (fully indexed)(2)

  

 

18.1

 

  

 

13.0

 

ARM (potential negative amortization)(3)

  

 

0.5

 

  

 

0.7

 

    


  


    

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


FICO Score:

                 

<=520

  

 

.4

%

  

 

.4

%

521-619

  

 

12.0

 

  

 

10.7

 

620-679

  

 

30.7

 

  

 

29.0

 

680-739

  

 

33.3

 

  

 

34.6

 

>=740

  

 

23.6

 

  

 

25.3

 

    


  


    

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


Mortgage Term:

                 

15 years and under

  

 

3.2

%

  

 

2.7

%

Over 15 years

  

 

96.8

 

  

 

97.3

 

    


  


Total

  

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


Property Type:

                 

Non-condominium (principally single-family detached)

  

 

99.8

%

  

 

96.2

%

Condominium or cooperative

  

 

0.2

 

  

 

3.8

 

    


  


Total

  

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


Occupancy Status:

                 

Primary residence

  

 

96.0

%

  

 

96.2

%

Second home

  

 

1.7

 

  

 

1.7

 

Non-owner occupied

  

 

2.3

 

  

 

2.1

 

    


  


Total

  

 

100.0

%

  

 

100.0

%

    


  


 

37


    

2002


    

2001


 

Mortgage Amount:

             

less than $300,000

  

93.2

%

  

94.8

%

$300,000 and over

  

6.8

 

  

5.2

 

    

  

Total

  

100.0

%

  

100.0

%

    

  

Loan Purpose:

             

Purchase

  

70.3

%

  

74.4

%

Refinance

  

18.8

 

  

18.2

 

Cash out refinance

  

10.9

 

  

7.4

 

    

  

Total

  

100.0

%

  

100.0

%

    

  


(1)   Includes traditional and modified pool insurance.
(2)   Refers to loans where payment adjustments are the same as mortgage interest rate adjustments.
(3)   Loans with potential negative amortization will not have increasing principal balances unless interest rates increase as contrasted with scheduled negative amortization where an increase in loan balance will occur even if interest rates do not change.

 

One of the most important determinants of claim incidence is the relative amount of borrower’s equity, or down payment, in the home. The expectation of claim incidence on 95% LTV loans (“95s”) is approximately two times the expected claim incidence on 90s. The Company believes that the higher premium rates it charges on 95s adequately reflect the additional risk on these loans. The industry and the Company have been insuring 97s since 1995 and 100% LTV loans (“100s”) since 2000. These loans are expected to have a higher claim incidence than 95s; however, with proper counseling efforts and by limiting insurance on these loans to sensible affordable housing programs, it is the Company’s belief that the claim incidence should not be materially (more than one and one-half times) worse than on 95s, although there can be no assurance that claim incidence will not be materially worse on 97s or 100s than on 95s. Premium rates on 100s and 97s are higher than on 95s to compensate for the additional risk and the higher expected frequency and severity of claims. The Company insures an immaterial amount of loans having an LTV over 100%.

 

In recent years, the Company has decreased its insurance on mortgage loans identified by its customers as “affordable housing” loans. These loans are typically made to low- and moderate-income borrowers in conjunction with special programs developed by state or local housing agencies, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Such programs usually include 95s, 97s and 100s and may require the liberalization of certain underwriting guidelines in order to achieve their objectives. The Company’s participation in these programs is dependent upon acceptable borrower counseling. Default experience on these programs has been worse than non-“affordable housing” loans; however, the Company does not believe the ultimate claims will materially affect its financial results due to the relatively small amount of such business in the Company’s insured book combined with higher premium rates and risk-sharing elements.

 

The Company believes that the risk of claim on non-prime loans is significantly higher than that on prime loans. Non-prime loans generally include Alt-A and A minus products and although higher premium rates and surcharges are charged in order to compensate for the additional risk, these products are relatively new and have never been insured in an adverse economic situation so there is no assurance that the premium rates are adequate or the loss performance will be at, or close to, expected levels.

 

The Company’s claim frequency on insured ARMs has been higher than on all other loan types. The Company believes that the risk on ARM loans is greater than on fixed rate loans due to possible monthly payment increases if interest rates rise.

 

38


 

The Company believes that 15-year mortgages present a lower level of risk than 30-year mortgages, primarily as a result of the faster amortization and the more rapid accumulation of borrower equity in the property. Premium rates for 15-year mortgages are lower to reflect the lower risk.

 

The Company believes that the risk of claim is also affected by the type of property securing the insured loan. In the Company’s opinion, loans on single-family detached housing are subject to less risk of claim incidence than loans on other types of properties. Conversely, loans on attached housing types, particularly condominiums and cooperatives, are generally considered by the Company to be a higher risk, due to the higher density of such properties and because a detached unit is the preferred housing type in most areas. The Company’s more stringent underwriting guidelines on condominiums and cooperatives reflect this higher expected risk.

 

The Company believes that the risk of claim on relocation loans and loans originated by credit unions is extremely low and offers lower premium rates on such loans to compensate for the lower risk.

 

The Company believes that loans on non-owner occupied homes purchased for investment purposes represent a substantially higher risk of claim incidence, and are subject to greater value declines than loans on either primary or second homes. The Company underwrites loans on non-owner occupied homes more stringently, and sometimes requires that the investor indemnify the Company directly for any loss suffered by the Company. The Company also charges a significantly higher premium rate than the rate charged for insuring loans on owner occupied homes.

 

The Company believes that higher priced properties experience wider fluctuations in value than moderately priced residences and that the income of many people who buy higher priced homes is less stable than that of people with moderate incomes. Underwriting guidelines for such higher priced properties reflect this concern.

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Company’s financial guaranty insurance in force by type of issue and as a percentage of total financial guaranty insurance in force as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

 

    

Insurance In Force (1)


 

Type of Obligation


  

2002


    

2001


 
    

Amount

  

Percent

    

Amount

  

Percent

 
    

(in billions)

 

Municipal:

                           

General obligation and other tax supported

  

$

27.0

  

25.8

%

  

$

27.1

  

27.7

%

Water/sewer/electric gas and investor-owned utilities

  

 

17.8

  

17.0

 

  

 

17.9

  

18.3

 

Health care

  

 

16.5

  

15.7

 

  

 

15.1

  

15.4

 

Airports/transportation

  

 

11.4

  

10.9

 

  

 

11.1

  

11.3

 

Education

  

 

5.6

  

5.3

 

  

 

4.9

  

5.0

 

Other municipal (2)

  

 

3.1

  

3.0

 

  

 

3.7

  

3.8

 

Housing revenue

  

 

2.7

  

2.6

 

  

 

2.6

  

2.7

 

    

  

  

  

Total municipal

  

 

84.1

  

80.3

 

  

 

82.4

  

84.2

 

Structured finance:

                           

Asset-backed

  

 

11.8

  

11.3

 

  

 

10.9

  

11.1

 

Other

  

 

8.8

  

8.4

 

  

 

4.6

  

4.7

 

    

  

  

  

Total structured finance

  

 

20.6

  

19.7

 

  

 

15.5

  

15.8

 

    

  

  

  

Total

  

$

104.7

  

100.0

%

  

$

97.9

  

100.0

%

    

  

  

  


(1)   Represents Financial Guaranty’s proportionate share of the aggregate outstanding principal and interest payable on such insured obligations.
(2)   Represents other types of municipal obligations, none of which individually constitutes a material amount of Financial Guaranty’s insurance in force.

 

39


 

The following table identifies the issuers of the Company’s 10 largest single-risk insurance in force by par amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and the credit rating assigned by S&P as of that date (in the absence of financial guaranty insurance) to each such issuer:

 

Credit


  

Credit Rating


  

Obligation Type


  

Net Par in Force

As of December 31, 2002


              

(in millions)

Port Authority of New York and New Jersey

  

AA –

  

Airport

  

$

450.9

San Francisco, California Airport Commission

  

A+

  

Airport

  

 

366.2

Long Island, NY Power Authority

  

A –

  

Water & Sewer

  

 

365.8

Lehman Brothers Sprint 3

  

AAA

  

Asset-Backed Corp.

  

 

350.0

New York City Municipal Water Finance Authority

  

AA

  

Water & Sewer

  

 

347.1

Epoch

  

AA

  

Asset-Backed Corp.

  

 

340.0

New York City, NY

  

A –

  

General Obligation

  

 

319.1

Hights 1X

  

AAA

  

Asset-Backed Corp.

  

 

314.6

State of California

  

A+

  

General Obligation

  

 

290.2

Illinois State

  

AA

  

General Obligation

  

 

289.7

 

The following table identifies the Company’s financial guaranty insurance in force amount outstanding at December 31, 2002 by credit rating assigned by S&P to each issuer:

 

    

As of December 31, 2002


 
    

Insurance in force

  

Percent

 
    

(in billions)

      

AAA

  

$

8.4

  

8.0

%

AA

  

 

23.0

  

22.0

 

A

  

 

41.1

  

39.2

 

BBB

  

 

24.0

  

22.9

 

IG

  

 

1.0

  

1.0

 

NIG

  

 

2.2

  

2.1

 

Not rated

  

 

5.0

  

4.8

 

    

  

Total

  

$

104.7

  

100.0

%

    

  

 

Investment Policy and Portfolio

 

The Company’s income from its investment portfolio is one of the Company’s primary sources of cash flow to support its operations and claim payments.

 

The Company follows an investment policy that at a minimum requires:

 

    95% of its investment portfolio to consist of cash equivalents and debt securities (including redeemable preferred stocks) which, at the date of purchase, were rated investment grade by a nationally recognized rating agency (e.g., “BBB” or better by S&P); and

 

    At least 50% of its investment portfolio to consist of cash, cash equivalents and debt securities (including redeemable preferred stocks) which, at the date of purchase, were rated the highest investment grade by a nationally recognized rating agency (e.g., “AAA” by S&P).

 

The Company is permitted to invest in equity securities (including convertible debt and convertible preferred stock), provided its equity component does not exceed 20% of the total investment portfolio.

 

40


The Company periodically reviews its investment portfolio for declines in fair value below the amortized cost basis that are considered to be other-than-temporary and recognizes any such declines in earnings if the security has not been sold. Potential declines in fair value below the amortized cost basis considered other-than-temporary for individual securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio were not material for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company’s investment portfolio had a carrying value of $4,200.3 million and a market value of $4,224.0 million, including $180.9 million of short-term investments. The Company’s investment portfolio did not include any real estate or mortgage loans. The portfolio included 281 privately placed, investment-grade securities with an aggregate carrying value of $107.8 million. At December 31, 2002, 99.7% of the Company’s investment portfolio (which includes fixed maturities and equity securities) consisted of cash equivalents and debt securities (including redeemable preferred stocks) that were rated investment grade.

 

The Company’s investment policies and strategies are subject to change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the then-existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of the Company.

 

The diversification of the Company’s investment portfolio (other than short-term investments) at December 31, 2002 is shown in the table below:

 

Investment Portfolio Diversification

 

    

December 31, 2002


 
    

Amortized Cost


  

Fair Value


  

Percent (1)


 
    

(in thousands)

 

Fixed maturities held to maturity(3):

                    

State and municipal obligations

  

$

356,000

  

$

379,643

  

100

%

    

  

  

Total

  

$

356,000

  

$

379,643

  

100

%

    

  

  

Fixed maturities available for sale:

                    

U.S. government securities (2)

  

$

204,702

  

$

208,745

  

6.1

%

U.S. government agency securities (2)

  

 

185,060

  

 

188,030

  

5.6

 

State and municipal obligations

  

 

2,369,320

  

 

2,482,419

  

71.1

 

Corporate obligations

  

 

94,653

  

 

100,210

  

2.8

 

Convertible Securities

  

 

268,799

  

 

266,371

  

8.1

 

Asset-backed securities

  

 

44,820

  

 

46,232

  

1.3

 

Redeemable preferred stocks

  

 

73,595

  

 

65,400

  

2.2

 

Private placements

  

 

82,857

  

 

82,857

  

2.5

 

Foreign governments

  

 

8,296

  

 

8,662

  

0.3

 

    

  

  

Total

  

$

3,332,102

  

$

3,448,926

  

100.0

%

    

  

  

Equity securities

  

$

196,766

  

$

168,517

      

Trading securities

  

 

39,261

  

 

37,619

      

Other invested assets

  

 

8,346

  

 

8,346

      
    

  

      

Total

  

$

3,932,475

  

$

4,043,051

      
    

  

      

(1)   Percentage of amortized cost.
(2)   Substantially all of these securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
(3)   All security types listed, other than U.S. government securities, consist primarily of investment-grade securities.

 

41


 

The following table shows the scheduled maturities of the securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio at December 31, 2002:

 

Investment Portfolio Scheduled Maturity (1)

 

    

December 31, 2002


 
    

Carrying

Value


  

Percent


 
    

(in thousands)

      

Short-term investments

  

$

180,919

  

4.3

%

Less than one year

  

 

63,953

  

1.5

 

One to five years

  

 

528,317

  

12.6

 

Five to ten years

  

 

700,962

  

16.7

 

Over ten years

  

 

2,213,993

  

52.7

 

Mortgage-backed securities (2)

  

 

186,069

  

4.4

 

Asset-backed securities (2)

  

 

46,232

  

1.1

 

Redeemable preferred stocks (3)

  

 

65,400

  

1.6

 

Equity securities (3)

  

 

168,517

  

4.0

 

Trading securities (3)

  

 

37,619

  

0.9

 

Other invested assets (3)

  

 

8,346

  

0.2

 

    

  

Total

  

$

4,200,327

  

100.0

%

    

  


(1)   Actual maturities may differ as a result of calls prior to scheduled maturity.
(2)   Substantially all of these securities are backed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Fannie Mae.
(3)   No stated maturity date.

 

The following table shows the ratings by S&P of the Company’s investment portfolio (other than short-term investments) as of December 31, 2002:

 

Investment Portfolio by S&P Rating

 

    

December 31, 2002


 
    

Carrying

Value


  

Percent


 

Rating (1)

  

(in thousands)

      

Fixed maturities:

             

U.S. government and agency securities

  

$

211,053

  

5.3

%

AAA

  

 

2,139,293

  

53.2

 

AA

  

 

839,455

  

20.9

 

A

  

 

195,118

  

4.9

 

BBB

  

 

213,792

  

5.3

 

BB and below and other (2)

  

 

12,307

  

0.3

 

Not rated (3)

  

 

193,908

  

4.8

 

Trading securities

  

 

37,619

  

0.9

 

Equity securities

  

 

168,517

  

4.2

 

Other invested assets

  

 

8,346

  

0.2

 

    

  

Total

  

$

4,019,408

  

100.0

%

    

  


1.   As assigned by S&P as of December 31, 2002.
2.   Securities in this category have been rated non-investment grade by S&P as of December 31, 2002.
3.   Securities in this category have not been rated by S&P as of December 31, 2002 but have been rated investment grade as of December 31, 2002 by at least one other nationally recognized securities rating agency.

 

42


 

Regulation

 

Direct Regulation

 

State Regulation

 

The Company and its insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation principally designed for the protection of policyholders, rather than for the benefit of investors, by the insurance departments in the various states where the Company and its insurance subsidiaries are licensed to transact business. Insurance laws vary from state to state, but generally grant broad supervisory powers to agencies or officials to examine insurance companies and enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance business.

 

Insurance regulations relate, among other things, to the licensing of companies to transact business, claims handling, reinsurance requirements, premium rates and policy forms offered to customers, financial statements, periodic reporting, permissible investments and adherence to financial standards relating to surplus, dividends and other criteria of solvency intended to assure the satisfaction of obligations to policyholders.

 

Mortgage insurers are generally restricted to writing residential mortgage guaranty insurance business and financial guaranty insurers are generally restricted to writing financial guaranty insurance business. The non-insurance businesses of the Company, which consist of mortgage insurance related services, are not generally subject to regulation under state insurance laws.

 

Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are domiciled and licensed in the State of New York as financial guaranty insurers. They are also subject to the provisions of the New York insurance law and related rules and regulations governing property-casualty insurers to the extent such provisions are not inconsistent with the financial guaranty insurance statute. Both Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are also licensed under the New York insurance law to write surety insurance, credit insurance and residual value insurance, which are the only other types of insurance that a financial guaranty insurer licensed under the New York insurance law may be authorized to write.

 

Each insurance subsidiary is required by its state of domicile and each other jurisdiction in which it is licensed to make various filings, with those jurisdictions and with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, including quarterly and annual financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices. Additionally, each insurance subsidiary is subject to detailed regulation in each of those states, including risk limits, investment restrictions and diversification requirements.

 

Each insurance subsidiary licensed in New York for financial guaranty insurance must maintain both a reserve for unearned premiums and for incurred losses and a special, formulaically derived contingency reserve to protect policyholders against the impact of excessive losses occurring during adverse economic cycles. Each calculated reserve may be drawn on with the approval of the New York insurance department under specified but limited circumstances.

 

Insurance Holding Company Regulation.     All states have enacted legislation that requires each insurance company in an insurance holding company system to register with the insurance regulatory authority of its state of domicile and to furnish to such regulator financial and other information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company system that may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of insurers within the system.

 

Because the Company is an insurance holding company, Radian Guaranty and Radian Insurance are Pennsylvania insurance companies, Amerin Guaranty is an Illinois insurance company, and Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are New York insurance companies, the Pennsylvania, Illinois and New York

 

43


insurance laws regulate, among other things, certain transactions in the Company’s common stock and certain transactions between Radian Guaranty, Radian Insurance, Amerin Guaranty, Radian Reinsurance, Radian Asset Assurance, the Company’s other insurance subsidiaries, and their parent or affiliates. Specifically, no person may, directly or indirectly, offer to acquire or acquire “control” of the Company, or its insurance subsidiaries, unless such person files a statement and other documents with the relevant state’s Commissioner of Insurance and obtains such Commissioner’s prior approval. The Commissioner may hold a public hearing on the matter. “Control” is presumed to exist if 10% or more of the Company or its insurance subsidiaries’ voting securities are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a person, although “control” may or may not be deemed to exist where a person owns or controls a lesser amount of securities. In addition, material transactions between the Company and its insurance subsidiaries and their parent or affiliates are subject to certain conditions, including that they be “fair and reasonable.” These restrictions generally apply to all persons controlling or under common control with the Company or its insurance subsidiaries. Certain transactions between the Company’s insurance subsidiaries and their parent or affiliates may not be entered into unless the relevant Commissioner of Insurance is given 30 days’ prior notification and does not disapprove the transaction during such 30-day period.

 

Dividends.     The ability of Radian Guaranty to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by certain provisions of the insurance laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, its state of domicile. The insurance laws of Pennsylvania establish a test limiting the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner. Under such test, Radian Guaranty may pay dividends during any 12-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10% of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders’ surplus or (ii) the preceding year’s statutory net income. In accordance with such restrictions, $411.6 million would be available for dividends in 2003. However, an amendment to the Pennsylvania statute requires that dividends and other distributions be paid out of an insurer’s unassigned surplus. Because of the unique nature of the method of accounting for contingency reserves, Radian Guaranty has negative unassigned surplus. Thus, prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner is required for Radian Guaranty to pay dividends or make other distributions so long as Radian Guaranty has negative unassigned surplus. The Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner has approved all distributions by Radian Guaranty since the passage of this amendment.

 

Radian Guaranty’s current excess of loss reinsurance agreement prohibits the payment of any dividend that would have the effect of reducing the total of its statutory policyholders’ surplus plus its contingency reserve below $85.0 million. As of December 31, 2002, Radian Guaranty had statutory policyholders’ surplus of $163.5 million and a contingency reserve of $1,652.2 million, for a total of $1,815.7 million.

 

The ability of Amerin Guaranty to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by certain provisions of the insurance laws of the State of Illinois, its state of domicile. The insurance laws of Illinois establish a test limiting the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid from unassigned surplus by an insurer without prior approval by the Illinois Insurance Commissioner. Under such test, Amerin Guaranty may pay dividends during any 12-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10 percent of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders’ surplus or (ii) the preceding year’s statutory net income. In accordance with such restrictions, $29.6 million would be available for dividends in 2003 without prior regulatory approval, which represents the positive unassigned surplus of Amerin Guaranty at December 31, 2002.

 

Under the New York insurance law, the financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries may only declare or distribute dividends from earned surplus. The maximum amount of dividends, which may be paid by the insurance subsidiaries without prior approval of the Superintendent of Insurance, is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus and net investment income as defined by statute. At December 31, 2002, Radian Reinsurance had $27.2 million available for dividends in 2003 and Radian Asset Assurance had $30.9 million available for dividends in 2003 without prior approvals. In connection with the approval of the acquisition of EFSG, the Company, Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance agreed that Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance would refrain from paying any dividends to the Company for a period of two years from the date of acquisition of control without the prior written consent of the New York Insurance Department. The agreement for Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance to refrain from paying dividends to the Company expired on February 28, 2003.

 

44


 

Risk to Capital .    A number of states limit a private mortgage insurer’s risk in force to 25 times the total of the insurer’s policyholders’ surplus plus the statutory contingency reserve, commonly known as the “risk-to capital” requirement. As of December 31, 2002, the consolidated risk-to-capital ratio for Mortgage Insurance was 11.5 to 1, compared to 14.1 to 1 in 2001. The Cross Guaranty Agreement between Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty makes it appropriate to look at risk-to-capital on a consolidated basis.

 

Reserves.     For statutory reporting, mortgage insurance companies are required annually to provide for additions to the contingency reserve in an amount equal to 50% of earned premiums. Such amounts cannot be withdrawn for a period of 10 years except under certain circumstances. The contingency reserve, designed to be a reserve against catastrophic losses, essentially restricts dividends and other distributions by the mortgage insurance companies. Mortgage insurance companies classify the contingency reserve as a statutory liability. At December 31, 2002, Radian Guaranty had statutory policyholders’ surplus of $163.5 million and a contingency reserve of $1,652.2 million and Amerin Guaranty had statutory policyholders’ surplus of $296.4 million. During 2001, Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty entered into an assumption agreement, whereby Radian Guaranty assumed 100% of the rights, duties and obligations related to first lien mortgage guaranty insurance written by Amerin Guaranty. The contingency reserve of $310.9 million related to this assumption was transferred as well.

 

In accordance with New York insurance law, Financial Guaranty must establish a contingency reserve, equal to the greater of 50% of premiums written or a stated percentage of the principal guaranteed, ratably over 15-20 years dependent upon the category of obligation insured. Reinsurers are required to establish a contingency reserve equal to their proportionate share of the reserve established by the ceding company. At December 31, 2002, Radian Reinsurance had statutory policyholders’ surplus of $272.1 million and a contingency reserve of $280.4 million and Radian Asset Assurance had statutory policyholders’ surplus of $309.5 million and a contingency reserve of $39.3 million.

 

Premium Rates and Policy Forms.     Each of the Company’s mortgage insurance and financial guaranty subsidiaries’ premium rates and policy forms are subject to regulation in every state in which it is licensed to transact business in order to protect policyholders against the adverse effects of excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory rates and to encourage competition in the insurance marketplace. In most states, premium rates and policy forms must be filed prior to their use. In some states, such rates and forms must also be approved prior to use. Changes in premium rates are subject to justification, generally on the basis of the insurer’s loss experience, expenses and future trend analysis. The general default experience in the mortgage insurance industry may also be considered.

 

Reinsurance .    Certain restrictions apply under the laws of several states to any licensed company ceding business to an unlicensed reinsurer. Under such laws, if a reinsurer is not admitted or approved in such states, the company ceding business to the reinsurer cannot take credit in its statutory financial statements for the risk ceded to such reinsurer absent compliance with certain reinsurance security requirements. In addition, several states also have special restrictions on mortgage insurance, and several states limit the amount of risk a mortgage insurer may retain with respect to coverage on an insured loan to 25% of the insured’s claim amount. Coverage in excess of 25% (i.e., deep coverage) must be reinsured.

 

Examination .    The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to examination of their affairs by the insurance departments of each of the states in which they are licensed to transact business.

 

New York Circular Letter .    The New York insurance department (the “Department”) issued Circular Letter No. 2 dated February 1, 1999 (the “Letter”) that discusses its position concerning various transactions between mortgage guaranty insurance companies licensed in New York and mortgage lenders. The Letter confirms that captive reinsurance transactions are permissible if they “constitute a legitimate transfer of risk” and “are fair and equitable to the parties”. The Letter also states that “supernotes/performance notes,” “dollar pool” insurance, and “un-captive captives” violate New York law.

 

45


 

Accreditation.     The National Association of Insurance Commissioners has instituted the Financial Regulatory Accreditation Standards Program, known as “FRASP,” in response to federal initiatives to regulate the business of insurance. FRASP provides standards intended to establish effective state regulation of the financial condition of insurance companies. FRASP requires states to adopt certain laws and regulations, institute required regulatory practices and procedures, and have adequate personnel to enforce such items in order to become accredited. In accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ Model Law on Examinations, accredited states are not permitted to accept certain financial examination reports of insurers prepared solely by the insurance regulatory agency in states not accredited by January 1, 1994. Although the State of New York is not accredited, no states where Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are licensed have refused to accept the Department’s Reports on Examination for Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance. However, there can be no assurance that, should the New York insurance department remain unaccredited, other states that are accredited will continue to accept financial examination reports prepared solely by New York. The Company does not believe that the refusal by an accredited state to continue accepting financial examination reports prepared by New York, should that occur, will have a material adverse impact on its insurance businesses.

 

Federal Regulation

 

RESPA.     The origination or refinance of a federally regulated mortgage loan is a settlement service, and therefore subject to the Real Estate Settlement Practices Act of 1974, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, “RESPA”). In December 1992, regulations were issued which stated that mortgage insurance is also a settlement service, and therefore, that mortgage insurers are subject to the provisions of Section 8(a) of RESPA, which generally prohibits persons from accepting anything of value for referring real estate settlement services to any provider of such services. Although many states prohibit mortgage insurers from giving rebates, RESPA has been interpreted to cover many non-fee services as well. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (“HUD”) interest in pursuing violations of RESPA has increased the awareness of both mortgage insurers and their customers of the possible sanctions of this law.

 

The Company and all of its mortgage insurance competitors have been sued in similar actions alleging violations of RESPA. The Company is contesting the action brought against it and believes its products and services comply with RESPA, as well as all other applicable laws and regulations. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this report for further details.

 

HUD has proposed a rule under RESPA to create an exemption from Section 8(a) of RESPA. The proposed rule would make the exemption available to lenders that, at the time a borrower submits a loan application, give the borrower a firm, guaranteed price for all the settlement services associated with the loan. Mortgage insurance is currently included in the proposed rule as one of these settlement services. HUD is currently considering comments to the proposed rule, and is not expected to finalize the rule until the summer of 2003. The rule would not be effective until a year after it is finalized. If the rule is implemented, the premiums charged for mortgage insurance could be affected. As the final rule has not yet been issued, management is unable to determine what impact, if any, it will have on the Company.

 

HMDA.     Most originators of mortgage loans are required to collect and report data relating to a mortgage loan applicant’s race, nationality, gender, marital status and census tract to HUD or the Federal Reserve under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 (“HMDA”). The purpose of HMDA is to detect possible discrimination in home lending and, through disclosure, to discourage such discrimination. Mortgage insurers are not required pursuant to any law or regulation to report HMDA data, although under the laws of several states, mortgage insurers are currently prohibited from discriminating on the basis of certain classifications.

 

The active mortgage insurers, through their trade association, Mortgage Insurance Companies of America (“MICA”), entered into an agreement with the Federal Financial Institutions Examinations Council (“FFIEC”) to

 

46


report the same data on loans submitted for insurance as is required for most mortgage lenders under HMDA. Reports of HMDA-type data for the mortgage insurance industry have been submitted by MICA to the FFIEC since 1993. Management is not aware of any pending or expected actions by governmental agencies in response to the reports submitted by MICA to the FFIEC.

 

Mortgage Insurance Cancellation .    The Homeowners Protection Act of 1998 (the “Act”) was signed into law on July 29, 1998. The Act imposes certain cancellation and termination requirements for borrower-paid private mortgage insurance and requires certain disclosures to borrowers regarding their rights under the law. The Act also requires certain disclosures for loans covered by lender-paid private mortgage insurance. Specifically, the Act provides that private mortgage insurance on most loans originated on or after July 29, 1999 may be canceled at the request of the borrower once the LTV reaches 80%, provided that certain conditions are satisfied. Private mortgage insurance must be canceled automatically once the LTV reaches 78% (or, if the loan is not current on that date, on the date that the loan becomes current). The Act establishes special rules for the termination of private mortgage insurance in connection with loans that are “high risk”. The Act does not define “high risk” loans but leaves that determination to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for loans up to the conforming loan limit and to the mortgagee for any other loan. For “high risk” loans above the conforming loan limit, private mortgage insurance must be terminated on the date that the LTV is first scheduled to reach 77%. In no case, however, may private mortgage insurance be required beyond the midpoint of the amortization period of the loan if the mortgagor is current on the payments required by the terms of the mortgage. The Company believes that the Act will have an immaterial impact on the persistency rate of the Company’s insured loans (the persistency rate being the percentage of insurance in force that remains on the Company’s books after any given 12-month period), and on the Company’s financial results.

 

Other Direct Regulation

 

Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae

 

As the most significant purchasers and sellers of conventional mortgage loans, and therefore beneficiaries of private mortgage insurance, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae impose requirements on private mortgage insurers so that they may be eligible to insure loans sold to such agencies. Freddie Mac’s current eligibility requirements impose limitations on the type of risk insured, standards for the geographic and customer diversification of risk, procedures for claims handling, acceptable underwriting practices, standards for certain reinsurance cessions and financial requirements that generally mirror state insurance regulatory requirements. These requirements are subject to change from time to time. Fannie Mae also has eligibility requirements, although such requirements are not published. Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty are approved mortgage insurers for both Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.

 

In January 1999, Fannie Mae announced a new program that allows for lower levels of required mortgage insurance coverage for low down payment 30-year fixed rate loans approved through its Desktop Underwriter automated underwriting system. The insurance levels are similar to those required prior to 1995. Fannie Mae will replace some of the coverage with a layer of investor mortgage insurance coverage provided by at least two mortgage insurers, one of which will be the Company. Fannie Mae also announced that it intends to purchase additional insurance for certain eligible “Flex 97” and investor loans, and the Company has been selected to provide this coverage on a pilot basis. The Company does not believe that these developments will adversely affect the demand for or the profitability of mortgage insurance in the near future.

 

The Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight issued new risk-based capital regulations for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which took effect September 13, 2002. The most relevant provision to the Company is a distinction between “AAA”-rated insurers and “AA” -rated insurers. The new regulations impose a credit haircut that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are given for exposure ceded to “AAA” – rated insurers by 3.5% and to “AA” – rated insurers by 8.75%. Currently Radian Guaranty is rated “AA”; two other mortgage insurance providers are rated “AAA.” The provisions of the new regulations are to be phased in over a 10-year period commencing on the effective date of the regulation.

 

47


 

Indirect Regulation

 

The Company is also indirectly, but significantly, impacted by regulations affecting originators and purchasers of mortgage loans, particularly Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and regulations affecting governmental insurers such as the FHA and Veterans Administration (“VA”). Private mortgage insurers, including the Company, are highly dependent upon federal housing legislation and other laws and regulations that affect the demand for private mortgage insurance and the housing market generally. For example, legislation which increases the number of persons eligible for FHA or VA mortgages could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to compete with the FHA or VA.

 

The FHA single family loan limits were raised in the fall of 1998. These increased loan limits vary by geographic region from $109,032 to $197,620. The Company does not believe that demand for private mortgage insurance has been or will be materially adversely affected by this change.

 

Proposals have been advanced that would allow Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac additional flexibility in determining the amount and nature of alternative recourse arrangements or other credit enhancements that they could utilize as substitutes for private mortgage insurance. The Company cannot predict if or when any of the foregoing legislation or proposals will be adopted, but if adopted and depending upon the nature and extent of revisions made, demand for private mortgage insurance may be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that other federal laws affecting such institutions and entities will not change, or that new legislation or regulations will not be adopted. In addition, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have entered into, and may in the future seek to enter into, alternative recourse arrangements or other enhancements based on their existing legislative authority.

 

In the fall of 1998, Freddie Mac proposed to Congress an amendment to its charter that would have permitted it to substitute other forms of loss protection for private mortgage insurance. Although the proposed amendment was defeated, it is not clear what, if any, changes or new products may emerge; there is a possibility that any changes in this regard may materially affect the mortgage insurance industry.

 

There can be no assurance that the above-mentioned federal laws and regulations or other federal laws and regulations affecting lenders, private and governmental mortgage insurers, or purchasers of insured mortgage loans, will not be amended, or that new legislation or regulations will not be adopted, in either case, in a manner which will adversely affect the demand for private mortgage insurance.

 

Foreign Regulation

 

The Company is also subject to certain regulation in various foreign countries, primarily the United Kingdom and Bermuda, as a result of its operations in those jurisdictions.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company had 1,344 employees, of which approximately one-third are located at its Philadelphia headquarters facility, 141 are employees of Financial Guaranty and 140 are employees of RadianExpress. Approximately 600 employees are classified as contract underwriting employees and their employment level is commensurate with the level of mortgage loan origination in the mortgage industry. The Company’s employees are not unionized and management considers employee relations to be good.

 

Availability of SEC Filings on Company Website

 

The Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge on the Company’s website at www.radiangroupinc.com , under the

 

48


“Investor Information – SEC Filings” section, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files those reports with or furnishes those reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information contained on the Company’s website is not part of this report.

 

Item 2.    Properties

 

The Company recently entered into a lease for approximately 116,000 square feet of space at its corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, which runs from September 2003 until August 2015. The Company also leases approximately 29,000 square feet of space in Philadelphia under a lease that will expire in August 2003, and, upon the expiration of such lease the Company plans to relocate the operations housed under such lease into its corporate headquarters. In addition, the Company leases: (1) space for its mortgage insurance regional offices, service centers and on-site offices throughout the United States comprising approximately 45,000 square feet with leases expiring between 2003 and 2007; (2) space for RadianExpress.com in Ohio comprising approximately 16,000 square feet, under a lease expiring in 2006; (3) space for its financial guaranty operations in New York comprising approximately 121,000 square feet, under a lease expiring in 2015, approximately 55,000 square feet of which the Company subleases to others; and (4) space for its UK operations in London comprising approximately 6,500 square feet, under a lease expiring in 2012. With respect to all facilities, the Company believes it will be able to obtain satisfactory lease renewal terms.

 

The Company believes its existing properties are well utilized and are suitable and adequate for its present circumstances.

 

The Company currently maintains four data centers and two disaster recovery sites to support its businesses. Over the next two years, the Company will be replacing its legacy systems that currently support accounting, claims, risk management, underwriting and other non-insurance operations. The Company’s strategic direction for all new system development is to deploy 100% web-based custom or off-the-shelf software on a Unix and Windows 2000 platform. PeopleSoft Financial Systems is currently installed and operational for the Company. The Company built a new data center in Dayton, Ohio in 2002, for which it began leasing approximately 27,360 square feet of space in June 2002 under a 10-year lease. Two separate fiber optic feeds serve this data center. The center is cabled for two separate power grids and has sufficient diesel standby generator power to power the data center and personal work areas for critical staff. The corporate headquarters in Philadelphia is the disaster recovery site for all operations. Over the next year, the Company will migrate its operations from the current New York site to the data center in Ohio and the two existing disaster recovery sites to the Philadelphia disaster recovery site. This will ensure continuous availability at the Dayton site and full business recovery capability at the Philadelphia data center.

 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

 

In December 2000, a complaint seeking class action status on behalf of a nationwide class of home mortgage borrowers was filed against Radian Group Inc. (and certain of its mortgage insurance subsidiaries) in the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina (Greensboro Division); in February 2001 a complaint seeking class action status on behalf of similar plaintiffs represented by Texas counsel was filed against Radian Group Inc. (and certain of its mortgage insurance subsidiaries) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The Radian defendant entities in both cases are collectively referred to here as “Radian”. The complaints allege that Radian violated Section 8 of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”), which generally prohibits the giving of any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding that real estate settlement services will be referred. The complaints assert that the pricing of pool insurance, captive reinsurance, contract underwriting, performance notes and other, unidentified “structured transactions” should be interpreted as imputed kickbacks made in exchange for the referral of primary mortgage insurance business, which, according to the complaints, is a settlement service under RESPA. The complaints seek injunctive relief and damages of three times the amount of any mortgage insurance premiums paid by persons who were referred to Radian pursuant to the alleged agreement or understanding.

 

49


 

On September 10, 2002, Radian’s motion to dismiss the Texas lawsuit was granted; the plaintiffs are appealing that decision. The plaintiffs in the North Carolina lawsuit are represented by the same group of plaintiffs’ lawyers who filed six similar lawsuits in federal court in Georgia against other providers of primary mortgage insurance. Four of the Georgia lawsuits were settled; two are currently in discovery. In November 2002, contrary to Radian’s success in Texas described above, the Georgia court ruled against one of the defendants on certain preliminary motions substantially similar to those on which Radian prevailed in Texas. However, in February 2003, the Georgia court refused to certify a class in both of the lawsuits before it. Radian’s North Carolina case is in the motions and early discovery phase, and Radian has filed a motion to dismiss. Because this case is still developing, it is not possible to evaluate the outcome, to determine the effect, if any, that the Texas or Georgia court rulings could have on this case, or to estimate the amount or range of potential loss.

 

In addition to the above, the Company is involved in certain litigation arising in the normal course of its business. The Company is contesting the allegations in each other such pending action and believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matter was submitted during the fourth quarter of 2002 to a vote of holders of the Company’s common stock.

 

Part II

 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Information with respect to this item is included on page 54 of the Company’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders under the caption “Common Stock” and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

 

The information set forth in the table on page 15 of the Company’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders under the caption “Selected Financial and Statistical Data” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The information set forth on pages 42 through 53 of the Company’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

The information set forth on pages 52 and 53 of the Company’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The Consolidated Statements of Income, Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholders’ Equity and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, and the related Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, together with the related notes thereto, the report on management’s responsibility and the independent auditors’ report, as well as the unaudited quarterly financial data, all set forth on pages 16 through 41 of the Company’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders, are hereby incorporated by reference.

 

50


 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Part III

 

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The information on the directors and executive officers of the Registrant included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions, “THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS”, “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF RADIAN” and “SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

 

The information included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS” and “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS-Equity Compensation Plan Information” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The information included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the caption “CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS” is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14.    Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days before the filing of this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in its report filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis.

 

There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the performance of the evaluation referred to above.

 

51


 

Part IV

 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

 

(a)  
  1.   Financial statements—The financial statements listed in the accompanying “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules” are incorporated by reference from the Company’s 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders into Item 8 of Part II of this report.

 

  2.   Financial statement schedules—The financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules” are filed as part of this report.

 

  3.   Exhibits—The exhibits listed in the accompanying “Index to Exhibits” are filed as part of this report.

 

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K

 

The Company has filed the following reports on Form 8-K since September 30, 2002:

 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October 1, 2002 pursuant to Regulation FD containing the text of slide presentations made by management to shareholders of the Company as part of an “investor day” conference hosted by the Company.

 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2002 pursuant to Regulation FD containing the Company’s press release announcing a ratings downgrade of Radian Reinsurance Inc. by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

 

(c)   The response to Item 15(c) is contained in Item 15 (a) (3) above.

 

(d)   The response to Item 15(d) is contained on pages F-1 through F-6 of this report.

 

52


 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(Items 15(a) 1 and 2)

 

    

Page


    

Form 10-K


    

2002

Annual

Report to Stockholders


Consolidated Financial Statements

           

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2001

  

—  

    

16

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002

  

—  

    

17

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002

  

—  

    

18

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002

  

—  

    

19

Notes to consolidated financial statements

  

—  

    

20-40

Report on management’s responsibility

  

—  

    

41

Independent auditors’ report

  

—  

    

41

Financial Statement Schedules

           

Independent auditors’ report on financial statement schedules

  

F-1

    

—  

Schedule I—Summary of investments—other than investments in related parties (December 31, 2002)

  

F-2

    

—  

Schedule II—Condensed financial information of Registrant (December 31, 2002)

  

F-3-F-5

    

—  

Schedule IV—Reinsurance (December 31, 2002)

  

F-6

    

—  

 

All other schedules are omitted because the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

53


 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

(Item 15(a) 3)

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


2.1

  

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 22, 1998 between Registrant and Amerin Corporation. (1) (Exhibit 2.1)

2.2

  

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 27, 2000 by and among Registrant, ExpressClose.com, Inc. and The Founding Stockholders of ExpressClose.com, Inc. (2) (Exhibit 2.2)

2.3

  

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 13, 2000 by and among Registrant, GOLD Acquisition Corporation, and Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. (3) (Exhibit 2.1)

3.1

  

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. (9)(Exhibit 3.1)

3.2

  

Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on June 14, 2001. (9) (Exhibit 3.2)

3.3

  

Certificate of Designations. (4) (Exhibit 3)

3.4

  

Amended and restated by-laws of the Registrant. (1) (Exhibit 3.2)

4.1

  

Specimen certificate for Common Stock. (5) (Exhibit 4.1)

4.2

  

Registration Rights Agreement dated January 11, 2002 relating to the 2.25% Senior Convertible Debentures due 2022. (7) (Exhibit 4.2)

4.3

  

Amended and Restated Shareholders Rights Agreement. (1) (Exhibit 4.4)

4.4

  

Indenture dated May 29, 2001 between Registrant and First Union National Bank, as Trustee (8) (Exhibit 4.1)

4.5

  

Form of 7.75% Debentures Due 2011 (included within Exhibit 4.4)

4.6

  

Indenture dated January 11, 2002 between Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. (9) (Exhibit 4.10)

4.7

  

Form of 2.25% Senior Convertible Debenture Due 2022. (included within Exhibit 4.6)

10.1

  

Tax Indemnification Agreement dated October 28, 1992 among the Company, Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company, Reliance Insurance Company and Reliance Group Holdings, Inc. (9) (Exhibit 10.1)

10.2

  

Tax Allocation Agreement dated as of April 1, 1992, among Reliance Insurance Company and certain of its subsidiaries, including Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company. (10) (Exhibit 10.4)

10.3

  

Form of Change of Control Agreement dated January 25, 1995, between the Company and each of Frank P. Filipps, Paul F. Fischer and C. Robert Quint, (6) (9) (Exhibit 10.3)

*10.4

  

Form of Change of Control Agreement between the Company and Howard S. Yaruss and cott Stevens. (6)

10.5

  

Change of Control Agreement dated March 12, 1999, between the Company and Roy J. Kasmar. (6) (1) (10.40)

10.6

  

Change of Control Agreement dated July 19, 2000, between the Company and Bruce Van Fleet. (6) (2) (Exhibit 10.8)

10.7

  

Form of Second Amended and Restated Change-In-Control Protection Agreement dated November 15, 1999 between Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. and Martin Kamarck, amended and restated as of March 23, 2000. (9)(Exhibit 10.35)

10.8

  

Radian Group Inc. Pension Plan. (6) (9) (Exhibit 10.9)

 

54


Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


*10.9

  

Amendment No. 1 to Radian Group Inc. Pension Plan.

*10.10

  

Radian Group Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2002).

10.11

  

Radian Group Inc. Savings Incentive Plan. (6) (9) (Exhibit 10.10)

*10.12

  

Amendment No. 1 to Radian Group Inc. Savings Incentive Plan.

10.13

  

Radian Group Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan. (9) (Exhibit 10.11)

10.14

  

Radian Group Inc. Equity Compensation Plan (Amended and Restated as of April 13, 1999). (6) (11) (Exhibit 10.9) )

10.15

  

Radian Group Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (6) (5) (Exhibit 10.13)

10.16

  

Radian Group Inc. 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (12) (Exhibit 10)

*10.17

  

Amerin Corporation Second Amendment and Restatement of 1992 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (6)

*10.18

  

Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees (Amended and Restated as of June 6, 1996).

10.19

  

Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees (As Amended Through June 3, 1999). (6) (13) (Exhibit 10.2.2)

10.20

  

Enhance Reinsurance Company Supplemental Pension Plan (6) (14) (Exhibit 10.4)

10.21

  

Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. Non-Employee-Director Stock Option Plan (As Amended December 11, 1997). (15) (Annex A)

10.22

  

Registration Rights Agreement dated October 27, 1992 between the Company and Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company. (8) (Exhibit 10.11)

10.23

  

Form of Radian Guaranty Inc. Master Policy. (10) (Exhibit 10.16)

10.24

  

Amended form of Radian Guaranty Inc. Master Policy, effective June 1, 1995. (8) (Exhibit 10.21)

10.25

  

Risk-to-Capital Ratio Maintenance Agreement between the Company and Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company regarding matters relating to Moody’s financial strength rating as amended through October 22, 1993. (8) (Exhibit 10.13)

*10.26

  

Net Worth and Liquidity Maintenance Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2000, between Radian Guaranty Inc. and Radian Insurance Inc.

10.27

  

First Layer Binder of Reinsurance, effective March 1, 1992, among Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company, Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company of Arizona, and AXA Reinsurance SA. (10) (Exhibit 10.19)

10.28

  

Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, effective January 1, 1994, between Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company and its affiliates and Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company. (8) (Exhibit 10.16)

10.29

  

Capital Reinsurance Company Reinsurance Agreement, effective January 1, 1994, between Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company and Capital Reinsurance Company. (8) (Exhibit 10.17)

10.30

  

Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, effective January 1, 1995, between Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company and its affiliates and Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company. (8) (Exhibit 10.18)

10.31

  

Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, effective January 1, 1996, between Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company and its affiliates and Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company. (8) (Exhibit 10.19)

 

55


Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit


10.32

  

Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company Variable Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company and its affiliates and Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company. (8) (Exhibit 10.20)

10.33

  

Credit Agreement dated as of February 8, 2002, between the Registrant and First Union National Bank, as Lender. (9) (Exhibit 10.28)

*10.34

  

Letter Amendment, dated February 5, 2003, to Credit Agreement dated as of February 8, 2002 between the Registrant and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly, First Union National Bank), as Lender.

10.35

  

Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2001, among Enhance Reinsurance Company (now known as Radian Reinsurance Inc.), Banks from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as Agent. (9) (Exhibit 10.30)

*10.36

  

First Amendment, dated as of October 9, 2002, to Credit Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 among Radian Reinsurance Inc., Banks from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as Agent.

*13

  

Portions of Registrant’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (which, except for those portions thereof expressly incorporated herein by reference, is furnished for the information of the Commission and is not deemed “filed” as part of this report.)

*21

  

Subsidiaries of the Company.

*23

  

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.


*   Filed herewith.

 

(1)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed May 6, 1999 (File No. 333-77957).
(2)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
(3)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 27, 2000 (File No. 333-52762).
(4)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.
(5)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
(6)   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(c) of Form 10-K.
(7)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission April 19, 2002.
(8)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed July 19, 2001, and any amendment thereto (File No. 333-65440).
(9)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
(10)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed August 24, 1992 and amendments thereto (File No. 33-51188).
(11)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
(12)   Incorporated by reference filed in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed November 20, 1997 (File No. 333-40623).
(13)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 1999, of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc.
(14)   Incorporated by reference to the exhibit identified in parentheses, filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc.
(15)   Incorporated by reference to the annex identified in parentheses, filed as an annex to the Schedule 14A of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc., filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission May 5, 1998.

 

56


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 20, 2003.

 

Radian Group Inc.

By:

 

/s/    Frank P. Filipps


   

Frank P. Filipps, Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 20, 2003 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

Name


 

Title


/s/    Frank P. Filipps


Frank P. Filipps

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

/s/    Roy J. Kasmar


Roy J. Kasmar

 

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

/s/    C. Robert Quint


C. Robert Quint

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

/s/    Howard S. Yaruss


Howard S. Yaruss

 

Executive Vice President, Secretary, General Counsel and Corporate Responsibility Officer

/s/    John J. Calamari


John J. Calamari

 

Senior Vice President and Controller

/s/    Herbert Wender


Herbert Wender

 

Lead Director

/s/    David C. Carney


David C. Carney

 

Director

/s/    Howard B. Culang


Howard B. Culang

 

Director

/s/    Stephen T. Hopkins


Stephen T. Hopkins

 

Director

/s/    James W. Jennings


James W. Jennings

 

Director

/s/    Ronald W. Moore


Ronald W. Moore

 

Director

/s/    Robert W. Richards


Robert W. Richards

 

Director

/s/    Anthony W. Schweiger


Anthony W. Schweiger

 

Director

 

57


 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Frank P. Filipps, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Radian Group Inc.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

  c)   presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in the annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

         

Date: March 20, 2003

         

/s/    Frank P. Filipps


               

Frank P. Filipps

Chief Executive Officer

 

58


 

I, C. Robert Quint, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Radian Group Inc.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

  d)   presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in the annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 20, 2003

         

/s/    C. Robert Quint


               

C. Robert Quint

Chief Financial Officer

 

59


 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Radian Group Inc.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Radian Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, and have issued our report thereon dated February 28, 2003; such consolidated financial statements and reports are included in your 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules of Radian Group Inc., listed in Item 15. These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

/s/    Deloitte & Touche LLP

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2003

 

F-1


 

Radian Group Inc.

 

Schedule I

Summary of Investments—Other Than Investments in Related Parties

December 31, 2002

 

Type of Investment


  

Amortized Cost


  

Fair Value


  

Amount

at Which

Shown on

the Balance

Sheet


    

(in thousands)

Fixed Maturities:

                    

Bonds:

                    

U. S. government and government

                    

agencies and authorities

  

$

389,762

  

$

396,775

  

$

396,775

State and municipal obligations

  

 

2,725,320

  

 

2,862,062

  

 

2,838,419

Corporate obligations

  

 

94,653

  

 

100,210

  

 

100,210

Convertible securities

  

 

268,799

  

 

266,371

  

 

266,371

Asset-backed securities

  

 

44,820

  

 

46,232

  

 

46,232

Private placements

  

 

82,857

  

 

82,857

  

 

82,857

Foreign governments

  

 

8,296

  

 

8,662

  

 

8,662

Redeemable preferred stocks

  

 

73,595

  

 

65,400

  

 

65,400

    

  

  

Total fixed maturities

  

 

3,688,102

  

 

3,828,569

  

 

3,804,926

Trading securities

  

 

39,261

  

 

37,619

  

 

37,619

Equity securities

  

 

196,766

  

 

168,517

  

 

168,517

Short-term investments

  

 

180,919

  

 

180,919

  

 

180,919

Other invested assets

  

 

8,346

  

 

8,346

  

 

8,346

    

  

  

Total investments other than investments in related parties

  

$

4,113,394

  

$

4,223,970

  

$

4,200,327

    

  

  

 

 

F-2


 

Radian Group Inc.

 

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Balance Sheets

Parent Company Only

 

    

December 31


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)

 

Assets

                 

Investments

                 

Fixed maturities held to maturity—at amortized cost (fair value $683 and $10,104)

  

$

623

 

  

$

9,838

 

Fixed maturities available for sale—at fair value (amortized cost $44,933)

  

 

46,545

 

  

 

—  

 

Short-term investments

  

 

2,073

 

  

 

12,908

 

Cash

  

 

63

 

  

 

1,236

 

Investment in subsidiaries, at equity in net assets

  

 

3,157,604

 

  

 

2,573,202

 

Investments in affiliates

  

 

20,287

 

  

 

—  

 

Federal income taxes

  

 

—  

 

  

 

1,356

 

Debt issuance costs

  

 

5,696

 

  

 

2,040

 

Due from affiliates, net

  

 

18,070

 

  

 

6,596

 

Other assets

  

 

7,745

 

  

 

766

 

    


  


    

$

3,258,706

 

  

$

2,607,942

 

    


  


Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                 

Accounts payable—other

  

 

16,117

 

  

 

3,241

 

Notes payable

  

 

4,518

 

  

 

5,936

 

Federal income taxes

  

 

10,080

 

  

 

—  

 

Accrued interest payable

  

 

5,411

 

  

 

2,948

 

Long-term debt

  

 

469,145

 

  

 

249,076

 

Other liabilities

  

 

—  

 

  

 

413

 

    


  


    

 

505,271

 

  

 

261,614

 

    


  


Redeemable preferred stock, par value $.001 per share;

                 

800,000 shares issued and outstanding in 2001—at redemption value

  

 

—  

 

  

 

40,000

 

    


  


Common stockholders’ equity

                 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 95,134,279 and 94,170,300 shares issued in 2002 and 2001, respectively

  

 

95

 

  

 

94

 

Treasury stock; 1,581,989 and 188,092 shares in 2002 and 2001, respectively

  

 

(51,868

)

  

 

(7,874

)

Additional paid-in capital

  

 

1,238,698

 

  

 

1,210,088

 

Retained earnings

  

 

1,508,138

 

  

 

1,093,580

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  

 

58,372

 

  

 

10,440

 

    


  


    

 

2,753,435

 

  

 

2,306,328

 

    


  


    

$

3,258,706

 

  

$

2,607,942

 

    


  


 

F-3


 

Radian Group Inc.

 

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Statements of Income

Parent Company Only

 

    

Year Ended December 31


 
    

2002


    

2001


  

2000


 
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

                        

Dividends received from subsidiaries

  

$

57,036

 

  

$

25,000

  

$

6,000

 

Net investment income

  

 

52,806

 

  

 

1,276

  

 

83

 

Equity in net income of affiliates

  

 

230

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

Gain (loss) on sales of investments

  

 

(3,417

)

  

 

461

  

 

—  

 

    


  

  


    

 

106,655

 

  

 

26,737

  

 

6,083

 

    


  

  


Expenses

                        

Interest expense

  

 

23,569

 

  

 

10,978

  

 

—  

 

Operating expenses

  

 

17,215

 

  

 

10,572

  

 

6,455

 

    


  

  


    

 

40,784

 

  

 

21,550

  

 

6,455

 

    


  

  


Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

  

 

65,871

 

  

 

5,187

  

 

(372

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

  

 

14,607

 

  

 

9,283

  

 

(1,851

)

    


  

  


Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

  

 

80,478

 

  

 

14,470

  

 

(2,223

)

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

  

 

346,691

 

  

 

345,949

  

 

251,161

 

    


  

  


Net income

  

$

427,169

 

  

$

360,419

  

$

248,938

 

    


  

  


 

F-4


 

Radian Group Inc.

 

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Parent Company Only

 

    

Year Ended December 31


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                          

Net income

  

$

427,169

 

  

$

360,419

 

  

$

248,938

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash

                          

provided by operating activities

                          

Net losses

  

 

3,417

 

                 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

  

 

(346,691

)

  

 

(345,949

)

  

 

(251,161

)

Increase (decrease) in federal income taxes

  

 

11,436

 

  

 

(4,550

)

  

 

3,462

 

(Decrease) increase in notes payable

  

 

(1,418

)

  

 

(748

)

  

 

3,197

 

Change in other assets, accounts payable and other liabilities

  

 

(2,291

)

  

 

3,472

 

  

 

2,110

 

    


  


  


Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 

91,622

 

  

 

12,644

 

  

 

6,546

 

    


  


  


Cash flows from investing activities:

                          

Sales/redemptions of fixed maturity investments available for sale

  

 

119,213

 

  

 

407

 

  

 

—  

 

Purchases of fixed maturity investments available for sale

  

 

(169,533

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Redemptions of fixed maturity investments held to maturity

  

 

9,226

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Sales/(purchases) of short-term investments—net

  

 

10,835

 

  

 

(8,184

)

  

 

(4,019

)

Investment in affiliate

  

 

(20,000

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Other

  

 

(700

)

  

 

(30

)

  

 

(27

)

    


  


  


Net cash used in investing activities

  

 

(50,959

)

  

 

(7,807

)

  

 

(4,046

)

    


  


  


Cash flows from financing activities:

                          

Dividends paid

  

 

(9,608

)

  

 

(10,052

)

  

 

(7,791

)

Capital contributions

  

 

(189,778

)

  

 

(260,819

)

  

 

(11,067

)

Purchase of treasury stock

  

 

(43,994

)

  

 

(5,715

)

  

 

(2,159

)

Issuance of long-term debt

  

 

215,936

 

  

 

247,036

 

  

 

—  

 

Redemption of preferred stock

  

 

(43,003

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  

 

28,611

 

  

 

25,928

 

  

 

18,432

 

    


  


  


Net cash (Used in) provided by financing activities

  

 

(41,836

)

  

 

(3,622

)

  

 

(2,585

)

    


  


  


(Decrease) Increase in cash

  

 

(1,173

)

  

 

1,215

 

  

 

(85

)

Cash, beginning of year

  

 

1,236

 

  

 

21

 

  

 

106

 

    


  


  


Cash, end of year

  

$

63

 

  

$

1,236

 

  

$

21

 

    


  


  


 

F-5


 

Radian Group Inc.

 

Schedule IV—Reinsurance

Insurance Premiums Earned

Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

    

Gross Amount


  

Ceded to Other Companies


  

Assumed from Other Companies


  

Net Amount


  

Percentage of Amount Assumed to Net


 
    

(in thousands)

 

2002

  

$

799,827

  

$

69,582

  

$

116,880

  

$

847,125

  

13.80

%

    

  

  

  

      

2001

  

$

699,085

  

$

60,774

  

$

77,569

  

$

715,880

  

10.84

%

    

  

  

  

      

2000

  

$

570,425

  

$

49,634

  

$

80

  

$

520,871

  

0.02

%

    

  

  

  

      

 

This document has been printed entirely on recycled paper.

 

F-6

EXHIBIT 10.4

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this day of , 19 by and between CMAC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and (hereinafter referred to as the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee is presently employed by the Company as its VICE PRESIDENT

FOR HUMAN RESOURCES AND ADMINISTRATION; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly-held corporations, the possibility of a change in control of the Company exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of key members of the Company's management to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Employee to remain in the employ of the Company, the Company agrees that the Employee shall receive the compensation set forth in this Agreement as a cushion against the financial and career impact on the Employee in the event that Employee's employment with the Company is terminated subsequent to a "Change of Control" (as that term is defined in Section 1 hereof).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the specific meanings shown in this Section unless the context of any provision of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise:

(a) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

(b) "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall mean:

(i) that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or


otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;

(ii) that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without limitation, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of any security under this subsection (ii) as a result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security if such agreement, arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, an in accordance with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not then reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable successor report); or

(iii) where voting securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy described in the proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any voting securities of the Company;

provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (b) shall cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until expiration of forty (40) days after the date of such acquisition.

(c) "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if (i) any Person (except for the Employee or his family, the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the aggregate of 20% or more of the shares of the Company then outstanding and entitled to vote for directors generally, (ii) any Person (except the Employee and his family), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person purchases substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iii) during any twenty-four (24) month period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the directors who were not directors at the beginning of such period was approved by a vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the directors in office at the time of such election or nomination who were directors at the beginning of such period.

2

(d) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity.

(e) "Subsidiary" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

(f) "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination described in Section 2 hereof or any later date specified therein, as the case may be.

(g) "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of the Employee's actual employment relationship with the Company.

(h) "Termination following a Change of Control" shall mean a Termination of Employment within two years after a Change of Control either:

(i) initiated by the Company for any reason other than (a) the Employee's continuous illness, injury or incapacity for a period of twelve consecutive months or (b) for "cause", which shall mean misappropriation of funds, habitual insobriety, substance abuse, conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, or gross negligence in the performance of duties, which gross negligence has had a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, properties or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or

(ii) initiated by the Employee upon the occurrence of one or more of the following:

(A) any failure of the Company to comply with and satisfy any of the conditions of this Agreement;

(B) any change resulting in a significant reduction by the Company of the authority, duties or responsibilities of the Employee;

(C) any removal by the Company of the Employee from the employment grade, compensation level or officer positions which the Employee holds as of the effective date hereof, except in connection with promotions to a higher office;

(D) the requirement that the Employee undertake business travel (or commuting in excess of fifty miles each way) to an extent substantially greater than is reasonable and customary for the position the Employee holds.

2. NOTICE OF TERMINATION. Any Termination following a Change of Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 14 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for termination of the Employee's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than the date of receipt

3

of such notice, specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than fifteen days after the giving of such notice).

3. BENEFITS UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.

(a) In the event of a Change of Control (i) any stock options previously granted to the Employee under any Company stock option or equity compensation plan which have not yet vested shall become vested, and (ii) any restricted stock previously granted to the Employee under any Company equity compensation plan which has not yet vested or become freely transferable shall become vested and freely transferable.

(b) In the event of the Employee's Termination following a Change of Control the Company shall pay to the Employee, within fifteen days after the Termination Date, an amount in cash equal to 2.0 times (i) the Employee's then current annual base compensation, plus (ii) the Employee's then current target bonus eligibility.

(c) In the event of the Employee's Termination following a Change of Control, the Employee shall be entitled to continued participation in the Company's life, disability, accident and health insurance plans for a period not to exceed thirty-six (36) months following the termination.

4. OTHER PAYMENTS. The payment due under Section 3 hereof shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any payments or benefits due to the Employee under any other plan, policy or program of the Company except that no payments shall be due to the Employee under the Company's then current severance pay plan for employees, if any.

5. ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST. The Company has or will establish an irrevocable trust fund (hereinafter referred to as the "Trust Fund") pursuant to a trust agreement to hold assets contributed to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement. Funding of such trust fund shall be subject to the Company's discretion, as set forth in the trust agreement establishing the Trust Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(a) Upon a Change of Control of the Company, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or his authorized representative (hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Treasurer"), shall immediately remit to the Trustee of the Trust Fund as a contribution to the applicable trust established as part of the Trust Fund for the benefit of the Employee the amount due under this Agreement and not yet contributed to the Trustee as well as an amount estimated to be sufficient to pay all fees and expenses that may thereafter become due. The Trustee shall be under no duty to determine the sufficiency, or to enforce the making, of such contributions.

(b) In the event that the Chairman of the Board determines that a Change of Control of the Company is imminent, the Treasurer shall make the payments to the Trustee specified in paragraph (i) above. If a Change of Control of the Company shall not have occurred within ninety (90) days of the contribution made pursuant to this Section 5 and the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control of the Company is not imminent,

4

any amounts added to the Trust Fund pursuant to this Section, together with any earnings thereon, shall be paid by the Trustee to the Company.

6. ENFORCEMENT.

(a) In the event that the Company shall fail or refuse to make payment of any amounts due the Employee under Sections 3 and 4 hereof within the respective time periods provided therein, the Company shall pay to the Employee, in addition to the payment of any other sums provided in this Agreement, interest, compounded daily, on any amount remaining unpaid from the date payment is required under Section 3 and 4, as appropriate, until paid to the Employee, at the rate from time to time announced by PNC Bank, or its successor, as its "prime rate" plus 2%, each change in such rate to take effect on the effective date of the change in such prime rate.

(b) It is the intent of the parties that the Employee not be required to incur any expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by arbitration, litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Employee hereunder. Accordingly, the Company shall pay the Employee on demand the amount necessary to reimburse the Employee in full for all expenses (including attorney's fees and legal expenses) incurred by the Employee in enforcing any of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

7. NO MITIGATION. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by any compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.

8. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's continuing or future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and for which the Employee may qualify; provided, however, that with respect to a Termination following a Change of Control, the Employee hereby waives the Employee's right to receive any payments under any severance pay plan or similar program applicable to other employees of the Company, and agrees to accept the payment provided in Section 3(b) above in lieu of any other severance pay plan or similar program.

9. NO SET-OFF. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against the Employee or others.

10. TAXES. Any payment required under this Agreement shall be subject to all requirements of law with regard to the withholding of taxes, filing, making of reports and the like, and the Company shall use its best efforts to satisfy promptly all such requirements.

5

11. ADJUSTMENT FOR TAXES. In the event that either the Company's independent public accountants or the Internal Revenue Service determine that any payment, coverage, benefit or benefit acceleration provided to the Employee, whether specifically provided for in this Agreement or otherwise, is subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor provision) ("Section 4999") of the Code, the Company, within thirty (30) days thereafter, shall pay to the Executive, in addition to any other payment, coverage or benefit due and owing hereunder, an amount determined by multiplying the rate of excise tax then imposed by Section 4999 by the amount of the "excess parachute payment" received by the Executive (determined without regard to any payments made to the Executive pursuant to this paragraph) and dividing the product so obtained by the amount obtained by subtracting the aggregate local, estate and Federal income tax rate applicable to the receipt by the Employee of the "excess parachute payment" (taking into account the deductibility for Federal income tax purposes of the payment of state and local income taxes thereon) from the amount obtained by subtracting from 1.00 the rate of excise tax then imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, it being the Company's intention that the Employee's net after tax position be identical to that which would have obtained had Sections 280G and 4999 not been a part of the Code.

12. TERM OF AGREEMENT. The term of this Agreement shall be for 3 years from the date hereof and shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless the Company notifies the Employee in writing that this Agreement will not be renewed at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the current term; provided, however, that (i) after a Change of Control during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in effect until all of the obligations of the parties hereunder are satisfied or have expired, and (ii) this Agreement shall terminate if, prior to a Change of Control, the employment of the Employee with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, shall terminate for any reason, or if the Employee shall cease to be an Employee.

13. SUCCESSOR COMPANY. The Company shall require any successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this Agreement is binding upon and enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and severally obligated with the Company to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or successions had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the Company shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor or successors to its business and/or assets, jointly and severally.

14. NOTICE. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient herewith shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight express courier service, as follows:

If to the Company, to:

6

CMAC Investment Corporation
1601 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attention: Corporate Secretary

If to the Employee, to:

Scott C. Stevens
200 Barrie Road
Narberth, PA 19072

or to such other names or addresses as the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to the other party hereto in the manner specified in this Section 14; provided, however, that if no such notice is given by the Company following a Change of Control, notice at the last address of the Company or to any successor pursuant to Section 13 hereof shall be deemed sufficient for the purposes hereof. Any such notice shall be deemed delivered and effective when received in the case of personal delivery; five days after deposit, postage prepaid, with the U.S. Postal Service in the case of registered or certified mail; or on the next business day in the case of an overnight express courier service.

15. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed by and interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions.

16. CONTENTS OF AGREEMENTS, AMENDMENT AND ASSIGNMENT.

(a) This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified, extended or terminated except upon written amendment executed by the Employee and approved by the Board and executed on the Company's behalf by a duly authorized officer. The provisions of this Agreement may provide for payments to the Employee under certain compensation or bonus plans under circumstances where such plans would not provide for the payment thereof. It is the specific intention of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in such plans, and such plans shall be deemed to have been amended to correspond with this Agreement without further action by the Company or the Board.

(b) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties and responsibilities of the Employee and the Company hereunder shall not be assignable in whole or in part by the Company.

7

17. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application.

18. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE; NO WAIVER. No right conferred upon the Employee by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every such right or remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission by the Employee in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, including, without limitation, any delay by the Employee in delivering a Notice of Termination pursuant to Section 2 hereof after an event has occurred which would, if the Employee had resigned, have constituted a Termination following a Change of Control pursuant to this Agreement.

19. MISCELLANEOUS. All section headings are for convenience only. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

CMAC INVESTMENT CORPORATION

By:
    ---------------------------------          ---------------------------------
    Frank P. Filipps, President

Attest:
        -----------------------------

8

EXHIBIT 10.9

Radian Group Inc. Pension Plan

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997

Amendment No. 1

WHEREAS, the Radian Group Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Radian Group Inc. Pension Plan (the "Plan") amended and restated in its entirety effective January 1, 1997 for the benefit of its eligible employees and the eligible employees of the Participating Employers; and

WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.1 of the Plan, has the ability to amend the Plan by action of its Board of Directors; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors previously directed, by Resolution taken on August 6, 2002, that the Plan be amended to include such mandatory changes which are required under the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA") as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA that are effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 and to make certain other changes to the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company finds that it has become necessary and desirable to revise the Plan to reflect the changes to the terms of the Plan approved by the Board of Directors on August 6, 2002, and to reflect certain provisions required under IRS Rev. Rul. 2001-62, Rev. Rul. 2002-27 and Rev. Proc. 2002-29.

NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respects, effective as of January 1, 2002, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Effective with respect to distributions with Annuity Starting Dates on or after December 31, 2002, the second paragraph of Section 1.2 is amended by the addition of the following sentence to the end thereof to read as follows:

Notwithstanding any other Plan provisions to the contrary, the Applicable Mortality Table for the purposes of this paragraph shall be the Table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62.

2. Effective January 1, 1998, a paragraph is added to the end of Section 1.4 to the Plan to read as follows:

(e) For purposes of any definition of Annual Salary under this Plan that includes a reference to amounts under Code Section 125, amounts under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Company does not request or collect information


regarding the Participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

3. The third paragraph of Section 1.4 is amended by the addition of the following sentence to the end thereof to read as follows:

For each calendar year beginning after December 31, 2001, and for all purposes under the Plan, a Participant's Annual Salary shall not exceed $200,000, adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.

4. Effective January 1, 2002, the first sentence of Section 4.2 is amended to read as follows:

The Early Retirement Date of a Participant shall be the first day of the month coincident with or nest following the first date on which he has both attained age 55 and completed 10 Years of Service.

5. Effective January 1, 2003, Section 5.1 is amended to read as follows:

5.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.6 of the Plan, the Accrued Benefit of a Participant who is eligible for Normal Retirement benefits shall have an annual benefit, payable monthly, which is the Actuarial Equivalent of a Single Life Annuity commencing at his Normal Retirement Date equal to one-twelfth of the amount calculated according to the formula in (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable:

(a) With respect to Participants who earn an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2003:

(1) 1.25% of his Average Annual Salary multiplied by his number of years of Credited Service not in excess of 35 years; plus

(2) 0.5% of his Average Annual Salary in excess of Covered Compensation multiplied by his number of years of Credited Service not in excess of 35; plus

(3) 0.5% of his Average Annual Salary multiplied by his number of years of Credited Service in excess of 35.

(b) With respect to Participants who fail to earn an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2003:

(1) 1.1% of his Average Annual Salary multiplied by his number of years of Credited Service not in excess of 35 years; plus

2

(2) 0.5% of his Average Annual Salary in excess of Covered Compensation multiplied by his number of years of Credited Service not in excess of 35; plus

(3) 0.5% of his Average Annual Salary multiplied by his number of years of Credited Service in excess of 35

provided, however, that a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall never be less than his Frozen Retirement Benefit.

6. Section 6.7(b)(2) is amended to read as follows:

(2) "Eligible Retirement Plan" shall mean an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a); an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b); an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a); an annuity contract described in Code Section
403(b); an eligible retirement plan under Code Section 457(b); or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution.

7. Section 17.1(a) is amended to read as follows:

(a) "Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of a Participating Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of a Participating Employer, or a 1-percent owner of a Participating Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

8. The last sentences of Sections 17.1(c)(1) and (2) are deleted and a new
Section 17.1(c)(4) is added to read as follows:

(4) The value of account balances and the Present Value of Retirement Benefits of a Participant as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Participant under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Code
Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year

3

period." The value of account balances and the Present Value of Retirement Benefits of any individual who has not performed services for any Participating Employer during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

9. Effective January 1, 2003, the Plan is amended by the adoption of the Model Amendment under Rev. Proc. 2002-29, Minimum Distribution Requirements, to read as follows:

ARTICLE XVIII

Model Amendment under Revenue Procedure 2002-29 Minimum Distribution Requirements

18.1 General Rules.

(a) Effective Date. The provisions of this Article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

(b) Precedence. The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(c) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

18.2 Time and Manner of Distribution.

(a) Required Beginning Date. The Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

(b) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

(1) Distributions to the Surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later.

(2) If the Participant's Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this Section 18.2(b), other than Section 18.2(b)(1) will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant

4

For purposes of this Section 18.2(b) and Section 18.4, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's Required Beginning Date. If annuity payments irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant's Surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under Section 18.2(b)(1), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

Form of Distribution. Unless the Participant's interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 18.3, and 18.4 of this Article.

18.3 Determination of Amount to be Distributed Each Year.

(a) General Annuity Requirements. If the Participant's interest is paid in the form of annuity distributions under the Plan, payments under the annuity will satisfy the following requirements:

(1) the annuity distributions will be paid in periodic payments made at intervals not longer than one year;

(2) the distribution period will be over a life (or lives) not longer than the period described in Section 18.4;

(3) payments will either be nonincreasing or increase only as follows:

(i) by an annual percentage increase that does not exceed the annual percentage increase in a cost-of-living index that is based on prices of all items and issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics; or

(ii) to pay increased benefits that result from a Plan amendment.

(b) Amount Required to be Distributed by Required Beginning Date. The amount that must be distributed on or before the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or, if the Participant dies before distributions begin, the date distributions are required to begin under Section 18.2(b)(1) or (2) is the payment that is required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval even if that payment interval ends in the next calendar year. Payment intervals are the periods for which payments are received, e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, semi-annually, or annually. All of the Participant's benefit accruals as of the last day of the first Distribution Calendar Year will be included in the calculation of the amount of the annuity payments for payment intervals ending on or after the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

5

(c) Additional Accruals After First Distribution Calendar Year. Any additional benefits accruing to the Participant in a calendar year after the first Distribution Calendar Year will be distributed beginning with the first payment interval ending in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such amount accrues.

18.4 Requirements For Minimum Distributions Where Participant Dies Before Date Distributions Begin.

(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his interest begins and there is a designated Beneficiary, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed, beginning no later than the time described in Section 18.2(b)(1) or (2), over the life of the designated Beneficiary not exceeding:

(1) unless the Annuity Starting Date is before the first Distribution Calendar Year, the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiary's age as of the Beneficiary's birthday in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Participant's death; or

(2) if the Annuity Starting Date is before the first Distribution Calendar Year, the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary determined using the Beneficiary's age as of the Beneficiary's birthday in the calendar year that contains the Annuity Starting Date.

(b) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distribution of his interest begins, and the Surviving Spouse dies before distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this Section 18.4 will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant, except that the time by which distributions must begin will be determined without regard to Section 18.2(b)(1).

18.5 Definitions.

(a) Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under Section 1.31 of the Plan and is the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

(b) Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains

6

the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 18.2(b).

(c) Life Expectancy. Life Expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

(d) Required Beginning Date. The date specified in Section 1.30 of the Plan.

10. Effective November 1, 2002, Appendix A shall be revised as follows:

SCHEDULE A
Participating Employers

Radian Group Inc.
RadianExpress.com Inc.
Radian Guaranty Inc.
Radian Insurance Inc.
Radian Reinsurance Inc.

WITNESS WHEREOF, Radian Group Inc. has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized party on this 30 day of Dec. 2002.

Radian Group Inc.

By: /s/ Howard S. Yaruss
    ------------------------------
Its: Executive Vice President
     Secretary and General
     Counsel

7

EXHIBIT 10.10

Radian Group Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2002

ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan is to provide for supplemental retirement and related benefits for a select group of management and highly compensated employees of Radian Group Inc. (the "Company") as part of an integrated compensation program which is intended to assist the Company in attracting, motivating and retaining employees of superior ability, industry and loyalty. This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of Management or highly-compensated employees within the meaning of Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. This Plan was established effective January 1, 1997, and most recently amended effective January 1, 2002.

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

2.01 "Actuarial Equivalent" shall have the meaning set forth in the Pension Plan, which definition is hereby incorporated by reference. Effective January 1, 2002, the present value of a Participant's Accrued Benefit, payable in the form of a lump sum, shall be calculated by using the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Mortality Table. The "Applicable Interest Rate" shall be the average annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities, as determined by Regulation or other Internal Revenue Service guidance for this purpose, determined during the November preceding the Plan Year during which the Annuity Starting Date occurs. The "Applicable Mortality Table" shall be the mortality table based on the prevailing Commissioners' standard table (described in
Section 807(d)(5)(A) of the Code) used to determine reserves for group annuity contracts issued on the date as of which present value is being determined (without regard to any other subparagraph of Section 807(d)(5) of the Code), that is prescribed by the Commissioner in revenue rulings, notices and other guidelines published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

2.02 "Average Compensation" shall mean the Compensation of a Participant averaged over the 3 full Years of Service which produce the highest average within the last 10 completed years of employment. If a Participant has less than 10 full Years of Service from his date of hire to his date of termination, his Average Compensation will be based on his Compensation during his full Years of Service from his date of hire to his date of termination. If such a Participant has less than a full Year of Service, Compensation earned as an Employee shall be used. Compensation subsequent to termination of eligibility to participate shall not be recognized. For purposes of this Section, a "full Year of

1

Service" means a Plan Year during which a Participant was employed continuously from the first day of the Plan Year to the last day of the Plan Year.

2.03 "Base Compensation," with respect to any Participant, means his basic annual salary rate then in effect, excluding overtime, bonuses or any other form of additional compensation, but including any amount which is contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the gross income of the Participant under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code.

2.04 "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Radian Group Inc.

2.05 "Change of Control" shall mean the purchase or other acquisition by any person, entity or group of persons, the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Act"), or any comparable successor provisions, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Act) of 25 percent or more of either the outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally, or the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, in each case, with respect to which persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated Company's then-outstanding securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or of the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

2.06 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.07 "Compensation," with respect to any Participant, means total compensation which is actually paid to the Participant during the determination period as calculated for federal income tax purposes for Form W-2, plus any amounts deferred pursuant to the Radian Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan For Officers. The determination period shall be the Plan Year. Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the gross income of the Participant under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code, and shall exclude the value of any exercised stock options.

Compensation shall be limited to 150% of Base Compensation for Designated Executives classified by the Committee as Tier 1 Participants, 135% of Base Compensation for Designated Executives classified as Tier 2 Participants, 130% of Base Compensation for Designated Executives classified as Tier 3 Participants, and 120% of Base Compensation for Designated Executives classified as Tier 4 Participants.

2.08 "Committee" shall mean the Stock Option and Compensation Committee of the Board.

2.09 "Company" shall mean Radian Group Inc. and any successor thereto.

2.10 "Company Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company.

2

2.11 "Credited Service" shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Pension Plan, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

2.12 "Designated Beneficiary" shall mean the beneficiary designated by the Participant to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon his death. The Participant shall designate his beneficiary on a form provided to the Participant under the Radian Secured Benefit Plan, so that the same beneficiary designated to receive the proceeds of a life insurance policy purchased on behalf of the Participant shall be the Designated Beneficiary under this Plan. In the absence of such beneficiary designation, the Participant's Designated Beneficiary shall be his spouse and, if none, his estate.

2.13 "Designated Executive" shall mean each Company executive designated by the Board to participate in the Plan. The Board, in its sole discretion, shall designate or un-designate those executives of the Company by name, and shall notify each such individual in writing of a change in his eligibility to participate. Participation, with respect to any Designated Executive, shall commence as of the date specified, subject to any conditions established by the Board.

2.14 "Disability" shall mean that, because of physical injury, mental illness or sickness, (a) the Participant cannot perform his important duties and
(b) the Participant is under the regular care of a physician, which condition has continued for a period of twelve consecutive months, and the Company has obtained the written opinion of a qualified physician designated by the Company and rendered within the final month of the twelve month period that it is not likely that such disability will cease during the next twelve months.

2.15 "Early Retirement Date" means the date a Participant has attained age 55 and completed 10 Years of Credited Service.

2.16 "401(k) Plan" means the Radian Group Inc. Savings Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.17 "Hypothetical 401(k) Contribution Account" means an amount equal to the value of the Participant's "Hypothetical 401(k) Plan Contribution Account" as of his entry into the Plan (as defined below) plus the sum of all "Hypothetical 401(k) Plan Elective Deferrals" and corresponding "Hypothetical Company Matching Contributions" plus interest credited to such amounts at the rate of 8% per annum compounded annually. Interest on the Hypothetical 401(k) Contribution Account shall be credited on December 31 of each Plan Year. For this purpose, all Hypothetical 401(k) Plan Elective Deferrals and Hypothetical Company Matching Contributions are considered to be made on July 1 of each Plan Year. "Hypothetical 401(k) Plan Elective Deferrals" means for each Plan Year an amount equal to the greater of the actual amount a respective Participant contributed as a salary deferral under the 401(k) Plan or the dollar limitation amount in effect for such Plan Year pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(1). "Hypothetical Company Matching Contributions" means the matching contribution amount the Company would have contributed to the Participant's account for a Plan Year of reference under the 401(k) Plan had the Hypothetical 401(k) Plan Elective Deferrals been made. As of the Participant's date of

3

entry into the Plan, the value of the Hypothetical 401(k) Plan Contribution Account shall be equal to the total account balance the Participant has in the
401(k) Plan, less the amounts attributable to rollover contributions, if any.

2.18 "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the later of a Participant's attainment of age 65 or his completion of 10 years of Credited Service.

2.19 "Participant" shall mean a Designated Executive who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3 hereof.

2.20 "Pension Plan" shall mean the Radian Group Inc. Pension Plan.

2.21 "Plan" shall mean this Radian Group Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

2.22 "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year.

2.23 "Straight Life Annuity" shall mean a monthly lifetime pension commencing at a Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

2.24 "Trust" shall mean the rabbi trust established in connection with the Plan pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE

Participants in the Plan shall be the specified Designated Executives who have attained age 45. A Designated Executive shall be designated a Participant because, among other things, the Board believes that he has made or is likely to make a substantial, long-term contribution to the success of the Company.

ARTICLE 4
VESTING

A Participant's Accrued Benefit under the Plan shall become fully vested upon his completion of 10 years of Credited Service. Benefits shall become payable under this Plan only to the extent a Participant is vested in such benefits. A Participant who ceases to be employed by the Company prior to becoming vested in his Accrued Benefit by reason of his death or Disability shall be made fully vested upon the occurrence of such event.

4

ARTICLE 5
ACCRUED BENEFIT

5.01 Accrued Benefit

A Participant's "Accrued Benefit" shall be his accrued benefit determined as of a date of reference pursuant to the terms of the Pension Plan, after adjustment pursuant to Sections 5.02 and 5.03 and 5.04 hereof, as applicable. Solely for purposes of this Plan, a Participant's accrued benefit determined under the terms of the Pension Plan shall be based on Average Compensation without regard to the limitations taken into account pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).

5.02 Maximum Accrued Benefit

A Participant's "Accrued Benefit" before adjustment pursuant to Sections 5.03 and 5.04 hereof, shall not exceed the greater of:

(a) His Accrued Benefit as pursuant to Section 5.01 above based solely upon his Base Compensation; or

(b) An accrued benefit, equal to 100% of his Base Compensation for a Plan Year of reference reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of an amount equal to his Hypothetical 401(k) Contribution Account, payable in the form of a Straight Life Annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Date.

5.03 Accrued Benefit Offset

A Participant's Accrued Benefit determined pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 5.02 above shall be reduced by his accrued benefit earned under the Pension Plan as of a date of reference, payable in the form of a Straight Life Annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Date.

5.04 Increase in Accrued Benefit upon Change of Control

In the event of a Change in Control, a Participant's Accrued Benefit determined as of the date of the Change of Control shall automatically be increased by 10%.

5.05 Reduction in Accrued Benefit upon Participant's Call

In the event a Participant makes an election as described in Article 9, his Accrued Benefit shall be reduced by 10%.

5

ARTICLE 6
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Accrued Benefit of a Participant will be distributed as soon as practicable following the later of his termination of employment (including on account of Disability) or his Normal Retirement. The normal form of distribution will be a lump sum. Such lump sum payment shall be offset by the cash value accumulation (in excess of the premiums paid by the Company), if any, payable to such Participant under a life insurance policy purchased on behalf of the Participant under the Radian Secured Benefit Plan.

ARTICLE 7
EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT

7.01 Early Retirement Benefit

A Participant who retires on or after his Early Retirement Date (and prior to his Normal Retirement Date) shall be entitled to an Early Retirement Benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date.

7.02 Early Commencement Prior to Age 65

A Participant who has attained his Early Retirement Date and who retires prior to age 65 may elect an immediate commencement of his Early Retirement Benefit. Such Benefit shall be his Accrued Benefit reduced for early commencement using the same factors for early commencement set forth in Article 5 of the Pension Plan.

7.03 Early Commencement After Age 62

With Board of Directors approval, a Participant who has attained his Early Retirement Age and who retires from active employment on or after his attainment of age 62 shall be entitled to immediately commence receiving an Early Retirement Benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit, without reduction for early commencement.

ARTICLE 8
DEATH BENEFIT

A Death Benefit equal to the Actuarial Equivalent lump sum value of a Participant's vested Accrued Benefit shall be payable to the Participant's Designated Beneficiary with respect to any Participant who dies prior to the commencement of his benefits. This benefit shall be payable as a single sum payment. Payment shall be made to the Participant's Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after death. Such lump sum payment shall be offset by the cash value accumulation (in excess of the premiums paid by the Company), if any, which is payable to such Participant's Designated Beneficiary under a life insurance policy purchased on behalf of the Participant under the Radian Secured Benefit Plan.

6

7

ARTICLE 9
CALLABLE RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS

Each Participant who is vested in his benefit may make a written election (the "Election"), in accordance with the procedures described below, to receive an immediate distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit, payable in a single sum payment from the Trust. The amount payable pursuant to such Election shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit determined pursuant to Article 5 including Section 5.05; 10% of his Accrued Benefit shall be forfeited as set forth in Section 5.05. The amount payable shall be further offset by the cash value accumulation, if any, payable to such Participant under a life insurance policy purchased on behalf of the Participant under the Radian Secured Benefit Plan. To the extent the Trust is not adequately funded to make the payment described herein, the Company shall be required to make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust of such additional funds as shall be required to make such payment within 60 days after the Participant's Election. Distribution shall be made within 90 days after the Election is filed with the Committee. Any Participant who makes such Election shall, upon making the Election, be precluded from any further participation in the Plan, at any time.

ARTICLE 10
FUNDING OF LIABILITIES

10.01 Company Contributions

The Plan is intended to be an unfunded, nonqualified plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management and highly compensated employees. However, benefits under the Plan may be provided through a "rabbi trust," hereinafter called "Trust." A contribution to such Trust in any year shall not create any obligation of the Company to make contributions to such Trust thereafter. The Plan shall be administered and construed so as to effectuate this intent. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to benefits payable under the Plan shall be based solely upon such contractual obligations, if any, as shall be created by the Plan, and shall give rise only to a claim against the general assets of the Company. No such liability shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or any other encumbrance on any specified property of the Company. To the extent any benefits payable under the Plan are paid through a "rabbi trust," the Company's contractual obligations, if any, shall be reduced accordingly.

10.02 Change in Control

Upon a Change in Control, the Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than 60 days following the Change in Control, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Plan Participant or Designated Beneficiary the benefits to which Plan Participants or their Designated Beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan as of the date on which the Change of Control occurred, including the increase in benefits described in Section 5.04 of the Plan.

8

ARTICLE 11
COMMITTEE

11.01 Nonfiduciary

Neither the Committee, its individual members nor the Company shall be deemed to be a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

11.02 Quorum

A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for any meeting held with respect to the Plan, and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or the acts unanimously approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be valid acts of the Committee. No member of the Committee may act or vote with respect to a decision of the Committee specifically relating to his benefits, if any, under the Plan.

11.03 Powers

The Committee shall have the power and duty to do all things necessary or convenient to effect the intent and purposes of the Plan and not inconsistent with any of the provisions hereof, whether or not such powers and duties are specifically set forth herein, and, by way of amplification and not limitation of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power to:

(a) provide rules and regulations for the management, operation and administration of the Plan, and, from time to time, to amend or supplement such rules and regulations;

(b) construe the Plan, which construction, as long as made in good faith, shall be final and conclusive upon all parties hereto; and

(c) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient to carry the same into effect, and it shall be the sole and final judge of when such action shall be appropriate.

The acts and determinations of the Committee within the powers conferred by the Plan, including determinations with respect to claims of a Participant or Designated Beneficiary made in accordance with Article 8 shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of the Plan, and shall not be subject to appeal or review by persons or entities other than the Company.

11.04 Indemnity

No member of the Committee shall be directly or indirectly responsible or under any liability by reason of any action or default by him as a member of the Committee, or the exercise of or failure to exercise any power or discretion as such member; except for his own fraud or willful misconduct. No member of the Committee shall be liable in any way

9

for the acts or defaults of any other member of the Committee, or any of its advisors, agents or representatives. The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each member of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his own membership on the Committee, except expenses and liabilities arising out of a Committee member's own fraud or willful misconduct.

11.05 Compensation and Expenses

Members of the Committee who are employees of the Company shall receive no compensation for their services rendered as members of the Committee. Any other members of the Committee who are not employees of the Company shall receive such reasonable compensation for their services as may be authorized from time to time by the Company and, except as otherwise provided by this Section, members of the Committee shall be entitled to receive their reasonable expenses incurred in administering the Plan. Any such compensation and expenses, as well as extraordinary expenses authorized by the Company, shall be paid by the Company.

11.06 Participant Information

The Company shall furnish to the Committee in writing all information the Company deems appropriate for the Committee to exercise its powers and duties in administration of the Plan. Such information may include, but shall not be limited to, the names of all Participants, the date each Designated Executive became a Participant, his earnings and date of birth, employment, termination of employment, retirement or death. Such information shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Plan, and the Committee shall be entitled to rely thereon without any investigation thereof; provided, however, that the Committee may correct any errors discovered in any such information.

11.07 Inspection of Documents

The Committee shall make available to each Participant and his Designated Beneficiary, for examination at the principal office of the Company (or at such other location as may be determined by the Committee), a copy of the Plan and such of its records, or copies thereof, as may pertain to any benefits of such Participant and Designated Beneficiary under the Plan.

ARTICLE 12
EFFECTIVE DATE, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

Participation in this Plan shall become effective as of the date so designated by the Board, and shall continue until such time as the Plan is terminated. This Plan may be terminated at any time and amended from time to time by the Board, provided that neither the termination nor any amendment of the Plan may, without the written approval of the Participant, reduce any vested Accrued Benefit of a Participant. If a Participant has no vested Accrued Benefit as of the effective date of a termination of the Plan or an amendment of the Plan which would preclude the Participant from becoming vested in an

10

Accrued Benefit, such Participant shall have no rights or entitlements to any benefits under the Plan.

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.01 Anti-alienation

No benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject to any manner of anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment or encumbrance except by the company; and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, attach or encumber such benefit, except by the Company, shall be void.

13.02 Unsecured Creditor Status

Any Participant who may have or claim any interest in or right to any compensation, payment, or benefit payable hereunder, shall rely solely upon the unsecured promise of the Company, as set forth herein, for the payment thereof, and nothing herein contained shall be construed to give to or vest in a Participant or any other person now or at any time in the future, any right, title, interest, or claim in or to any specific asset, fund, reserve, account, insurance or annuity policy or contract or other property of any kind whatever owned by the Company, or in which the Company may have any right, title or interest, nor or at any time in the future. Any insurance policy or other assets acquired by the Company to fund, in whole or in part, the Company's liabilities under the Plan shall not be deemed to be held as security for the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder but shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged and unrestricted asset of the Company subject to the claims of its creditors.

13.03 Other Company Plans

It is agreed and understood that any benefits under this Plan are in addition to any and all employee benefits to which a Participant may otherwise be entitled under any other contract, arrangement, or voluntary pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan of the Company, whether funded or unfunded, and that this Plan shall not affect or impair the rights or obligations of the Company or Participant under any other such contract, arrangement, or voluntary pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.

13.04 Separability

If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision, shall not be affected thereby, and shall continue in effect and application to its fullest extent.

13.05 Continued Employment

11

Neither the establishment of the Plan, any provisions of the Plan, nor any action of the Committee shall be held or construed to confer upon any Participant the right to a continuation of employment by the Company. The Company reserves the right to dismiss any employee (including a Participant), or otherwise deal with any employee (including a Participant) to the same extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.

13.06 Incapacity

If the Committee determines that a Participant or Designated Beneficiary is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, any benefit due such Participant or Designated Beneficiary under the Plan may be paid to his spouse, child, parent, or any other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant or Designated Beneficiary (including a duly appointed guardian, committee, or other legal representative), and any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the Company's obligation hereunder.

13.07 Jurisdiction

The Plan shall be construed, administered, and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that such laws are preempted by the Federal laws of the United States of America.

13.08 Tax Withholding

Benefit payments hereunder shall be subject to withholding, to the extent required (as determined by the Committee) by applicable tax or other laws.

13.09 Gender and Number

Except where otherwise clearly indicated by context, the masculine shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa.

ARTICLE 14
CLAIMS

If, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee denies the claim of a Participant or Designated Beneficiary for benefits under the Plan, the Committee shall provide written notice, within 60 days after receipt of the claim, setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:

(a) the specific reasons for such denial;

(b) the specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is needed; and

12

(d) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure and the time limitations of this subsection applicable thereto.

A Participant or Designated Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied may request review by the Committee of the denied claim by notifying the Committee in writing within 60 days after receipt of the notification of claim denial. As part of said review procedure, the claimant or his authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments to the Committee in writing. The Committee shall render its decision to the claimant in writing in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant not later than 60 days after receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case such decision shall be rendered as soon after the sixty-day period as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review. The decision or review shall state the specific reasons therefor and the specific Plan references on which it is based.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amended and restated Plan

to be adopted as the           day of          , 2002.
                     ---------        ---------

Attest:                                          Radian Group Inc.


By:                                              By:
   ----------------------------                     ----------------------------
Corporate Secretary                              Corporate Officer

( S E A L )

13

EXHIBIT 10.12

Radian Group Inc. Savings Incentive Plan

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1997

Amendment No. 1

WHEREAS, the Radian Group Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Radian Group Inc. Savings Incentive Plan (the "Plan") amended and restated in its entirety effective January 1, 1997 for the benefit of its eligible employees and the eligible employees of the Participating Companies; and

WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Plan, has the ability to amend the Plan by action of its Board of Directors; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors previously directed, by Resolution taken on August 6, 2002, that the Plan be amended to include such mandatory changes which are required under the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA") as good, faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA that are effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 and to make certain other changes to the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company finds that it has become necessary and desirable to revise the Plan to reflect the changes to the terms of the Plan approved by the Board of Directors on August 6, 2002, and to reflect certain provisions required under IRS Rev. Rul. 2001-62, Rev. Rul. 2002-27 and Rev. Proc. 2002-29.

NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respects, effective as of January 1, 2002, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Section 1.13(d) is amended to read as follows:

(d) For each Plan Year or Limitation Year, as the case may be, Compensation for all purposes under the Plan shall not exceed $200,000, adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with
Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.

2. Effective January 1, 1998, a new Section 1.13(e) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

(e) For purposes of any definition of Compensation under this Plan that includes a reference to amounts under Code Section 125, amounts under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Company does not request or collect information regarding the Participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.


3. Effective January 1, 2003, Section 3.1 (a) is amended to read as follows:

(a) When a Participant files an election to have pre-tax Salary Reduction Contributions made on his behalf, he shall elect the percentage by which his Compensation shall be reduced on account of such pre-tax Salary Reduction Contributions. Subject to Sections 3.7 and 3.8, this percentage may be made in any whole increment from 1% to 25% of such Compensation.

4. A new Section 3.1(d) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

(d) Catch-up Contributions. Effective October 1, 2002, each Participant who is eligible to make Salary Reduction Contributions and who has attained age 50 before the close of a Plan Year shall be eligible to make Catch-up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Sections 401(k)(3), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-up Contributions.

5. Effective January 1, 2003, the second sentence of Section 3.5(a) is amended to read as follows:

Such Matching Contribution shall be equal to the greater of (1) 25% of the Participant's Salary Reduction Contributions up to 6% of his Compensation (1.50% of Compensation), or (2) the amount determined by the Board of Directors, in its discretion, to make as a Matching Contribution as of the last day of the Plan Year.

6. A new Section 3.7(k) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

(k) The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 and the Plan shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

7. Section 3.8(a) is amended to read as follows:

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, in no event shall the sum of:

(1) any Matching Contributions, Salary Reduction Contributions, Catch-Up Contributions and other employer contributions;

(2) any forfeitures, and

2

(3) any employee contributions allocated for any Limitation Year to any Participant (prior to any distribution of such amounts pursuant to Section 3.1. or Section 3.7) under this and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Participating Company or any 50% Affiliated Company, exceed the lesser of (a) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code, or (b) 100 percent of the Participant's Compensation, as defined in
Section 3.8(e), for such Plan Year. The Compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.

8. Section 3.9(a) is amended to read as follows:

(a) A Participant or an Eligible Employee (including an Employee who is not eligible to participate in this Plan because he has not satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 2.1) may transfer, or have transferred directly to the Fund from any an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code; an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code; an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code; an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code; an eligible retirement plan under Section 457(b) of the Code; or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code of a former employer, all or a portion of his interest in the distributing plan, except that:

(1) the interest being transferred shall not include assets from any plan to the extent that the Plan Administrator determines that such interest would impose upon this Plan requirements as to form of distribution that would not otherwise apply hereunder; and

(2) the interest being transferred shall not contain nondeductible contributions made to the distributing plan by the Participant or Eligible Employee unless the transfer to the Fund is directly from the funding agent of the distributing plan.

9. A new Section 3.9(e) is added to the Plan to read as follows:

(e) Any amounts contributed to the Plan pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be excluded from the value of a Participant's Account for the purpose of determining whether such value is $5,000 or less pursuant to Sections 6.6(a), 6.11(a) and 6.11(b) of the Plan.

3

10. Section 6.12(a) is amended to read as follows:

(a) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant, Spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, may elect pursuant to the procedures established by the Plan Administrator not less than 30 days prior to the date of the distribution to have all or a portion, if applicable, of an "eligible rollover distribution" within the meaning of Code Section 402(c)(4), paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code; an individual retirement annuity described in
Section 408(b) of the Code; an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code; an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code; an eligible retirement plan under Section 457(b) of the Code; or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that accepts such "eligible rollover distribution."

11. Effective January 1, 2003, Section 7.2(d)(3) is amended to read as follows:

(3) the Participant is not permitted to make Salary Reduction Contributions or elective contributions and employee contribution deferrals (other than mandatory contributions under a defined benefit plan) under any plan maintained by the Participating Company or any Affiliated Company for a period of six months commencing on the date of his receipt of the withdrawal; and

12. Section 12.2(c) is amended to read as follows:

(c) "Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of a Participating Company having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of a Participating Company, or a 1-percent owner of a Participating Company having annual compensation of more than $150.000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with
Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

13. Section 12.2(d) is amended by deleting clauses (C) from Sections 12.2(d)(1), 12.2(d)(2) and 12.2(d)(3), and by the addition of the following new Section 12.2(d)(4) to read as follows:

(4) present value of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee

4

under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period." The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has riot performed services for any Participating Company during the 1year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be taken into account.

14. Effective January 1, 2003, the Plan is amended by the adoption of the Model Amendment under Rev. Proc. 2002-29, Minimum Distribution Requirements, to read as follows:

ARTICLE XIV

Model Amendment under Revenue Procedure 2002-29 Minimum Distribution Requirements

14.1 General Rules.

(a) Effective Date. The provisions of this Article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

(b) Precedence. The requirements of this Article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

(c) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

14.2 Time and Manner of Distribution.

(a) Required Beginning Date. The Participant's entire interest will be distributed to the Participant no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

(b) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed no later than as follows:

(1) If the Participant's Surviving Spouse is the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary, then, distribution to the Surviving Spouse will be made by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the

5

Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later.

(2) If the Participant's Surviving Spouse is not the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary, then distribution to the Designated Beneficiary will be made by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(3) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant's death, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

(4) If the Participant's Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this Section 14.2(b), other than Section 14.2(b)(1), will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this Section 14.2(b), distributions are considered to be made on the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

(c) Form of Distribution. The Participant's interest shall be distributed in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date.

14.3 Definitions.

(a) Designated Beneficiary. The individual or individuals designated as the Beneficiary under Section 1.8 of the Plan and the designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

(b) Required Beginning Date. The date specified in Section 1.36 of the Plan,

6

15. Effective January 1, 2003, Appendix A shall be revised as follows:

SCHEDULE A
PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

Radian Group Inc.
RadianExpress.com Inc.
Radian Guaranty Inc.
Radian Insurance Inc.
Radian Services L.L.C.
Radian Reinsurance Inc.
Singer Asset Finance Co.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Radian Group Inc. has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized party on this 12/30 day of December, 2002.

Radian Group Inc.

By:  /s/ Howard S. Yaruss
     ----------------------------
Its: Executive President
     Secretary and General Counsel

7

EXHIBIT 10.17

AMERIN CORPORATION

Second Amendment and Restatement of

1992 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan

(as of September 24, 1998)

SECTION 1. Purpose. The purposes of this Amerin Corporation 1992 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan are to promote the interests of Amerin Corporation and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional executive personnel and other key employees of the Company and its Affiliates, as defined below; (ii) motivating such employees by means of performance-related incentives to achieve longer-range performance goals; and (iii) enabling such employees to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

SECTION 2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"Affiliate" shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

"Award" shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award or Other Stock-Based Award.

"Award Agreement" shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

"Committee" shall mean any committee or subcommittee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed solely of not less than the minimum number of persons from time to time required by Rule 16b-3 and Section
162(m), each of whom, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 and
Section 162(m) only, is both a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m). In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan, except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

"Company" shall mean Amerin Corporation, together with any successor thereto.


"Employee" shall mean an employee or prospective employee of the Company or of any Affiliate.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Fair Market Value" shall mean the fair market value of the property or other item being valued, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

"Incentive Stock Option" shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

"Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

"Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

"Other Stock-Based Award" shall mean any right granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

"Participant" shall mean any Employee selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

"Performance Award" shall mean any right granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

"Plan" shall mean this Amerin Corporation 1992 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.

"Restricted Stock" shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

"Restricted Stock Unit" shall mean any unit granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

"Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 as promulgated and interpreted by the SEC under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto and shall include the Staff thereof.

"Section 162(m)" shall mean Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, each as may be amended from time to time.

"Shares" shall mean the common shares of the Company, $.01 par value, or such other securities of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time.

"Stock Appreciation Right" shall mean any right granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

2

"Substitute Awards" shall mean Awards granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.

SECTION 3. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to an eligible Employee; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, any shareholder and any Employee.

SECTION 4. Shares Available for Awards.

(a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be 8,300,000, and the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan to any Participant shall be 5,125,000 with respect to Awards granted before September 19, 1995 and 400,000 with respect to Awards granted during any four-year period beginning on or after September 15, 1995. Except as otherwise required by Section 162(m), if, after the effective date of the Plan, any Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, or if an Award is settled for cash or otherwise terminates or is canceled without the delivery of Shares, then the Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, or the number of Shares otherwise counted against the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted, to the extent of any such settlement, forfeiture, termination or cancellation, shall again be, or shall become, Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted. In the event that any Option or other Award granted hereunder is exercised

3

through the delivery of Shares, the number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan shall be increased by the number of Shares surrendered, to the extent permissible under Rule 16b-3.

(b) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; provided, in each case, that with respect to Awards of Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause the Plan to violate
Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, as from time to time amended.

(c) Substitute Awards. Any Shares underlying Substitute Awards shall not, except in the case of Shares with respect to which Substitute Awards are granted to Employees who are officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any successor section thereto, be counted against the Shares available for Awards under the Plan.

(d) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

SECTION 5. Eligibility. Any Employee, including any officer or employee-director (or prospective officer or employee-director) of the Company or any Affiliate shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.

SECTION 6. Stock Options.

(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Employees to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the option price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, or to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options, or to grant both types of options. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code, as from time to time amended, and any regulations implementing such statute.

4

(b) Exercise Price. The Committee shall establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted, which price, except in the case of Options that are Substitute Awards, shall not be less than 100% of the per Share Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

(c) Exercise. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement or thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

(d) Payment. No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the option price therefor is received by the Company. Such payment shall be made in cash, or its equivalent; provided, however, that the Committee may in its sole discretion (i) allow a delay in payment up to thirty (30) days from the date the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised;
(ii) allow payment, in whole or in part, by exchanging Shares owned by the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest);
(iii) allow payment, in whole or in part, by the surrender of Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option; (iv) allow payment, in whole or in part, by the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to the Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; (v) allow payment, in whole or in part, by the delivery of property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration; (vi) allow payment, in whole or in part, by the delivery of a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Committee; or (vii) allow payment by any combination of cash and cash equivalents and the foregoing subparagraphs (ii), (iii), (iv),
(v) and (vi) so long as the combined value of all such payments is at least equal to the applicable option price. In the case of a promissory note, the Committee may also prescribe the form of such note and the security, if any, to be given for such note. The Option may not be exercised, however, by delivery of a promissory note or by a loan from the Company when or where such loan or other extension of credit is prohibited by law.

SECTION 7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Employees to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the grant price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either at the same time as the Award or at a later time. Except for Stock Appreciation Rights which are Substitute Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights shall have an exercise price of not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant or, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with or in addition to another Award, at the time of grant of such related Award.

5

(b) Exercise and Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the grant price thereof. The Committee shall determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.

(c) Other Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine, at or after the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the term, methods of exercise, methods and form of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. Any such determination by the Committee may be changed by the Committee from time to time and may govern the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised prior to such determination as well as Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 8. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Employees to whom Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions under which, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards.

(b) Transfer Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except, in the case of Restricted Stock, as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreements. Certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company. Upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant or the Participant's legal representative.

(c) Payment. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. Dividends paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock may be paid directly to the Participant, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock or in additional Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9. Performance Awards.

(a) Grant. The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Employees who shall receive a "Performance Award", which shall consist of a right which is (i) denominated in cash or Shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the

6

Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine.

(b) Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award and the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award.

(c) Payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the performance period or, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred basis.

SECTION 10. Other Stock-Based Awards.

(a) General. The Committee shall have authority to grant to eligible Employees an "Other Stock-Based Award", which shall consist of any right which is (i) not an Award described in Sections 6 through 9 above and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan; provided that any such rights must comply, to the extent deemed desirable by the Committee, with Rule 16b-3 and applicable law. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award. Except in the case of an Other Stock-Based Award that is a Substitute Award, the price at which securities may be purchased pursuant to any Other Stock-Based Award granted under this Plan, or the provision, if any, of any such Award that is analogous to the purchase or exercise price, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the securities to which such Award relates on the date of grant.

(b) Dividend Equivalents. In the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an Award, whether made as an Other Stock-Based Award under this Section 10 or as an Award granted pursuant to Sections 6 through 9 hereof, may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a current or deferred basis.

SECTION 11. Amendment and Termination.

(a) Amendments to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement, including for these purposes any approval requirement which is a prerequisite for exemptive relief from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the Plan conform with local rules and regulations in any jurisdiction outside the United States.

7

(b) Amendments to Awards. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(c) Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee is hereby authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in
Section 4(b) hereof) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

(d) Cancellation. Any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee may cause any Award granted hereunder to be canceled in consideration of a cash payment or alternative Award made to the holder of such canceled Award equal in value to the Fair Market Value of such canceled Award.

SECTION 12. General Provisions.

(a) Nontransferability.

(i) Except as otherwise provided by Section 12(a)(iii), each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant's lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant's guardian or legal representative or by a transferee receiving such Award pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order ("QDRO"), as determined by the Committee.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided by Section 12(a)(iii), no Award that constitutes a "derivative security" for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a QDRO, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12(a), the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine to grant to any Participant an Award, or modify any existing Award, such that the Award, by its terms as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, may be transferred by the Participant, in writing and with prior written notice to the Committee, by gift, without the receipt of any consideration, to a member of the Participant's immediate family, as defined in Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act, or to a

8

trust for the exclusive benefit of, or any other entity owned solely by, such members, provided, that an Award that has been so transferred shall continue to be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant, and that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, condition the transfer, exercise, lapse of restrictions or payment with respect to such Award upon the receipt by the Committee from the transferee of any additional documents requested by the Committee in connection with the transfer, exercise, lapse of restrictions or payment, including, without limitation, legal opinions and documents to evidence the transfer, exercise, lapse of restrictions or payment and to satisfy any requirements for an exemption under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(b) No Rights to Awards. No Employee, Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(c) Share Certificates. All certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(d) Delegation. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers or managers of the Company or any Affiliate, or to a committee of such officers or managers, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to grant Awards to, or to cancel, modify or waive rights with respect to, or to alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by, Employees who (i) are not officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or any successor section thereto, or who are otherwise not subject to such
Section 16, and (ii) are not "covered employees" within the meaning of Section
162(m), or any successor section thereto, or who are otherwise not subject to
Section 162(m).

(e) Withholding. A participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Committee may provide for additional cash payments to holders of Awards to defray or offset any tax arising from the grant, vesting, exercise or payments of any Award.

9

(f) Award Agreements. Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including but not limited to the effect on such Award of the death, retirement or other termination of employment of a Participant and the effect, if any, of a change in control of the Company.

(g) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, Shares and other types of Awards provided for hereunder (subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(h) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(i) No Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with each grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, the applicable Award shall specify if and to what extent the Participant shall not be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of such Restricted Stock.

(j) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

(k) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(l) Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall

10

be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws.

(m) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

(n) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(o) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

SECTION 13. Term of the Plan.

(a) Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the shareholders of the Company.

(b) Expiration Date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2005. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted hereunder may, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award shall, continue after December 31, 2005.

11

EXHIBIT 10.18

ENHANCE FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES
Amended and Restated as of June 6, 1996


ENHANCE FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES

1. Purposes

The purposes of the Plan are to provide through the grant of Long-Term Incentives under the Plan a means to attract and retain key personnel and to provide to participating officers and other key employees long-term incentives for sustained high levels of performance and for unusual efforts to improve the financial performance of the Company.

2. Definitions

Unless otherwise required by the context, the following terms, when used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 2.

AWARD: A Restricted Stock Award or a Stock Bonus Award.

BENEFICIARY: A person or entity (including a trust or estate), designated in writing by a Participant on such forms and in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, to whom the Participant's rights under the Plan shall pass in the event of the death of the Participant or, if there be no such person or entity so designated, or if such person or entity is not alive or in existence at the time of the Participant's death, such other person to whom such Participant's rights under the Plan shall pass by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS or BOARD: The Board of Directors of Enhance. If the Plan is being administered by a committee appointed by the Board pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 11(a) below, the terms "Board" and "Board of Directors" shall include such committee, except for purposes of paragraph 11(a) and Section 13.

CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

COMMITTEE: Such committee of the Board of Directors as may be designated to administer the Plan pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 11(a) below.

COMMON STOCK: The common stock of Enhance, par value $.10 per share, or such other class of shares or other securities or property as maybe applicable pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.

COMPANY: Enhance and its present and future Subsidiaries.

ENHANCE: Enhance Financial Services Group Inc., a New York corporation, its successors and assigns.


FAIR MARKET VALUE: The fair market value of a share of Common Stock determined in accordance with any reasonable method approved by the Board of Directors; provided that in the case of a Non-Statutory Stock Option intended to be performance-based for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code or an Incentive Stock Option, such method shall comply with, and be subject to, any applicable requirements of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board so provides, fair market value shall be determined by reference to a formula based on book value, earnings per share or such other measure as the Board may prescribe.

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION: Bonuses, and other extra compensation payable in addition to a salary or other base amount, whether contingent or not, whether discretionary or required to be paid pursuant to a plan, agreement, resolution or arrangement, and whether payable currently or on a deferred basis, in cash, Common Stock or other property awarded by Enhance or a Subsidiary prior or subsequent to the date of the approval and adoption of this Plan.

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION: An option, including an Option as the context may require, intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the code and the regulations thereunder applicable to incentive stock options, or intended to meet the requirements of a successor provision of the Code.

KEY EMPLOYEE: An employee of Enhance or of a Subsidiary regularly employed on a full-time basis, including a director if he is such an employee, or an officer of Enhance or a Subsidiary not so employed, in either event, who, in the opinion of the Board, is in a position to make significant contributions to the success of Enhance or of a Subsidiary.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE: A long-term incentive granted under this Plan in one of the forms provided for in Section 3.

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION: An option, including an Option as the context may require, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

OPTION: An option granted under this Plan to purchase shares of Common Stock.

PARTICIPANT: A Key Employee elected to receive one or more Long-Term Incentives.

PERFORMANCE UNIT: A right granted pursuant to Section 8 to receive a fixed dollar amount or an amount equivalent to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock (or a designated percentage thereof) in cash or shares if specific performance goals are attained within the time prescribed by the Board therefor and any other applicable terms and conditions of the award are satisfied.

2

PLAN: The Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees herein set forth as the same may from time to time be amended.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD: Shares of Common Stock which are issued or transferred to a Key Employee subject to restrictions precluding a sale or other disposition for a period of time and requiring as a condition to retention compliance with any other terms and conditions (relating to continued employment and/or achievement of pre-established performance objectives and/or other matters) that may be imposed by the Board.

RULE 16b-3: As applied on a specific date, Rule 16b-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as then in effect or any comparable provision that may have replaced such Rule and then be in effect.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT or SAR: A right granted pursuant to Section 7 to receive a number of shares of Common Stock or cash, or a combination of such shares and cash, based on the increase in Fair Market Value of the shares subject to such right and determined in accordance with the Plan.

STOCK BONUS AWARD: Shares of Common Stock which are issued or transferred to a Key Employee (including an undertaking to issue or transfer such shares in the future) in lieu of, or as a supplement to, Incentive Compensation that has been earned by services rendered prior to the date the award is made.

SUBSIDIARY: A corporation or other form of business association of which shares (or other ownership interests) having more than 50% of the voting power, or representing more than 50% of the net shareholders' equity interest determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Enhance; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean a Subsidiary (as defined by the preceding clause) which is a "subsidiary corporation" as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, or any provisions that may be adopted to amend or replace such
Section or regulation or both.

3. Grants of Long-Term Incentives

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Board of Directors may at any time or from time to time grant Long-Term Incentives to Key Employees.

(b) Long-Term Incentives maybe granted in any of the following forms:

(i) a Stock Bonus Award,

(ii) a Restricted Stock Award,

3

(iii)an Option, with or without a related Stock Appreciation Right,

(iv) an independent Stock Appreciation Right, or

(v) a Performance Unit.

(c) The Board may amend a Long-Term Incentive at any time or from time to time after the date on which it is granted, provided that no such amendment shall affect such Long-Term Incentive adversely without the consent of the holder thereof

4. Stock Subject to this Plan

(a)(1) General Limitation Subject to the provisions below of paragraph 4(c) and of Section 9, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued or transferred, and are hereby reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to Long-Term Incentives shall not exceed 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock.

(2) Individual Limitations The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be subject to any Option that may be granted to any Key Employees elected to participate hereunder shall not exceed 75,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 9) for each calendar year during the entire term of the Plan. The maximum number of Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any Key Employee selected to participate hereunder shall not exceed 75,000 (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 9) for each calendar year during the entire term of the Plan. To the extent that the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options or SARs may be granted are not granted in a particular year to a Key Employee, such ungranted Options or SARs for any year shall increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available to be granted to such Key Employee in subsequent calendar years during the term of the Plan until used.

(b) Authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock held in the treasury, whether acquired by Enhance specifically for use under this Plan or otherwise, may be used, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, for purposes of this Plan, provided, however, that any shares acquired or held by Enhance for the purposes of this Plan shall, unless and until transferred to a Participant in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Long-Term Incentive, be and at all times remain treasury shares of Enhance, irrespective of whether such shares are entered in a special account for purposes of this Plan, and shall be available for any corporate purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall take into account that (i) if an Option or SAR is canceled, the canceled Option or SAR continues to be counted against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which Options or SARs may be granted to a Key Employee under Section 4(a)(2) of the Plan, and (ii) if after the grant of an Option or SAR, the Committee or the Board reduces the exercise price or purchase price, the transaction is treated as a cancellation of the Option or SAR and a grant of a new

4

Option or SAR, and in such case, both the Option or SAR that is deemed to be cancelled and the Option or SAR that is deemed to be granted, reduce the maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which Options or SARs may be granted to a Key Employee under the Plan.

(c) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 7(e), if any shares of Common Stock subject to a Long-Term Incentive shall not be issued or transferred and shall cease to be issuable or transferable because of the termination, in whole or in part, of such Long-Term Incentive or for any other reason, or if any such shares shall, after issuance or transfer, be reacquired by Enhance or a Subsidiary because of the Participant's failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Long-Term Incentive granted to him, the shares not so issued or transferred, or the shares so reacquired by Enhance or a Subsidiary, shall no longer be charged against the limitations provided for in paragraph (a) above of this Section 4 and shall again be available for grant in the form of or pursuant to Long-Term Incentives.

(d) Any Long-Term Incentive granted under this Plan may contain such provisions requiring or permitting the Participant (or his successor in interest) to resell to the Company any shares issued or transferred under such Long-Term Incentive at such time or times, under such circumstances and for such consideration as the Board may prescribe.

5. Stock Bonus Awards and Restricted Stock Awards

Long-Term Incentives in the form of Stock Bonus Awards or Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) A Key Employee may be granted a Stock Bonus Award or Restricted Stock Award whether or not he is eligible to receive Incentive Compensation under any other plan or arrangement of the Company.

(b) Shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Bonus Award may be issued or transferred to the Participant at the time such Award is granted, or at any time subsequent thereto, or in installments from time to time, as the Board of Directors shall determine. In the event that any such issuance or transfer shall not be made to the Participant at the time such Award is granted, the Board of Directors may but need not provide for payment to such Participant, either in cash or shares of Common Stock, from time to time or at the time or times such shares shall be issued or transferred to such Participant, of amounts equal to the dividends which would have been payable to such Participant in respect of such shares (as adjusted under Section 9) if such shares had been issued or transferred to such Participant at the time such Award was granted.

(c) Any amount payable in shares of Common Stock under the terms of a Stock Bonus Award may, in the discretion of the Board, be paid in cash, on each date on which delivery of shares would otherwise have been made, in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such date of the shares which would otherwise have been delivered.

5

(d) Stock Bonus Awards and Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions, including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of the Award or of the shares issued or transferred pursuant to such Award, and conditions calling for forfeiture of the Award or the shares issued or transferred pursuant thereto in designated circumstances, as the Board of Directors shall determine; provided, however, that upon the issuance or transfer of shares pursuant to any such Award, the Participant shall, with respect to such shares, be and become a shareholder of Enhance fully entitled to receive dividends, to vote and to exercise all other rights of a shareholder except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award. All or any portion of a Stock Bonus Award may but need not be made in the form of a Restricted Stock Award. In the case of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board may but need not require the Participant to pay the par value of the shares to be issued or transferred pursuant thereto. Each Stock Bonus Award and Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Board of Directors shall determine and shall be deemed to incorporate this Plan by reference, provided that such instrument is consistent with this Plan.

6. Options

Long-Term Incentives in the form of Options shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the purchase price per share shall be, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted (or in the case of a Participant who, at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns (after applying the constructive ownership rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of his employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation (as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) (a "10% Shareholder"), not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) and, in the case of a Non-Statutory Stock Option, not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Non-Statutory Stock Option is granted. The purchase price shall be paid in cash or, if so provided in the Option (and subject to such terms and conditions as are specified in the Option), in shares of Common Stock or other property surrendered to Enhance or in a combination of cash and such shares or other property. Shares of Common Stock thus surrendered shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Any such other property thus surrendered shall be valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise on any reasonable basis established or approved by the Board. If so provided in the Option (and subject to such terms and conditions as are specified in the Option), in lieu of the foregoing methods of payment, any portion of the purchase price of the shares to be issued or transferred may be paid by full recourse promissory note in such form and containing such provisions (which may but need not provide for interest, for pledging of the shares purchased, and for payment of the note at the election of the Participant in cash or in shares of Common Stock or other property surrendered to Enhance) as the Board may approve; provided that (i) if the Board permits any such note to be paid by surrender of shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of such surrender, and (ii) if the Board permits any such note to be paid by surrender of other

6

property, such other property shall be valued at its fair market value on any reasonable basis established or approved by the Board, and (iii) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, any such note shall bear interest at the maximum rate required to avoid imputation of unstated interest under federal income tax laws applicable at the time of exercise.

(b) Each Option may be exercisable in full at the time of grant or may become exercisable in one or more installments and at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Board of Directors shall determine. Unless otherwise provided in the Option, an Option, to the extent it is or becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until the expiration or termination of the Option. No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, and no cash payment shall be made in lieu of fractional shares.

(c) Each Option shall be exercisable during the life of the optionee only by him or his guardian or legal representative, and after death only by his Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (c) or any other provision of this Plan, (i) no Non-Statutory Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of a period of ten years and one month from the date the Option is granted, (ii) no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option is granted, and
(iii) no Incentive Stock Option which is granted to a 10% shareholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such Option is granted. If a Non-Statutory Stock Option is granted for a term of less than ten years and one month, the Board of Directors may, at any time prior to the expiration of the Option, extend its term for a period ending not later than ten years and one month from the date the Option was granted.

(d) Options shall be granted for such lawful consideration as may be provided in the Option or as the Board of Directors may determine.

(e) No Option or any right thereunder may be assigned or transferred except to a Beneficiary of the Participant.

(f) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time a particular Option is granted) of the stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year (under all plans, including this Plan, of his employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations (as those terms are defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code)) exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Non-Statutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any provision thereof to the contrary. The next preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted.

(g) Each Option shall be evidenced by a written instrument, which shall contain such terms and conditions, and shall be in such form, as the Board of Directors shall determine and shall be deemed to incorporate this Plan by reference, provided the instrument is consistent with this Plan. An Option, if so approved by the Board of Directors, may include terms, conditions, restrictions and

7

limitations in addition to those provided for in this Plan including, without limitation, terms and conditions providing for the transfer or issuance of shares on exercise of an Option, which may be non-transferable and forfeitable to Enhance in designated circumstances, or providing for the transfer or issuance of shares on a date subsequent to the date of exercise of the Option.

(h) An Option may, but need not, be granted in connection with related Stock Appreciation Rights.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights

Long-Term Incentives granted as Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in connection with any Option either at the time of the grant of such Option or, if the Option is not an Incentive Stock Option, at any time thereafter during the term of the Option, or may be granted independently of an Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Committee grants an Option which is intended to be "performance based" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the purchase price per share shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted in connection with any option heretofore or hereafter granted under any other stock option plan or arrangement of the Company.

(b) (i) If granted in connection with an option, a Stock Appreciation Right shall require the holder of the related option, upon exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right, to surrender the option, or any portion thereof, to the extent unexercised and entitle him to receive a number of shares of Common Stock, or cash, or both, determined pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph 7(c). Such option shall, to the extent so surrendered, thereupon cease to be exercisable.

(ii) If granted independently of an option, Stock Appreciation Rights shall entitle the holder to receive a number of shares of Common Stock, or cash, or both, determined pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph 7(c).

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be further subject to the following terms and conditions and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board shall from time to time approve:

(i) If granted in connection with an option, Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the option to which they relate shall be exercisable.

8

(ii) if granted independently of an option, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times as shall be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Rights, provided that in no event shall the Stock Appreciation Rights be exercisable more than ten years after the date such Stock Appreciation Rights are granted.

(iii) Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive a number of shares of Common Stock, or cash, or a combination of such shares and cash, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion in each case or by rule of general application or otherwise, equal in value on the date of exercise to an amount prescribed by the Board, which shall in no event exceed the amount by which the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of such exercise exceeds the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such Stock Appreciation Rights as specified in the award or, in the case of Stock Appreciation Rights granted in connection with an option, on the date of grant of such option, multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised. If full payment is to be made in shares of Common Stock and the amount payable results in a fractional share, payment for the fractional share shall be made in cash.

(iv) An Incentive Stock Option granted together with Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such additional limitations as may be required by Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder which are necessary or appropriate to cause Options granted to Key Employees as Incentive Stock Options to so qualify under such section of the Code.

(d) Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted for such lawful consideration as may be provided in the Rights or as the Board may determine.

(e) To the extent that Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised, an Option in connection with which such Stock Appreciation Rights shall have been granted shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the maximum limitations set forth in paragraph 4(a). In the case of Stock Appreciation Rights granted independently of an Option, any shares of Common Stock issued or transferred in payment of such Stock Appreciation Rights shall be charged against such maximum limitations.

(f) Stock Appreciation Rights may provide that, upon exercise of such Stock Appreciation Rights, the shares, or cash, or both, as the case may be, which the holder of such Stock Appreciation Rights shall be entitled to receive shall be distributed or paid in such installments and over such number of years as the Board may direct, with distribution or payment of each such installment contingent, to the extent determined by the Board, upon continued services of the employee to the Company until the time for distribution or payment of such installment.

(g) The Board may, upon the grant of Stock Appreciation Rights, and if Enhance is then a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, impose such conditions on the exercise thereof as may, in its sole discretion, be required to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may, in such event, determine that (i)

9

Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised only during the period beginning on the third business day and ending on the twelfth business day following the publication of the company's quarterly and annual summarized financial data, and
(ii) no Stock Appreciation Rights granted to a director or executive officer of the Company may be exercised during the first six months after the date of grant, except in the event of the death or disability of such Participant during such period.

(h) Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be transferable other than to a Beneficiary, and during a Participant's lifetime shall be exercisable only by him or by his guardian or legal representative.

8. Performance Units

Long-Term Incentives granted as Performance Units shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) The performance period for the attainment of performance goals shall be not less than two nor more than five fiscal years of the Company, as determined by the Board.

(b) The Board shall establish a dollar value for each Performance Unit (which may be a fixed dollar amount or an amount equivalent to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock form time to time during the performance period), the performance goals to be attained in respect of the Performance Unit, the various percentages of the Performance Unit value to be paid out upon the attainment, in whole or in part, of the performance goals and such other Performance Unit terms, conditions and restrictions as the Board deems appropriate. As soon as practicable after the termination of the performance period, the Board shall determine what, if any, payment is due on the Performance Unit in accordance with the terms thereof.

(c) Performance Units shall be cancelled automatically if the Participant's employment with the Company shall be terminated for any reason prior to the expiration of the performance period, except that if the Participant's employment terminates by reason of death, retirement, disability or for other reasons beyond his control, the Board may, in its sole discretion and subject to such limitations and at such time or times as it may deem advisable, make full or partial payment with respect to such Performance Units.

(d) Payment with respect to any Performance Unit may be made, in the sole discretion of the Board, in cash or in shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of payment, or in both cash and such shares. Any shares issued or transferred in payment of a Performance Unit shall be charged against the maximum number of shares available under the Plan. If full payment is to be made in shares of Common Stock and the amount payable results in a fractional share, payment for the fractional share shall be made in cash.

10

(e) Performance Units shall not be transferable other than to a Beneficiary, and during a Participant's lifetime payments in respect thereof shall be made only to the Participant or his guardian or legal representative.

9. Adjustment Provisions

(a) In the event that any recapitalization, reclassification, split-up or consolidation of shares of Common Stock shall be effected, or the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be effected, or the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall, in connection with a merger or consolidation of Enhance or a sale by Enhance of all or a part of its assets, be exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock or other securities or property of Enhance or any other entity or person, or a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend payable in Common Stock shall occur, (a) the number and class of shares or other securities or property that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Long-Term Incentives thereafter granted, (b) the number and class of shares or other securities or property that may be issued or transferred under outstanding Long-Term Incentives, (c) the purchase price (if any) to be paid per share under outstanding and future Long-Term Incentives, and (d) the price (if any) to be paid per share by Enhance or a Subsidiary for shares or other securities or property issued or transferred pursuant to Long-Term Incentives which are subject to a right of Enhance or a Subsidiary to reacquire such shares or other securities or property, shall in each case be equitably adjusted.

(b) Upon any merger or consolidation in which Enhance is not the surviving corporation or a dissolution or liquidation of Enhance, all outstanding Options and SARs shall terminate provided that all holders of outstanding Options and SARs shall be furnished with written notice of the proposed merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation contemporaneously with the mailing to stockholders of Enhance of notice of the meeting of stockholders at which such proposed transaction is to be considered. The foregoing shall be of no effect in the case of such a merger or consolidation if provision is made in writing in connection therewith for the continuance of the Plan and for the assumption of Options and SARs theretofore granted or the substitution for such Options and SARs of new options and stock appreciation rights covering the shares of the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments, in which event the Plan and the Options and SARs theretofore granted or the new options and stock appreciation rights covering the shares of the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments, in which event the Plan and the Options and SARs theretofore granted or the new options and stock appreciation rights substituted therefor, shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.

(c) At the discretion of the Board, any Long-Term Incentive may provide that, upon the occurrence of any of certain specified events determined by the Board, including a certain specified events determined by the Board, including a change in control of the company (as such may be defined by the Board in its discretion in any agreement granting a Long-Term Incentive, which definition need not be identical for all such agreements), such Long-Term Incentive shall, to the extent not theretofore exercisable, payable or free from restrictions, as the case may be, become immediately exercisable, payable, or free from restrictions, as the case may be, in its entirety and any

11

shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a Long-Term Incentive which are not fully vested shall immediately become fully vested, notwithstanding any other provision of the Long-Term Incentive or the Plan.

(d) Each Long-Term Incentive shall provide that, in the event of a merger or consolidation of Enhance with a third party which is proposed to be accounted for as a pooling of interests, the Participant shall, if so requested by the Company and notwithstanding any other provision of such Long-Term Incentive, agree, as a condition to the exercisability, payment, or lapsing of restrictions, as the case may be, of such Long-Term Incentive, not to sell, assign, or gift or in any other way reduce his or her risk relative to the share of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such Long-Term Incentive and all other shares of Common Stock owned by such Participant for such period after the consummation of such merger or consolidation as the Company shall, upon the advice of its outside accountants, conclusively determine as necessary to ensure that such merger or consolidation may be validly accounted for as a pooling of interests.

(e) Adjustments under paragraphs 9(a) and 9(b) shall be made by the Board, whose determination as to what adjustments will be made and the extent thereof shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional interests shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustments. The Board shall give prompt notice to each Participant affected thereby of the occurrence of any event giving rise to any adjustment, which notice shall set forth the new purchase price after giving effect to the adjustment, provided that such adjustment shall be effective whether or not such notice is given.

10. Term

The Plan shall become effective upon the date of its adoption by the Board, subject, however, to approval by the shareholders of Enhance within twelve months next following such adoption. Prior to such approval, the Board may in its sole discretion grant or authorize the granting of Long-Term Incentives, including Options and SARs, provided the exercisability thereof shall be deferred until, and expressly subject to the condition that the Plan shall have been so approved. If the Plan is not so approved by the shareholders of Enhance, the Plan and all Long-Term Incentive granted hereunder shall be automatically cancelled and any shares of Common Stock or cash previously issued or paid under all Long-Term Incentives shall promptly be returned to the Company in return for any money or property it received therefor. The Plan shall terminate at the close of business on December 10, 1997, and no Long-Term Incentives may thereafter be granted, but such termination shall not affect any Long-Term Incentives theretofore granted. No Long-Term Incentive shall be granted under this Plan after the number of shares authorized for issuance or transfer hereunder have been exhausted, but the Plan shall continue in effect thereafter with respect to Long-Term Incentives theretofore granted.

12

11. Administration

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board. If and to the extent the Board so directs, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of three or more persons selected by the Board from its own membership. Each member of the Board or the Committee shall (i) by virtue of administering the Plan as a member of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, be ineligible to receive Long-Term Incentive and (ii) during such time as Enhance is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as a prerequisite qualification to administering the Plan as a member of the Board or of the Committee, as applicable, have been ineligible throughout the twelve months preceding his election to the Board or appointment to the Committee, as applicable, to receive a Long-Term Incentive or an allocation of shares of Common Stock or a grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar rights pursuant to any other plan of the company such as to disqualify such member of the Board or of the Committee as a "disinterested person" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 each director appointed to such Committee shall quality (i) during such time as Enhance is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as a "disinterested person" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to the extent then required, and (ii) as an "outside director" as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code."

(b) The Board may establish such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as it may deem necessary for the proper administration of this Plan, and may amend or revoke any rule or regulation so established. The Board shall, subject to the provisions of the Plan, have full power to interpret and administer the Plan and full authority to select the Participants in the Plan and determine the number of shares (if any) to be made subject to each Long-Term Incentive, the type of Long-Term Incentive to be granted and the terms and conditions of each Long-Term Incentive (which need not be identical). The interpretation by the Board of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the administration thereof and all action taken by the Board, shall be final, binding and conclusive on Enhance, its stockholders, Subsidiaries, all Participants and employees, and upon their respective Beneficiaries, successors and assigns, and upon all other persons claiming under or through any of them.

(c) Members of the board of Directors and members of the Committee acting under this Plan shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the advice of counsel and shall incur no liability except for gross or willful misconduct in the performance of their duties.

(d) The Plan is intended to comply with the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to Stock Options and SARs, and grants of Options and SARs shall be limited, construed and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith unless determined otherwise by the Board or the committee with respect to a particular grant of an Option or SAR.

13

12. General Provisions

(a) Nothing in this Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant hereto shall confer upon any person any right to continue in the employment of Enhance or a Subsidiary, or shall affect the right of Enhance or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person at any time with or without cause.

(b) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred pursuant to a Long-Term Incentive unless and until all legal requirement applicable to the issuance or transfer, of such shares have, in the opinion of counsel to Enhance, been complied with. In connection with any such issuance or transfer, the person acquiring the shares shall, if requested by Enhance and whether or not otherwise required by the terms of the Participant's Long-Term Incentive, give assurances satisfactory to counsel to Enhance, in respect of such matters as Enhance or a Subsidiary may deem desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements and take any reasonable action to comply with such requirements.

(c) No provision of this Plan shall be interpreted or construed to obligate Enhance to register the shares issuable or transferable hereunder under the Securities Act of 1933 or disposition of shares of Common Stock issued or transferred under any Long-Term Incentive may be made unless and until Enhance's counsel is satisfied that the shares have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and any other applicable federal or state securities laws or that an exemption from such registration is available. Certificates evidencing any shares of Common Stock issued or transferred under any Long-Term Incentive shall be legended in such manner as Enhance's counsel may deem to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the provisions of this paragraph 12(c).

(d) No person (individually or as a member of a group) and no Beneficiary or other person claiming under or through him, shall have any right, title or interest in or to any shares of Common Stock allocated or reserved for the purposes of this Plan or subject to any Long-Term Incentive except as to such shares of Common Stock, if any, as shall have been issued or transferred to him.

(e) In the case of a grant of a Long-Term Incentive to a Key Employee of a Subsidiary, such grant may, if the Board of Directors so approves, be implemented by Enhance entering into an agreement with the Subsidiary containing such terms and provisions as the Board of Directors may authorize, including, without limitation, a provisions as the Board of Directors may authorize, including, without limitation, a provision for the issuance or transfer of the shares covered by the Long-Term Incentive to the Subsidiary, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may approve, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the shares to the Key Employee in accordance with the terms of the Long-Term Incentive.

(f) Enhance or a Subsidiary may make such provisions as it may deem appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which Enhance or a Subsidiary determines it is required to withhold in connection with any Long-Term Incentive. The Board may, in its sole discretion and subject to such rules as it may adopt, permit a Participant to elect to satisfy any such withholding obligation, in whole

14

or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock that are otherwise issuable in connection with such Long-Term Incentive and have a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or by surrendering to the Company previously-acquired shares of Common Stock that have such a Fair Market Value. Each holder of an Incentive Stock Option shall give prompt notice to the Company in the event of the disposition by him of any shares where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of the grant of such Option or within one year after the date of the such exercise.

(g) Nothing in this Plan is intended to be a substitute for, or shall preclude or limit the establishment or continuation of, any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to directors, officers, employees or consultants generally, or to any class or group of such persons, which Enhance or any Subsidiary now has or may hereafter lawfully put into effect, including, without limitation, any incentive compensation, retirement, pension, group insurance, stock purchase, stock bonus or stock option plan.

(h) In no event shall Long-Term Incentives be considered compensation to a Participant for purposes of any other plan of the Company (including any pension, profit-sharing, severance pay or other employee benefit plans) in determining benefits to which such Participant may be entitled under such plan.

(i) By accepting any benefits under the Plan, each Participant, and each person claiming under or through him, shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all provision of the Plan and any action or decision under the Plan by enhance, its agents and employees and the Board.

(j) The validity, construction, interpretation and administration of the Plan and of any determinations or decisions made thereunder, and the rights of all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be governed by, and determined exclusively in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, the state in which Enhance is incorporated, but without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the period within which any action arising under or in connection with the Plan must be commenced, shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof; irrespective of the place where the act or omission complained of took place and of the residence of any party to such action and irrespective of the place where the action may be brought.

(k) The use of the masculine gender shall also include with it a meaning the feminine. The use of the singular shall include within its meaning the plural and vice versa.

13. Amendment and Termination

(a) This Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time and in any respect, including without limitation to permit or facilitate qualification of Options theretofore

15

or thereafter granted as Incentive Stock Options under the code, provided that, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, no amendment shall be made which (i) increases the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Long-Term Incentives, as provided in paragraph (a)( 1) of Section 4 or increases the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted as Options or SARs to any Key Employee selected to participate in the Plan as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of Section 4, (ii) except as may be required or desirable to conform this Plan to the federal or state securities laws and regulations that may apply to it from time to time, withdraws the administration of this Plan from the Board or Committee, (iii) transfers the administration of this Plan to any person who is not a "disinterested administrator" under Rule 16b-3, if Enhance is then a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (iv) permits any person who is not a Key Employee to be granted a Long-Term Incentive, (v) changes the minimum exercise price of any Option or any SAR or extends the maximum exercise term of any Option or any SAR or otherwise materially increases the benefits accruing to participants in the Plan, (vi) amends this Section 13, or (vii) requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) No amendment or termination of this Plan by the Board of Directors or the shareholders of Enhance shall affect adversely any Long-Term Incentive theretofore granted without the consent of the holder thereof.

16

Certificate 10.2.2

OPTION GRANT CERTIFICATE

ENHANCE FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP INC., a New York corporation (the "Company"), hereby grants to (the "Executive") an Incentive Stock Option (the "Option") to purchase shares (the "Option Shares") of common stock, par value $.10 per share ("Common Stock"), pursuant to the Company's 1987 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees (as such may he amended from time to time, the "Plan")

1. Basic Terms of Option.

(a) Term of Option. The option shall expire December 31, 2006.

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price shall be $34.00 per Option Share (the "Purchase Price").

(c) Vesting. The Option shall become exercisable in equal installments in accordance with Article 3.

(d) Method of Exercise. The Option may be exercised by the Executive in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Plan for any and all Option Shares by written notice (the "Exercise Notice") from the Executive to the Company substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. Payment of the Purchase Price may be made in the form of cash or shares of Common Stock, as permitted by the Plan, and shall accompany the Exercise Notice to the Company; provided that, if such Exercise Notice indicates that the Executive is simultaneously using the stock option exercise program of Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated or other brokerage concern approved by the Company, the Purchase Price shall be payable on the fifth business day following the date of delivery of the Exercise Notice.

2. Option Shares.

(a) Status of Option Shares. Effective upon the exercise of the Option in whole or in part and the receipt by the Company of the Purchase Price for the Option Shares being purchased, the Executive shall be the holder of record of such shares and shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect thereto (including the right to vote such shares at any meeting at which the holders of the Common Stock may vote, the right to receive all dividends declared and paid upon such shares and the right to exercise any rights or warrants issued in respect of any such shares). The Company shall, upon receipt of the Purchase Price, issue in the name of the Executive a certificate representing the Option Shares purchased from time to time.


(b) Option Shares Unregistered. As of the date of grant of the Option, the Option Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the Company has no obligation to effect or maintain the effectiveness of the registration of the Option Shares under the Act. Unless the Option Shares issuable upon a given exercise are then subject to an effective registration statement under the Act, the certificate representing such shares shall bear the following legend or such other legend as the Company's counsel may deem appropriate:

"The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may in no event be offered, sold, transferred or assigned unless and until the shares have been so registered or, in the opinion of counsel to Enhance Financial Services Group Inc., an exemption from such registration is available."

(c) Investment Intent. If the certificate representing the Option Shares issuable upon a given exercise is required to bear the legend set forth above (or a legend to like effect), the Executive shall, by such exercise of the Option, be deemed conclusively to represent and to agree with the Company that he or she is acquiring the Option Shares then being purchased for his or her own account and not for the account of others, for investment only and not with a view to public sale or distribution.

(d) Restriction Relating to Certain Mergers. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with a third party which is proposed to he accounted for as a pooling of interests, the Executive shall, if so requested by the Company and notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, agree not to sell, assign, or gift or in any other way reduce his or her risk relative to the Option Shares and all other shares of Common Stock owned by the Executive for such period after the consummation of such merger or consolidation as the Company shall, upon the advice of its outside accountants, conclusively determine as necessary to ensure that such merger or consolidation may be validly accounted for as a pooling of interests.

(e) Prior Conditions. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate representing Option Shares prior to (i) the admission of such shares to listing on any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed, (ii) the completion of any registration or any other qualification of such shares under any federal or state law or any rulings or regulations of any governmental regulatory body, (iii) the obtaining of any consent or approval or other clearance from any governmental agency which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, and (iv) the payment to the Company, upon its request, of any amount requested by the Company for the purposes of satisfying its liability, if any, to withhold taxes of any kind or any other applicable assessment (plus interest or penalties thereon, if any, caused by a delay in making such payment) incurred by reason of the exercise of the Option

-2-

3. Vesting of Option.

(a) Vesting Conditions. If the Executive remains in the continuous employ of the Company or a Subsidiary through the close of business on each date indicated in Column I below the Option shall thereupon vest (on a cumulative basis) as to the portion of the Option Shares indicated opposite such date in Column II below:

                             (II)
                             the %
       (I)            (or additional %)
  If employment         of the Option
continuous through   then which vests is
------------------   -------------------

December 31, 1997            25%
December 31, 1998            25%
December 31, 1999            25%
December 31, 2000            25%

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment. If the Executive's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason whatsoever before all installments of the Option shall have vested pursuant to Paragraph 3
(a), then any portion of the Option which is not vested at the time of such termination shall automatically terminate on the date of the termination of employment, and all rights and interests of the Executive in and to such unvested portion of the Option shall thereupon terminate. Should the Executive's employment be terminated before any given date set forth in Paragraph 3(a) upon his or her death, Disability or Retirement, then the installments of the Option which are vested at the time of such termination shall remain exercisable in accordance with the terms hereof as if such termination of employment shall not have occurred. Should the Executive's employment be terminated by the Company or a Subsidiary before any given date set forth in Paragraph 3(a) other than for Cause, the vested portion of the Option not subsequently exercised on or before the 90th day after such termination shall thereupon automatically terminate. Should the Executive's employment be terminated before any given date set forth in Paragraph 3(a) under any other circumstances, the vested portion of the Option shall thereupon automatically terminate.

(c) Effect of Leave of Absence. A leave of absence from the Company or any Subsidiary which is approved by the President shall not be considered a termination of the Executive's employment with the Company for purposes of this Article 3 or any other provision of this Certificate, provided that each date set forth in the table in Paragraph 3(a) which shall follow the commencement of the leave of absence shall be automatically deferred for a period equal to the period of the leave of absence.

-3-

(d) Board's Right to Waiver or Acceleration. Any provision of this Article 3 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive any condition to the vesting of the Option and accelerate the date on which any installment of the Option shall vest in the event of a change in control of the Company or a public offering of shares of Common Stock or otherwise.

4. Definitions.

Unless defined below or elsewhere in this Certificate, the capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Plan.

(a) "Cause" shall consist of, the failure of the Executive to perform or observe the provisions of any employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, dishonesty or insubordination in the performance of his or her duties, misappropriation of funds, material and willful misconduct, habitual insobriety or conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude.

(b) "Disability" means a disability which entitles the Executive to benefits under the long-term disability insurance program of the Company or a Subsidiary applicable to the Executive, or which would entitle the Executive to such benefits after any applicable waiting period.

(c) "Retirement" means termination of the Executive's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than for Cause or upon death or Disability) on or after the later to occur of (i) the conclusion of ten continuous years of employment by the Company or any Subsidiary or (ii) the date on which the Executive attains age 55.

5. General Provisions.

(a) Administration and Construction. The provisions hereof shall be administered and construed by the Board (or any authorized committee thereof), whose decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company, the Executive and anyone claiming under or through either of them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any determination as to whether or not an event has occurred or failed to occur which causes any unvested portion of the Option to be forfeited or become vested pursuant hereto, shall be made in the good faith but otherwise absolute discretion of the Board. By the Executive's acceptance of this Certificate, the Executive and each person claiming under or through the Executive irrevocably consents and agrees to all actions, decisions and determinations to be taken or made by the Board in good faith pursuant to this Certificate and the Plan.

-4-

(b) Option Not Assignable or Transferable. The Option is not assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, either voluntarily, or, to the full extent permitted by law, involuntarily, by way of encumbrance, pledge, attachment, levy or charge of any nature. Any rights of the Executive hereunder shall be exercisable during the Executive's lifetime only by him or her or by his or her guardian or legal representative.

(c) No Employment Rights. No provision of this Certificate or of the Plan shall confer upon the Executive any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or shall in any way affect the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to dismiss, or otherwise terminate the employment of, the Executive at any time for any reason or no reason, or shall impose upon the Company or any Subsidiary any liability for any forfeiture of any unvested portion of the Option which may result under this Certificate if the Executive's employment is so terminated.

(d) Recapitalization. If the Executive receives, with respect to the Option, any other option or warrant to purchase securities of the Company, of a Subsidiary or of any other entity as a result of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, or exchange of shares or a similar corporate change, any such other option or warrant received by the Executive shall likewise be subject to the terms and conditions of this Certificate and shall be included in the term "Option." Similarly, any securities or other property as to which such other option or warrant is exercisable shall be included in the term "Option Shares." In the event of any such corporate change, the Purchase Price set forth in Paragraph 1(b) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board such that the aggregate price for all such Option Shares is not changed.

(e) Legal Representative. In the event of the Executive's death or a judicial determination of his or her incompetence, reference in this Certificate to the Executive shall be deemed to refer to his or her legal representative or, where appropriate, to the Beneficiary.

(f) Holidays. If any event provided for in this Certificate is scheduled to take place on a legal holiday, such event shall take place on the next succeeding day that is not a legal holiday.

(g) Notices to the Company. Any notice or other communication to the Company pursuant to any provision of this Certificate shall be deemed to have been delivered when delivered in person to the Corporate Secretary of the Company or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid, addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at 335 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017 or at such other address of which the Company may from time to time give the Executive written notice in accordance with Paragraph 5 (h).

-5-

(h) Notices to the Executive. Any notice or other communication to the Executive pursuant to any provision of this Certificate shall be deemed to have been delivered when delivered to the Executive in person or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid, addressed to the Executive at his or her address on the security holder records of the Company or at such other address of which the Executive may from time to time give the Company written notice in accordance with Paragraph 5(g).

(i) Agreement Subject to Plan. This Option Grant Certificate is being executed and delivered pursuant to and is subject in all events to the Plan, a copy of which, if not previously delivered to the Executive in connection with a prior grant thereunder, is being delivered to the Executive concurrently with this Certificate and which is incorporated in this Certificate by reference. Each provision of this Certificate shall be administered and construed in accordance with the Plan, and any provision that cannot be so administered or construed shall to that extent be disregarded.

ENHANCE FINANCIAL, SERVICES
GROUP INC.

Date: As of December 31, 1996                By:
                                                --------------------------
                                                Daniel Gross
                                                President

-6-

Annex A

Enhance Financial Services Group Inc.
335 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I am an optionee under the Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan for Key Employees (the "Plan"), having been granted on December 5, 1996 an option for shares at an exercise price of $34.00 per share. Of such grant, options for shares remain unexercised and unexpired. Of such number of unexercised and unexpired options, options for shares are vested as of this date.

Select, by indicating with an "X", one exercise method:

I hereby exercise the aforesaid option for shares using the Merrill Lynch "Corporate Stock Option Exercise Program." Accordingly, payment will be remitted to the company on my behalf by Merrill Lynch.

I hereby exercise the aforesaid option for shares not using the Merrill Lynch "Corporate Stock Option Exercise Program" and enclose my check, payable to the order of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc., for $ in payment of the purchase price and applicable withholding taxes for such shares. I ask that the certificate for the option shares be delivered to me.

Very truly yours,

Date: Name:

EXHIBIT 10.26

NET WORTH AND LIQUIDITY MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2000, (the "Agreement") is made between Radian Guaranty Inc. ("Radian") and Radian Insurance Inc. ("RII").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Radian owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of RII,

WHEREAS, Radian has been asked to provide certain assurances with respect to the stock ownership and financial condition of RII, and

WHEREAS, the corporate interests of Radian will be furthered and the value of its investment in RII preserved and enhanced by its entering into this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth. Radian will cause RII at all times to have a Tangible Net Worth of at least $30 million. "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean the sum of (i) the par value of the common stock of all classes of RII, plus (or minus in the case of a deficiency) (ii) the amount of the capital and surplus (including the contingency reserve) of RII, all determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles prescribed or permitted by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as in effect on the date of determination. Additionally, Radian will cause RII at all times to have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations.

2. Maintenance of Operating Leverage. Radian shall cause RII at all times to have a maximum Operating Leverage Ratio of twenty. "Operating Leverage Ratio" shall mean the total net risk in force divided by the Tangible Net Worth.

3. No Guarantee. This Agreement is not, and nothing herein contained and nothing done pursuant hereto by Radian shall be deemed to constitute, a direct or indirect guarantee by Radian of the payment of any debt or other obligation, indebtedness or liability, of any kind or character whatsoever, of RII.

4. Waiver. Radian hereby waives any rights regarding any failure or delay on the part of RII in asserting or enforcing any of its rights or in making any claims or demands hereunder.

5. Termination. Subject to the termination provisions herein, this Agreement shall continue indefinitely. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party by giving written notice of such termination to the other party, Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") and Moody's Investor Services, Inc. ("Moody's") at least thirty (30) days prior to such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that they will not terminate this Agreement if such would cause S&P or Moody's to suspend the claims-paying ability of Radian or RII or lower such rating below "AA-" or "Aa3," respectively.


6. Ownership of RII. At all times during which this Agreement is in effect, Radian shall be the beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding common stock of RII.

7. Rights of RII Policyholders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any policyholder holding a policy issued by RII prior to the termination of this Agreement and any holder of a security, the payments of which are insured by a policy issued by RII prior to the termination of this Agreement, shall have the right to demand (whether before or after termination of this Agreement) that RII enforce its rights against Radian under paragraphs 1, 2 and 6 of this Agreement.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be subject to and construed in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. It shall have no force or effect until approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Insurance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

RADIAN GUARANTY INC.                        RADIAN INSURANCE INC.


/s/ C. Robert Quint                         /s/ Deborah A. Conroy
--------------------------                  --------------------------
Name: C. Robert Quint                       Name: Deborah A. Conroy
Title: CFO                                  Title:  Vice President


EXHIBIT 10.34

[LOGO] WACHOVIA

February 5, 2003

Radian Group Inc.
1601 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA
19103-2337
Attn: Terry Latimer

Dear Terry:

As we discussed, Wachovia Bank, National Association (referred to herein as "Wachovia" and formerly known as First Union National Bank) is pleased to confirm its agreement to extend the maturity date of the Radian Group Inc.'s ("Radian") existing $50,000,000 364-Day Revolving Credit Facility from February 7, 2003 to May 30, 2003. Therefore, the parties hereby agree that the definition of "Maturity Date" in the Credit Agreement between Radian and First Union National Bank (now known as Wachovia), dated as of February 8, 2002 (the "Credit Agreement") shall be deleted and replaced, effective as of the date hereof, with the following definition: "Maturity Date" shall mean May 30, 2003. All other terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

As consideration for Wachovia's commitment, Radian hereby agrees to pay the following non-refundable fee to Wachovia:

(1) a 6.5 bps upfront fee ($10,021), which fee shall be due and payable in full on February 7, 2003. The upfront fee was calculated on an actual/360-day basis commencing on the execution date through the maturity date.

Radian agrees that, once paid, the fee or any part thereof payable hereunder will not be refundable under any circumstances. All fees payable hereunder will be paid in immediately available funds.

If Radian is in agreement with the foregoing, please indicate your acceptance of the terms hereof by signing this letter agreement and returning it to Wachovia.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Kim Shaffer
-----------------------------------
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By: Kim Shaffer
Title: Director

Agreed to and accepted as of the date first above written:

RADIAN GROUP INC .

By:    /s/ Terry Latimer
       ------------------------------
Title: Treasurer


EXHIBIT 10.36

FIRST AMENDMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT (this "First Amendment"), dated as of October 9, 2002, among RADIAN REINSURANCE INC. (f/k/a Enhance Reinsurance Company), a New York stock insurance company (the "Borrower"), the Banks from time to time party to the Credit Agreement referred to below, and DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Agent. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Banks, and the Agent have entered into Credit Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2001 (as amended, modified or supplemented through the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto wish to amend and/or modify certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed;

A. Amendments to the Credit Agreement

1. The definition of the term "Insured Obligation" appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to "Section 6904 (b) (1) (A), (B) or (C)" appearing therein and inserting a reference to "Section 6904(b) (1) (A), (B), (C) or (I)" in lieu thereof.

2. The definition of the term "Loss Threshold Incurrence Date" appearing in
Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the amount "$200,000,000" appearing therein and inserting the amount "$340,000,000" in lieu thereof, (ii) deleting the percentage "7%" appearing therein and inserting the percentage "8.5%" in lieu thereof and (iii) deleting the text "any date of determination thereof" appearing therein and inserting the text "the date of determination thereof" in lieu thereof.

3. The definition of the term "Prime Lending Rate" appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the text "for loans in Dollars in the United States" immediately after the text "from time to time as its prime lending rate" appearing therein.

4. Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is further amended by inserting the following new definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order:

"First Amendment" shall mean the First Amendment to this Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2002.


"First Amendment Effective Date" shall have the meaning provided in the First Amendment.

5. Section 3.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the percentage "0.6%" appearing therein and inserting the percentage "0.55%" in lieu thereof.

6. Section 3.04(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the date "November 7, 2008" appearing therein and inserting the date "October 9, 2009" in lieu thereof, (ii) deleting the number "60" appearing therein and inserting the number "90" in lieu thereof and (iii) deleting the date "November 7" appearing therein and inserting the date "October 9" in lieu thereof.

7. Section 7.05 (a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting all of the references to the date "December 31, 2000" appearing therein and inserting in all instances the date "December 31, 2001" in lieu thereof.

8. Section 7.05(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence appearing therein and inserting the following sentence in lieu thereof: "At June 30, 2002, Average Annual Debt Service was $3,168,058,827.

9. Section 7.05(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the dates "December 31, 1999" and "December 31, 2000" appearing therein and inserting the dates "December 31, 2000" and "December 31, 2001" respectively in lieu thereof and (ii) deleting the date "June 30, 2001" appearing therein and inserting the date "June 30, 2002" in lieu thereof.

10. Section 7.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the date September 30, 2001 appearing therein and inserting the date "June 30, 2002 in lieu thereof.

11. The Credit Agreement is further amended by deleting Schedules I and II and inserting new Schedules I and II attached hereto.

12. For the purposes of the definitions of "Bank," "Commitment Period," "Covered Portfolio" and "Insured Obligations" appearing in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, Sections 2.05, 3.01, 3.03(b) and 3.04, the first paragraph of
Section 7, Sections 7.02 and 7.04, the first paragraph of Section 8, Section 8.08, the first paragraph of Section 9, and Section 12.04(b), each reference to the term "Effective Date" appearing therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the term "First Amendment Effective Date."

B. Miscellaneous Provisions

1. In order to induce the Banks to enter into this First Amendment, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each of the Banks that (i) all of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), both before and after giving effect to this First Amendment (unless such representations and warranties relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date) and (ii) there exists no Default or Event of

-2-

Default on the First Amendment Effective Date, both before and after giving effect to this First Amendment.

2. This First Amendment is limited as specified and shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document.

3. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterparts when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A complete set of counterparts executed by all the parties hereto shall be lodged with, the Borrower and the Agent.

4. THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5. This First Amendment shall become effective on the date (the "First Amendment Effective Date") when:

(i) the Borrower and each Bank shall have signed a counterpart hereof (whether the same or different counterparts) and shall have delivered (including by way of facsimile transmission) the same to the Agent.

(ii) the Borrower shall have delivered to each Bank a Note executed by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Credit Agreement and in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

(iii) the Agent shall have received separate opinions addressed to it and the Banks and dated the First Amendment Effective Date from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft and David Beidler, Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of the Borrower, covering the matters set forth in Exhibit C to the Credit Agreement.

(iv) the Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the First Amendment Effective Date, signed by the president or any vice president of the Borrower, and attested to by the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement with appropriate insertions, together with copies of the charter documents and resolutions of the Borrower referred to in such certificate.

(v) all corporate and legal proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated in this First Amendment shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and it shall have received all information and copies of all documents and papers, including records of corporate proceedings and governmental approvals, if any, which the Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or governmental authorities.

(vi) the Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the First Amendment

-3-

Effective Date, signed by the president, the chief financial officer or other senior financial officer of the Borrower, setting forth in reasonable detail as of June 30, 2002 (i) each Insured Obligation in the Covered Portfolio and each reinsurance agreement or similar arrangement which covers any material amount of such Insured Obligations, (ii) each default by the issuer of any such Insured Obligation or other obligor with respect thereto which has formed or the Borrower reasonably expects to form the basis of a claim under an Insurance Contract, in each case to the extent the Borrower has knowledge thereof, (iii) each default by any party to any such reinsurance agreement or similar arrangement, (iv) each claim paid by the Borrower under any Insurance Contract with respect to such Insured Obligations and (v) the Borrower's reasonable estimate as of June 30, 2002 of Installment Premiums payable with respect to the Covered Portfolio.

(vii) all necessary governmental (domestic and foreign) and third party approvals in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and otherwise referred to herein or therein shall have been obtained and remain in effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority which restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and otherwise referred to herein or therein. Additionally, there shall not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon the making of the Loans.

(viii) no litigation by any entity (private or governmental) shall be pending or threatened with respect to the Credit Documents or any documentation executed in connection herewith or the transactions contemplated hereby, or with respect to any material Indebtedness of the Borrower or which any Bank shall determine would reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the business, operations, property, assets, liabilities, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower.

(ix) the Borrower shall have paid to the Agent and to the Banks all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) payable to the Agent and/or the Banks to the extent then due.

6. From and after the First Amendment Effective Date, all references in the Credit Agreement and in the other Credit Documents to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be referenced to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby.

* * *

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this First Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

RADIAN REINSURANCE INC.

By

Title:

WESTLB AG NEW YORK BRANCH

By

Title:

By
Title:

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE
RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK,
B.A., "RABOBANK NEDERLAND",
NEW YORK BRANCH

By

Title:

By
Title:

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK
GIROZENTRALE, NEW YORK
BRANCH

By

Title:

By
Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK AG,
NEW YORK BRANCH,
Individually and as Agent

By

Title:

By
Title:

-2-

SCHEDULE I

PART A

                                   Commitments

Name                                                                 Commitment
----------------------------------                                  ------------
Deutsche Bank AG,                                                   $ 50,000,000
   New York Branch

WestLB AG New York Branch                                           $ 25,000,000

Cooperatieve Centrale                                               $ 30,000,000
   Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank, B.A.,
   "Rabobank Nederland",
   New York Branch

Norddeutsche Landesbank                                             $ 20,000,000
   Girozentrale, New York Branch

      Total                                                         $125,000,000
                                                                    ============

PART B

Part B Banks

Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch
WestLB AG New York Branch
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, New York Branch

PART C
Part C Banks/Contingent Commitments

Name                                                       Contingent Commitment
----                                                       ---------------------
None


EXHIBIT 13

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND STATISTICAL DATA (1)

(in millions, except per-share amounts and ratios)         2002       2001       2000       1999       1998
                                                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
Net premiums written                                     $  954.9   $  783.6   $  544.3   $  451.8   $  406.5
                                                         ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Net premiums earned                                      $  847.1   $  715.9   $  520.9   $  472.6   $  405.3
Net investment income                                       178.8      147.5       82.9       67.3       59.9
Equity in net income of affiliates                           81.8       41.3         --         --         --
Other income                                                 44.4       42.5        7.4       11.3       15.3
Total revenues                                            1,152.1      947.2      611.3      551.2      480.4
Provision for losses                                        243.4      208.1      154.3      174.1      166.4
Policy acquisition costs and other operating
  expenses                                                  276.1      216.8      108.6      121.4      118.2
Interest expense                                             28.8       17.8         --         --
Merger expenses                                                --         --         --       37.8        1.1
Net (losses) gains                                           (2.5)       1.0        4.2        1.6        3.2
Pretax income                                               601.3      505.5      352.5      219.5      197.9
Net income                                                  427.2      360.4      248.9      148.1      142.2
Net income per share (2) (3)                             $   4.41   $   3.88   $   3.22   $   1.91   $   1.84
Cash dividends declared per share                        $    .08   $   .075   $    .06   $    .05   $    .04
Average shares outstanding                                   95.7       92.0       76.3       75.7       75.6

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
Assets                                                   $5,393.4   $4,438.6   $2,272.8   $1,776.7   $1,513.4
Investments                                               4,200.3    3,369.5    1,750.5    1,388.7    1,175.5
Unearned premiums                                           618.1      513.9       77.2       54.9       75.5
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses             624.6      588.6      390.0      335.6      245.1
Short-term and long-term debt                               544.1      324.1         --         --         --
Redeemable preferred stock                                     --       40.0       40.0       40.0       40.0
Common stockholders' equity                               2,753.4    2,306.3    1,362.2    1,057.3      932.2
Book value per share (3)                                 $  29.42   $  24.54   $  17.97   $  14.17   $  12.65

Statutory Ratios - Mortgage Insurance
Loss ratio                                                   30.4%      30.2%      30.5%      37.6%      42.0%
Expense ratio (4)                                            22.5       20.4       17.9       24.2       24.6
                                                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Combined ratio                                               52.9%      50.6%      48.4%      61.8%      66.6%

Selected Ratios - Financial Guaranty
Loss ratio                                                   26.2%      27.2%       n/a        n/a        n/a
Expense ratio                                                33.0       40.8        n/a        n/a        n/a
                                                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Combined ratio                                              59.2%       68.0%

Other Data - Mortgage Insurance
Primary new insurance written                            $ 48,767   $ 44,754   $ 24,934   $ 33,256   $ 37,067
Direct primary insurance in force                         110,273    107,918    100,859     97,089     83,178
Direct primary risk in force                               26,273     26,004     24,622     22,901     19,840
Direct pool risk in force                                   1,732      1,571      1,388      1,361        933
Other risk in force (5)                                       459        348        211         --         --

Other Data - Financial Guaranty
Net premiums written                                     $    286   $    143         --         --         --
Net premiums earned                                           187        106         --         --         --
Net par insured                                            66,337     59,544         --         --         --
Net debt service outstanding                              104,756     97,940         --         --         --

1

(1) Effective June 9, 1999, Radian Group Inc. was formed by the merger of CMAC Investment Corporation and Amerin Corporation pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 22, 1998. The transaction was accounted for on a pooling of interests basis and, therefore, all financial statements presented reflect the combined entity. On February 28, 2001, the Company acquired Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. The results for 2001 include the results of operations for Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. from the date of acquisition. See note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements set forth on page 20 herein.

(2) Diluted net income per share and average share information per Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." See note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements set forth on page 20 herein.

(3) All share and per-share data for periods prior to 2001 have been restated to reflect a 2-for-1 stock split in 2001.

(4) Expense ratio in 1999 calculated net of merger expenses of $21.8 million recognized by statutory companies.

(5) Consists primarily of second lien mortgage insurance risk.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                                                              December 31
                                                                                        -----------------------
(in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)                                         2002         2001
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
ASSETS
Investments
   Fixed maturities held to maturity --at amortized cost (fair value $379,643 and
      $ 461,962)                                                                        $  356,000   $  442,198
   Fixed maturities available for sale --at fair value (amortized cost $3,332,102 and
      $ 2,552,930)                                                                       3,448,926    2,567,200
   Trading securities-- at fair value (amortized cost $39,261 and $22,599)                  37,619       21,659
   Equity securities-- at fair value (cost $196,766 and $116,978)                          168,517      120,320
   Short-term investments                                                                  180,919      210,788
   Other invested assets                                                                     8,346        7,310
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
Total Investments                                                                        4,200,327    3,369,475
Cash                                                                                        21,969       60,159
Investment in affiliates                                                                   259,120      177,465
Deferred policy acquisition costs                                                          183,587      151,037
Prepaid federal income taxes                                                               294,136      326,514
Provisional losses recoverable                                                              48,561       47,229
Other assets                                                                               385,705      306,747
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
                                                                                        $5,393,405   $4,438,626
                                                                                        ==========   ==========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Unearned premiums                                                                       $  618,050   $  513,932
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses                                            624,577      588,643
Short-term and long-term debt                                                              544,145      324,076
Deferred federal income taxes                                                              570,279      432,098
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                                      282,919      233,549
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
                                                                                         2,639,970    2,092,298
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)                                                         --       40,000
Redeemable preferred stock, par value $.001 per share;
800,000 shares issued and outstanding in 2001-- at redemption value
Common stockholders' equity
   Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized;                      95           94
      95,134,279 and 94,170,300 shares issued in 2002 and 2001, respectively
   Treasury stock;  1,581,989 and 188,092 shares in 2002 and 2001, respectively            (51,868)      (7,874)
   Additional paid-in capital                                                            1,238,698    1,210,088
   Retained earnings                                                                     1,508,138    1,093,580
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                   58,372       10,440
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
                                                                                         2,753,435    2,306,328
                                                                                        ----------   ----------
                                                                                        $5,393,405   $4,438,626
                                                                                        ==========   ==========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                        Year Ended December 31
                                                    --------------------------------
(in thousands, except per share amounts)               2002        2001       2000
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
Revenues:
   Premiums written:
      Direct                                        $  875,190   $753,392   $592,734
      Assumed                                          147,633     90,917         80
      Ceded                                            (67,904)   (60,665)   (48,542)
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
   Net premiums written                                954,919    783,644    544,272
   Increase in unearned premiums                      (107,794)   (67,764)   (23,401)
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
   Net premiums earned                                 847,125    715,880    520,871
   Net investment income                               178,841    147,487     82,946
   Equity in net income of affiliates                   81,749     41,309         --
   Other income                                         44,375     42,525      7,438
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
      Total revenues                                 1,152,090    947,201    611,255
                                                    ----------   --------   --------

Expenses:
   Provision for losses                                243,332    208,136    154,326
   Policy acquisition costs                            100,818     84,262     51,471
   Other operating expenses                            175,313    132,516     57,167
   Interest expense                                     28,824     17,803         --
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
      Total expenses                                   548,287    442,717    262,964
                                                    ----------   --------   --------

Gains and losses:
   Net gains on disposition of investments              10,462      6,824      4,179
   Change in fair value of derivative instruments      (12,989)    (5,777)        --
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
      Net (losses) gains                                (2,527)     1,047      4,179
                                                    ----------   --------   --------

Pretax income                                          601,276    505,531    352,470
Provision for income taxes                             174,107    145,112    103,532
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
Net income                                             427,169    360,419    248,938
Dividends to preferred stockholder                       2,475      3,300      3,300
Premium paid to redeem preferred stock                   3,003         --         --
                                                    ----------   --------   --------
Net income available to common stockholders         $  421,691   $357,119   $245,638
                                                    ==========   ========   ========
Basic net income per share                          $     4.47   $   3.95   $   3.26
                                                    ==========   ========   ========
Diluted net income per share                        $     4.41   $   3.88   $   3.22
                                                    ==========   ========   ========
Average number of common shares outstanding-basic       94,306     90,474     75,268
                                                    ==========   ========   ========
Average number of common and common
   equivalent shares outstanding -- diluted             95,706     91,958     76,298
                                                    ==========   ========   ========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

4

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                         Accumulated Other
                                                                                           Comprehensive
                                                                                           Income (Loss)
                                                                                     --------------------------
                                                                                       Foreign
                                                           Additional                 Currency      Unrealized
                                       Common   Treasury    Paid-in      Retained    Translation      Holding
(in thousands)                         Stock     Stock      Capital      Earnings    Adjustment    Gains/Losses     Total
                                       ------   --------   ----------   ----------   -----------   ------------   ----------
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2000                 $37    $     --   $  524,408   $  548,684      $  --        $(15,873)    $1,057,256
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                             --          --           --      248,938         --              --        248,938
   Unrealized holding gains
      arising during period, net of
      tax of $23,658                      --          --           --           --         --          43,937
   Less: Reclassification
      adjustment for net gains
      included in net income, net of
      tax of $1,470                       --          --           --           --         --          (2,731)
                                                                                                     --------
   Net unrealized gain on
      investments, net of tax of
      $22,188                             --          --           --           --         --          41,206         41,206
                                                                                                                  ----------
Total comprehensive income                                                                                           290,144
Issuance of common stock under
   incentive plans                         1          --       24,746           --         --              --         24,747
Treasury stock purchased, net             --      (2,159)          --           --         --              --         (2,159)
Dividends                                 --          --           --       (7,791)        --              --         (7,791)
                                         ---    --------   ----------   ----------      -----        --------     ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2000                38      (2,159)     549,154      789,831         --          25,333      1,362,197
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                             --          --           --      360,419         --              --        360,419
   Unrealized foreign currency
      translation adjustment, net of
      tax benefit of $306                 --          --           --           --       (586)             --           (586)
   Unrealized holding losses
    arising during period, net of
    tax benefit of $5,316                 --          --           --           --         --          (9,871)
   Less: Reclassification
    adjustment for net gains
    included in net income, net of
    tax of $2,388                         --          --           --           --         --          (4,436)
                                                                                                     --------
   Net unrealized loss on
    investments, net of tax
    benefit of $7,704                     --          --           --           --         --         (14,307)       (14,307)
                                                                                                                  ----------
Total comprehensive income                                                                                           345,526
Issuance of common stock related
   to acquisition                          9          --      574,676           --         --              --        574,685
Issuance of common stock under
   incentive plans                         1          --       39,686           --         --              --         39,687
Treasury stock purchased, net                     (5,715)      (5,715)
Two-for-one stock split                   46          --       46,572      (46,618)        --              --              0
Dividends                                 --          --           --      (10,052)        --              --        (10,052)
                                         ---    --------   ----------   ----------      -----        --------     ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2001                94      (7,874)   1,210,088    1,093,580       (586)         11,026      2,306,328
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                             --          --           --      427,169         --              --        427,169
   Unrealized foreign currency
      translation adjustment, net of
      tax of $441                         --          --           --           --        819              --            819
   Unrealized holding gains
      arising during period, net of
      tax of $29,030                      --          --           --           --         --          53,913
   Less: Reclassification
      adjustment for net gains
      included in net income, net of
      tax of $3,662                       --          --           --           --         --          (6,800)
                                                                                                     --------
   Net unrealized gains on
      investments net of tax of
      $25,368                             --          --           --           --         --          47,113         47,113
                                                                                                                  ----------
Total comprehensive income                                                                                           475,101
Issuance of common stock under             1          --       28,610           --         --              --         28,611
   incentive plans
Treasury stock purchased, net             --     (43,994)          --           --         --              --        (43,994)
Premium paid to redeem preferred
   stock                                  --          --           --       (3,003)        --              --         (3,003)
Dividends                                 --          --           --       (9,608)        --              --         (9,608)
                                         ---    --------   ----------   ----------      -----        --------     ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2002               $95    $(51,868)  $1,238,698   $1,508,138      $ 233        $ 58,139     $2,753,435
                                         ===    ========   ==========   ==========      =====        ========     ==========

5

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                      Year Ended December 31
                                                                               -------------------------------------
(in thousands)                                                                     2002         2001         2000
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                                                  $   427,169   $   360,419   $ 248,938
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
      by operating activities:
      Net losses (gains)                                                             2,527        (1,047)     (4,179)
      Equity in net income of affiliates                                           (81,749)      (41,309)         --
      Proceeds from sales of trading securities                                      9,820        14,204          --
      Purchase of trading securities                                               (27,444)      (24,978)         --
      Increase in unearned premiums, net                                           106,128        65,685      22,316
      Net increase in deferred policy acquisition costs                            (32,550)      (24,336)     (8,369)
      Increase in reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net              33,634        90,980      54,437
      Increase in deferred federal income taxes                                    138,181       140,804      62,942
      Increase in provisional losses recoverable                                    (1,545)       (3,276)     (3,675)
      Depreciation and other amortization, net                                         796         2,486       3,158
      Change in prepaid federal income taxes, other assets, accounts                11,841       (98,483)    (95,591)
         payable and accrued expenses
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                          586,808       481,149     279,977
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity investments available for sale          1,736,378     1,039,762     552,439
   Proceeds from sales of fixed maturity investments held to maturity                   --            --       1,922
   Proceeds from sales of equity securities available for sale                      20,727         8,425      18,988
   Proceeds from redemptions of fixed maturity investments                          81,141       111,674      16,467
      available for sale
   Proceeds from redemptions of fixed maturity investments held
      to maturity                                                                   93,112        21,509       2,897
   Proceeds from sales of other invested assets                                      1,076            --          --
   Purchases of fixed maturity investments available for sale                   (2,557,606)   (1,595,179)   (813,627)
   Purchases of equity securities available for sale                              (116,818)      (66,098)    (29,713)
   Sales (purchases) of short-term investments, net                                 29,895       (28,101)    (38,859)
   Purchases of other invested assets                                               (3,466)           --          --
   Purchases of property and equipment, net                                        (41,573)       (8,538)     (9,419)
   Acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                                   --         6,788          --
   Investment in affiliates                                                        (20,000)      (15,020)         --
   Distributions from affiliates                                                    20,137        12,761          --
   Other                                                                           (15,943)       (1,084)       (952)
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------
Net cash used in investing activities                                             (772,940)     (513,101)   (299,857)
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Dividends paid                                                                   (9,608)      (10,052)     (7,791)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock under incentive plans                     28,611        39,687      24,747
   Purchase of treasury stock, net                                                 (43,994)       (5,715)     (2,159)
   Repayment of short-term debt                                                         --      (173,724)         --
   Redemption of preferred stock                                                   (43,003)           --          --
   Issuance of long-term debt                                                      215,936       246,885          --
   Acquisition costs                                                                    --        (7,394)         --
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------
   Net cash provided by financing activities                                       147,942        89,687      14,797
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------
   (Decrease) increase in cash                                                     (38,190)       57,735      (5,083)
   Cash, beginning of year                                                          60,159         2,424       7,507
                                                                               -----------   -----------   ---------
   Cash, end of year                                                           $    21,969   $    60,159   $   2,424
                                                                               ===========   ===========   =========

7

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
   Income taxes (received)/paid                                                $   (14,913)  $    98,960   $  74,768
                                                                               ===========   ===========   =========
   Interest paid                                                               $    27,608   $    19,099   $     817
                                                                               ===========   ===========   =========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

Radian Group Inc. (the "Company"), provides through its subsidiaries and affiliates, insurance and mortgage services to financial institutions in the United States of America and globally. The principal business segments of the Company are mortgage insurance, financial guaranty and mortgage services.

Private mortgage insurance and risk management services are provided to mortgage lending institutions located throughout the United States through the Company's wholly-owned principal mortgage guaranty subsidiaries, Radian Guaranty Inc. ("Radian Guaranty"), Amerin Guaranty Corporation ("Amerin Guaranty") and Radian Insurance Inc. ("Radian Insurance") (together referred to as "Mortgage Insurance"). Private mortgage insurance generally protects lenders from default-related losses on residential first mortgage loans made to home buyers who make down payments of less than 20% of the purchase price and facilitates the sale of these mortgages in the secondary market. Mortgage Insurance currently offers two principal types of private mortgage insurance coverage, primary and pool. At December 31, 2002, primary insurance comprised 93.8% of Mortgage Insurance's risk in force and pool insurance comprised 6.2% of Mortgage Insurance's risk in force. During the third quarter of 2000, the Company commenced operations in Radian Insurance, a subsidiary that writes credit insurance on non-traditional mortgage related assets such as second mortgages and manufactured housing, and provides credit enhancement to mortgage related capital market transactions. Other risk in force in Radian Insurance was $0.5 billion at December 31, 2002, which represented less than 1% of the business.

On February 28, 2001, the Company acquired the financial guaranty and other businesses of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. ("Financial Guaranty"), a New York based insurance holding company that primarily insures and reinsures credit-based risks, at a purchase price of approximately $581.5 million. The financial guaranty insurance business is conducted primarily through two insurance subsidiaries, Radian Asset Assurance Inc. ("Radian Asset Assurance," formerly Asset Guaranty Insurance Company) and Radian Reinsurance Inc. ("Radian Re," formerly Enhance Reinsurance Company). In addition, as part of the acquisition, Radian has an interest in two active credit-based asset businesses (See note 3). Several smaller businesses are either in run-off or have been terminated. The purchase price represented the value of the Company's common stock and stock options issued in connection with the acquisition and other consideration in accordance with an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and Financial Guaranty. The acquisition, which was structured as a merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with and into Financial Guaranty, entitled Financial Guaranty stockholders to receive 0.22 shares of the Company's common stock in a tax-free exchange for each share of Financial Guaranty's common stock that they owned at the time of the merger. The acquisition was treated as a purchase for accounting purposes, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities were recorded based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of assets acquired was $1,357.9 million. The liabilities assumed were $833.1 million. The excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired of $56.7 million represents the future value of insurance profits, which is being amortized over a period that approximates the future life of the insurance book of business. During 2002 and 2001, the Company amortized $4.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively, related to this transaction. The results of Financial Guaranty's operations for 2001 have been included in the Company's financial statements for the period from the date of the acquisition through December 31, 2001.

The purchase price of Financial Guaranty reflects the issuance of 8,462,861 shares (pre-stock split) of the Company's common stock at $65.813 per share (pre-stock split) which represented the average closing price of the Company's common stock for the three days preceding and following the announcement of the acquisition, and the issuance of 1,320,079 options (pre-stock split) to purchase shares of the Company's common stock to holders of options to purchase shares of Financial Guaranty's common stock.

9

The value of the option grant was based on a Black-Scholes valuation model assuming an average life of 2.8 years, a risk-free interest rate of 4.75%, volatility of 43.4% and a dividend yield of 0.22%.

10

The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of the consolidated operating results of the Company as if the acquisition of Financial Guaranty had occurred on January 1, 2000 (in thousands, except per-share information):

                                                  Year Ended December 31
                                                  ----------------------
                                                     2001       2000
                                                   --------   --------
Total revenues                                     $951,206   $801,665
Net income                                         $265,147   $239,529
Net income per share-basic                         $   2.89   $   3.14
Net income per share-diluted                       $   2.85   $   3.10

The unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have occurred had the acquisition occurred on that date, nor is it indicative of the results that may occur in the future.

On November 9, 2000, the Company completed the acquisition of RadianExpress.com Inc. ("RadianExpress," formerly Expressclose.com Inc.), an Internet-based settlement company that provides real estate information products and services to the first and second mortgage industry, for approximately $8.0 million consisting of cash, the Company's common stock and stock options and other consideration. The acquisition was treated as a purchase for accounting purposes, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities were recorded based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired of $7.4 million was allocated to goodwill. During 2000 and 2001, a portion of this amount was amortized against earnings. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," the Company ceased amortization of goodwill effective January 1, 2002 and will continue to evaluate goodwill annually for impairment. The financial results for the year ended December 31, 2000 include the results of RadianExpress' operations for the period from November 10, 2000 through December 31, 2000. The cash component of the acquisition was financed using the Company's cash flow from operations. The pro forma results for 2000 including this acquisition would not be materially different from reported results.

In connection with the Company's internet-based mortgage services, revenues and the related expenses are recorded when the service is rendered.

Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiaries. Investments in which the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, owns from 20% to 50% of those companies, or where the Company has a majority voting interest, but where the minority shareholders have substantive participating rights, or where the Company has significant influence, are accounted for in accordance with the equity method of accounting (See note 3). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions, and intercompany profits and losses, including those transactions with equity method investee companies, have been eliminated.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Insurance Premiums

11

SFAS No. 60, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises," specifically excludes mortgage guaranty insurance from its guidance relating to the earning of insurance premiums. Consistent with GAAP and industry accounting practices, mortgage insurance premiums written on an annual and multiyear basis are initially deferred as unearned premiums and earned over the policy term, and premiums written on a monthly basis are earned over the period coverage is provided. Annual premiums are amortized on a monthly, straight-line basis. Multiyear premiums are amortized over the terms of the contracts in accordance with the anticipated claim payment pattern based on historical industry experience. Ceded premiums written are initially set up as prepaid reinsurance and are amortized in accordance with direct premiums earned.

In the financial guaranty business, insurance premiums are earned in proportion to the level of amortization of insured principal over the contract period or over the period that coverage is provided. Unearned premiums represent that portion of premiums which will be earned over the remainder of the contract period, based upon information reported by ceding companies and management's estimates of amortization of insured principal on policies written on a direct basis. When insured issues are refunded or called, the remaining premiums are generally earned at that time, since the risk to the Company is eliminated. Credit enhancement fees on derivative financial guaranty contracts are included in premiums written and are earned over the period credit protection is provided.

Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses ("LAE")

The mortgage insurance reserve for losses and LAE consists of the estimated cost of settling claims on defaults (or delinquencies) reported and defaults that have occurred but have not been reported. SFAS No. 60 specifically excludes mortgage guaranty insurance from its guidance relating to the reserve for losses. Consistent with GAAP and industry accounting practices, the Company does not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans that are not currently in default. In determining the liability for unpaid losses related to reported outstanding defaults, the Company establishes loss reserves on a case-by-case basis. The amount reserved for any particular loan is dependent upon the characteristics of the loan, the status of the loan as reported by the servicer of the insured loan as well as the economic condition and estimated foreclosure period in the area in which the default exists. As the default progresses closer to foreclosure, the amount of loss reserve for that particular loan is increased, in stages, to approximately 100% of the Company's exposure and that adjustment is included in current operations. If the default cures, the reserve for that loan is removed from the reserve for losses and LAE. The Company also reserves for defaults that have occurred but have not been reported using historical information on defaults not reported on a timely basis by lending institutions. The estimates are continually reviewed and, as adjustments to these liabilities become necessary, such adjustments are reflected in current operations.

Reserves for losses and LAE in the financial guaranty business are established based on the Company's estimate of specific and non-specific losses, including expenses associated with settlement of such losses on its insured and reinsured obligations. The Company's estimation of total reserves considers known defaults, reports and individual loss estimates reported by ceding companies and annual increases in the total net par amount outstanding of the Company's insured obligations. The Company records a specific provision for losses and related LAE when reported by primary insurers or when, in the Company's opinion, an insured risk is in default or default is probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. In the case of obligations with fixed periodic payments, the provision for losses and LAE represents the present value of the Company's ultimate expected losses, adjusted for estimated recoveries under salvage or subrogation rights. The non-specific reserves represent the Company's estimate of total reserves, less provisions for specific reserves. Generally, when a case basis reserve is established or adjusted, an offsetting adjustment is made to the non-specific reserve. The Company discounts certain financial guaranty liabilities arising from defaults over the life of the claim payment at annual rates, which correspond to the financial guaranty insurance subsidiaries' investment yields ranging from 4.10% to 5.25% in 2002 and 4.95% to 5.51% in 2001. Discounted liabilities at December 31, 2002 were $18.5 million, net of discounts of $7.3 million compared to discounted liabilities of $16.6 million at December 31, 2001, net of discounts of $9.9 million.

12

Reserves for losses and LAE for Financial Guaranty's other lines of business, primarily trade credit reinsurance, are based on reports and individual loss estimates received from ceding companies, net of anticipated estimated recoveries under salvage and subrogation rights. In addition, a reserve is included for losses and LAE incurred but not reported on trade credit reinsurance.

The Company periodically evaluates its estimates for losses and LAE and adjusts such reserves based on its actual loss experience, mix of business and economic conditions. Changes in total estimates for losses and LAE are reflected in current earnings. The Company believes that its total reserves for losses and LAE are adequate to cover the ultimate cost of all claims net of reinsurance recoveries. However, the reserves are based on estimates of losses and LAE, and there can be no assurance that the ultimate liability will not exceed such estimates.

Fair Value of Derivative Financial Guaranty Contracts

The gains and losses on derivative financial guaranty contracts are derived from internally generated models. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is necessarily required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The fair value of derivative financial guaranty contracts is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Settlements under derivative financial guaranty contracts are charged to the fair value of derivative financial guaranty contracts.

Real Estate Acquired and Other Restructurings

Real estate is acquired in the mortgage insurance business segment to mitigate losses. The real estate acquired is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Gains or losses from the holding or disposition of real estate acquired are recorded as provision for losses. At December 31, 2002, the Company held $6.2 million of real estate acquired to mitigate losses.

Other restructurings in the financial guaranty business segment may consist of purchasing the insured debt security to mitigate losses. Insured debt securities purchased to mitigate losses are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Gains or losses from the holding or disposition of the securities acquired are recorded as net gains and losses on the disposition of securities. At December 31, 2002, the Company held $13.1 million of insured debt securities purchased to mitigate losses.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Costs associated with the acquisition of mortgage insurance business, consisting of compensation and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred. Because SFAS No. 60 specifically excludes mortgage guaranty insurance from its guidance relating to the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, amortization of these costs for each underwriting year book of business are charged against revenue in proportion to estimated gross profits over the life of the policies using the guidance provided by SFAS No. 97, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises For Certain Long Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses From the Sale of Investments." This includes accruing interest on the unamortized balance of capitalized acquisition costs. The estimate for each underwriting year is updated annually to reflect actual experience and any changes to key assumptions such as persistency or loss development.

Deferred policy acquisition costs in the financial guaranty business comprise those expenses that vary with, and are primarily related to, the production of insurance premiums, including: commissions paid on reinsurance assumed, salaries and related costs of underwriting and marketing personnel, rating agency fees, premium taxes and certain other underwriting expenses, offset by ceding commission income on premiums ceded to reinsurers. Acquisition costs are deferred and amortized over the period in which the

13

related premiums are earned. Deferred policy acquisition costs are reviewed periodically to determine that they do not exceed or are less than recoverable amounts, after considering investment income.

Origination Costs of Derivative Financial Guaranty Contracts

Origination costs of derivative financial guaranty contracts are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary difference between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates applicable to future years.

Investments

The Company is required to group assets in its investment portfolio into one of three categories: held to maturity, available for sale, and trading securities. Fixed maturity securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and reported at amortized cost. Fixed maturity and equity securities purchased and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. All other investments are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity as accumulated other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses are determined on a specific identification method and are included in income. Other invested assets consist of residential mortgage-backed securities and are carried at fair value.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following methodology was used by the Company in estimating the fair value disclosures for its financial instruments: fair values for fixed maturity securities (including redeemable preferred stock) and equity securities are based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes and prices obtained from independent pricing services. Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company adopted SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended, on January 1, 2001. The statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activity and requires that all derivatives be measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities in the financial statements. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recorded each period in current earnings. This represents a change from the Company's prior accounting practices whereby these changes were recorded as a component of stockholders' equity. Transactions that the Company has entered into that are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, as amended, include investments in convertible securities, and the selling of credit protection in the form of credit default swaps and certain financial guaranty contracts that are considered credit default swaps. Credit default swaps and certain financial guaranty contracts that are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 are part of the Company's overall business strategy of offering financial guaranty protection to its customers. Currently, none of the derivatives qualifies as a hedge under SFAS No. 133. Therefore, changes in fair value are included in the periods presented.

Upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, the balance of the Company's convertible fixed maturity securities was approximately $104.6 million. SFAS No. 133 requires that the Company split its convertible fixed maturity securities into the derivative and fixed maturity security components. Over the term of the securities, changes in the fair value of fixed maturity securities available for sale are recorded in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Changes in Common Stockholders' Equity, through accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Concurrently, a deferred tax liability or benefit is recognized as the

14

recorded value of the fixed maturity security increases or decreases. A change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a gain or loss in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. In connection with the adoption of SFAS No. 133, the Company reclassified $13.8 million from fixed maturities available for sale to trading securities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2001. At December 31, 2002 the fair value of the Company's derivative instruments, classified as trading securities was $37.6 million, as compared to an amortized value of $39.3 million, and the Company recognized $0.5 million, net of tax, as a loss on changes in the fair value of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Income for 2002. The notional value of the Company's credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts accounted for under SFAS No. 133 was $7.3 billion and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, and the Company recognized $8.0 million and $3.1 million, respectively, net of tax, as a loss on the change in the fair value of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Income for 2002 and 2001. Net unrealized losses on credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts of $17.5 million at December 31, 2002, are included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. This net unrealized loss in 2003 is composed of gross unrealized gains of $52.4 million and gross unrealized losses of $69.9 million. Net unrealized losses on credit default swaps and certain other financial contracts at December 31, 2001 were $4.8 million, which was composed of gross unrealized gains of $6.9 million and gross unrealized losses of $11.7 million.

The application of SFAS No. 133, as amended, could result in volatility from period to period in gains and losses as reported on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company is unable to predict the effect this volatility may have on its financial position or results of operations.

Company-Owned Life Insurance

The Company is the beneficiary of insurance policies on the lives of certain officers and employees of the Company. The Company has recognized the amount that could be realized under the insurance policies as an asset in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the amount of Company-owned life insurance totaled $53.2 million and is included as a component of other assets.

Stock Split

On May 1, 2001, the Company's board of directors authorized a stock split, paid June 20, 2001, in the form of a dividend of one additional share of the Company's common stock for each share owned by stockholders of record on June 14, 2001. To effect the stock split, the Company's stockholders approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock, from 80 million to 200 million, on June 14, 2001. The dividend was accounted for as a two-for-one stock split and the par value of the Company's common stock remained at $.001 per share. Accordingly, all references to common shares and per share data prior to 2001, except where noted otherwise, have been adjusted to give effect to the stock split. In conjunction with the stock split, the Company's board of directors voted to increase the quarterly dividend from $.015 per share to $.02 per share of common stock outstanding after the split was effected.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." SFAS No. 123 requires expanded disclosures of stock-based compensation arrangements with employees and encourages, but does not require, the recognition of compensation expense for the fair value of stock options and other equity instruments granted as compensation to employees. The Company has chosen to continue to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," ("APB 25"), and related interpretations. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the Company's stock at the date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. To date, there have been no options issued at a price that was less than the market price at the date of issuance.

15

In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123." SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. This statement is effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002.

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation.

                                                                  Year Ended December 31
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                2002       2001       2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Net income, as reported                                       $427,169   $360,419   $248,938
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense          7,438      6,783      4,189
   determined under fair value based method for all awards,
   net of tax
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Pro forma net income                                          $419,731   $353,636   $244,749
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Pro forma net income available to common stockholders         $414,253   $350,336   $241,449
                                                              ========   ========   ========

Earnings per share
   Basic - as reported                                        $   4.47   $   3.95   $   3.26
                                                              ========   ========   ========
   Basic - pro forma                                          $   4.39   $   3.87   $   3.21
                                                              ========   ========   ========
   Diluted - as reported                                      $   4.41   $   3.88   $   3.22
                                                              ========   ========   ========
   Diluted - pro forma                                        $   4.33   $   3.81   $   3.16
                                                              ========   ========   ========

In accordance with the adoption of SFAS No. 123, the pro forma effect on net income for 2002, 2001 and 2000 is not representative of the pro forma effect on net income in future years because it does not take into consideration pro forma compensation expense related to grants made prior to 1995.

Net Income Per Share

The Company is required to disclose both "basic" net income per share and "diluted" net income per share. Basic net income per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, while diluted net income per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and common share equivalents that would arise from the exercise of stock options.

16

The calculation of the basic and diluted net income per share was as follows (in thousands, except per-share amounts):

                                                                    Year Ended December 31
                                                                ------------------------------
                                                                  2002       2001       2000
                                                                --------   --------   --------
Net income                                                      $427,169   $360,419   $248,938
Preferred stock dividend adjustment                               (2,475)    (3,300)    (3,300)
Premium paid to redeem preferred stock                            (3,003)        --         --
                                                                --------   --------   --------
Net income available to common stockholders                     $421,691   $357,119   $245,638
                                                                ========   ========   ========
Average diluted stock options outstanding                        5,139.0    5,924.1    3,852.6
Average exercise price per share                                $  27.42   $  25.05   $  15.59
Average market price per share - diluted basis                  $  43.77   $  36.63   $  27.66

Weighted average common shares outstanding                        94,306     90,474     75,268
Increase in shares due to exercise of options - diluted basis      1,400      1,484      1,030
                                                                --------   --------   --------
Average shares outstanding - diluted                              95,706     91,958     76,298
                                                                ========   ========   ========
Net income per share - basic                                    $   4.47   $   3.95   $   3.26
                                                                ========   ========   ========
Net income per share - diluted                                  $   4.41   $   3.88   $   3.22
                                                                ========   ========   ========

At December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, there were 770,000 options, 789,000 options, and 70,000 options, respectively, excluded from the net income per share calculation because the options were antidilutive.

Comprehensive Income

The Company is required to present, as a component of comprehensive income, the amounts from transactions and other events that are currently excluded from the Statements of Income and are recorded directly to stockholders' equity.

Segment Reporting

The Company has three reportable segments: mortgage insurance, mortgage services, and financial guaranty. The mortgage insurance segment provides private mortgage insurance and risk management services to mortgage lending institutions located throughout the United States. Private mortgage insurance primarily protects lenders from default-related losses on residential first mortgage loans made to homebuyers who make downpayments of less than 20% of the purchase price and facilitates the sale of these mortgages in the secondary market. The mortgage services segment deals primarily with credit-based servicing and securitization of assets in underserved markets, in particular, the purchase, servicing and securitization of special assets, including sub-performing/non-performing and seller financed residential mortgages and the purchase and servicing of delinquent consumer assets. In addition, mortgage services include the results of RadianExpress, an Internet-based settlement company that provides real estate information and closing products and services to the first and second lien mortgage industry. The financial guaranty segment provides credit-related insurance coverage, credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts to meet the needs of customers in a wide variety of domestic and international markets. The Company's insurance businesses within this segment include the assumption of reinsurance from monoline financial guaranty insurers for both municipal bonds and structured finance obligations. The Company also provides direct financial guaranty insurance for municipal bonds and structured transactions, and trade credit reinsurance, which may or may not include political risk cover. The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units, which are managed separately, as each business requires different marketing and sales expertise. Certain corporate income and expenses have been allocated to the segments. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company's revenue attributable to foreign countries was approximately 6% and 3%, respectively. In addition, long-lived assets located in foreign countries were immaterial for the periods presented.

17

In the mortgage insurance segment, the highest state concentration of risk is California at 16.4%. At December 31, 2002, California also accounted for 16.2% of Mortgage Insurance's total direct primary insurance in force and 11.8% of Mortgage Insurance's total direct pool insurance in force. California accounted for 18.7% of Mortgage Insurance's direct primary new insurance written in 2002. The largest single customer of Mortgage Insurance (including branches and affiliates of such customer) measured by new insurance written, accounted for 8.1% of new insurance written during 2002 compared to 12.6% in 2001 and 11.2% in 2000.

In the financial guaranty segment, the Company derives a substantial portion of its premiums written from a small number of primary insurers. In 2002, 19.9% of gross written premiums were derived from two primary insurers compared to 34.0% from the same two insurers in 2001. Five primary insurers, including one trade credit primary insurer, were responsible for 32.9% of gross written premiums in 2002 compared to 42.0% in 2001. This customer concentration results from the small number of primary insurance companies who participate in writing financial guaranty insurance.

The Company evaluates performance based on net income. Summarized financial information concerning the Company's operating segments as of and for the year-to-date periods indicated, is presented in the following tables:

                                                        December 31, 2002
                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                          Mortgage    Mortgage   Financial
(in thousands)                           Insurance    Services   Guaranty     Consolidated
                                         ----------   --------   ----------   ------------
Net premiums written                     $  668,583         --   $  286,336    $  954,919
                                         ==========   ========   ==========    ==========
Net premiums earned                      $  660,492         --   $  186,633    $  847,125
Net investment income                       107,138   $    162       71,541       178,841
Equity in net income of affiliates               --     81,872         (123)       81,749
Other income                                 20,390     22,471        1,514        44,375
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
   Total revenues                           788,020    104,505      259,565     1,152,090
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Provision for losses                        194,486         --       48,846       243,332
Policy acquisition costs                     66,814         --       34,004       100,818
Other operating expenses                    109,043     38,716       27,554       175,313
Interest expense                             17,155      2,110        9,559        28,824
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
   Total expenses                           387,498     40,826      119,963       548,287
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Net gains (losses)                            5,105      3,450      (11,082)       (2,527)
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Pretax income                               405,627     67,129      128,520       601,276
Income tax provision                        111,823     26,854       35,430       174,107
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Net income                               $  293,804   $ 40,275   $   93,090    $  427,169
                                         ==========   ========   ==========    ==========

Total assets                             $3,262,741   $246,156   $1,884,508    $5,393,405
Deferred policy acquisition costs            75,673         --      107,914       183,587
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment
   expenses                                 484,705         --      139,872       624,577
Unearned premiums                           112,575         --      505,475       618,050
Equity                                    1,639,205    201,427      912,803     2,753,435

                                                        December 31, 2001
                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                          Mortgage    Mortgage   Financial
(in thousands)                           Insurance    Services   Guaranty     Consolidated
                                         ----------   --------   ----------   ------------
Net premiums written                     $  640,414         --   $  143,230    $  783,644
                                         ==========   ========   ==========    ==========

Net premiums earned                      $  609,425         --   $  106,455    $  715,880
Net investment income                        97,110   $    127       50,250       147,487
Equity in net income of affiliates               --     42,517       (1,208)       41,309
Other income                                 20,412     19,122        2,991        42,525
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
   Total revenues                           726,947     61,766      158,488       947,201
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------

18

Provision for losses                        179,146         --       28,990       208,136
Policy acquisition costs                     62,439         --       21,823        84,262
Other operating expenses                     91,967     18,942       21,607       132,516
Interest expense                             10,454      1,330        6,019        17,803
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
   Total expenses                           344,006     20,272       78,439       442,717
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Net gains (losses)                            4,451     (1,034)      (2,370)        1,047
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Pretax income                               387,392     40,460       77,679       505,531
Income tax provision                        107,394     16,184       21,534       145,112
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Net income                               $  279,998   $ 24,276   $   56,145    $  360,419
                                         ==========   ========   ==========    ==========

Total assets                             $2,783,705   $202,505   $1,452,416    $4,438,626
Deferred policy acquisition costs            76,035         --       75,002       151,037
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment
   expenses                                 465,444         --      123,199       588,643
Unearned Consolidated                       106,151         --      407,781       513,932
Equity                                    1,445,680    155,740      704,908     2,306,328

                                                        December 31, 2000
                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                          Mortgage    Mortgage   Financial
(in thousands)                           Insurance    Services   Guaranty     Consolidated
                                         ----------   --------   ----------   ------------
Net premiums written                     $  544,272                            $  544,272
                                         ==========   ========   ==========    ==========
Net premiums earned                      $  520,871                            $  520,871
Net investment income                        82,946                                82,946
Other income                                  7,438                                 7,438
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Total revenues                              611,255                               611,255
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Provision for losses                        154,326                               154,326
Policy acquisition costs                     51,471                                51,471
Other operating expenses                     57,167                                57,167
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
   Total expenses                           262,964                               262,964
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Net gains                                     4,179                                 4,179
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Pretax income                               352,470                               352,470
Income tax provision                        103,532                               103,532
                                         ----------   --------   ----------    ----------
Net income                               $  248,938                            $  248,938
                                         ==========   ========   ==========    ==========

Total assets                             $2,272,811                            $2,272,811
Deferred policy acquisition costs            70,049                                70,049
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment      390,021                               390,021
   expenses
Unearned premiums                            77,241                                77,241
Equity                                    1,362,197                             1,362,197

The reconciliation of segment net income to consolidated net income is as follows:

                                             Consolidated Year Ended December 31
                                             -----------------------------------
(in thousands)                                   2002       2001       2000
                                               --------   --------   --------
Net Income
   Mortgage Insurance                          $293,804   $279,998   $248,938
   Financial Guaranty                            93,090     56,145         --
   Mortgage Services                             40,275     24,276         --
                                               --------   --------   --------
      Total                                    $427,169   $360,419   $248,938
                                               ========   ========   ========

Subsequent Events

19

In February 2003, the Company issued $250 million of unsecured Senior Notes. These notes bear interest at the rate of 5.625% per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15, beginning August 15, 2003. These notes mature in February 2013. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to repay the $75.0 million in principal on the 6.75% debentures of Financial Guaranty due March 1, 2003 (see note 6). The remainder will be used for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions.

Assignment Operations

The Company is seeking to sell or otherwise dispose of the remaining assets and operations of Singer Asset Finance Company, L.L.C. ("Singer"), an entity acquired in connection with the purchase of Financial Guaranty. During this process, any net servicing expenses will be charged against an existing servicing liability and any gains or losses on assets will be charged against an existing asset reserve. If and when these reserves become depleted, future results will be charged to current operations.

Singer, which had been engaged in the purchase, servicing and securitization of assets including state lottery awards and structured settlement payments, is currently operating on a run-off basis. Its operations consist of servicing the prior originations of non-consolidated special purpose vehicles containing approximately $505 million and $479 million of off-balance sheet assets and liabilities, respectively at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2001 the comparable amount of off-balance sheet assets and liabilities was $600.0 million and $568.0 million, respectively. The Company's investment in the non-consolidated special purpose vehicles at December 31, 2002 and 2001 is $26.3 million and $32.0 million, respectively, and the results of these subsidiaries operating on a run-off basis are not material to the financial results of the Company. In August 2002, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of a related subsidiary, Enhance Consumer Services LLC ("ECS"), which had been engaged in the purchase, servicing and securitization of viatical settlements, to an independent third party for an aggregate purchase price of $8.4 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2001, the FASB issued two new pronouncements: SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No. 141 is effective as follows: a) use of the pooling-of-interest method is prohibited for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001; and b) the provisions of SFAS No. 141 also apply to all business combinations accounted for by the purchase method that are completed after June 30, 2001 (that is, the date of the acquisition is July 2001 or later). There are also transition provisions that apply to business combinations completed before July 1, 2001, that were accounted for by the purchase method. SFAS No. 142 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, for all goodwill and other intangible assets recognized in an entity's statement of financial position at that date, regardless of when those assets were initially recognized. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 as of January 1, 2002. The adoption of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" which addresses the financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations - Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions," for disposal of a segment of a business. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." The provisions of this statement related to the rescission of SFAS No. 4 are effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. Certain

20

provisions of the statement relating to SFAS No. 13 are effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. All other provisions of the statement are effective for financial statements issued on or after May 15, 2002. The provisions of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In July 2002, the FASB issued Statement No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." The standard requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal of activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of commitment to exit or disposal plan. Examples of costs covered by the standard include lease termination costs and certain other employee severance costs that are associated with restructuring, discontinued operations, plant closing, or other exit or disposal activity. Statement No. 146 is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002.

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, "Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9." The Company is not within the definition of a financial institution as defined by SFAS No. 147. Therefore, this statement has no impact on the Company's financial statements.

In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others." This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. This Interpretation also incorporates, without change, the guidance in FASB Interpretation No. 34, Disclosure of Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, which is being superseded. The initial recognition and initial measurement of provisions of this Interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor's fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements in this Interpretation are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Interpretation does not apply to the financial guaranty insurance policies issued by the Company. However, the Company has guaranteed the performance of an affiliate under a revolving credit facility. The Company has included the disclosures required by the Interpretation in the footnotes to these financial statements.

In January 2003, the FASB issues FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities." The Interpretation clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements," to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The Interpretation applies immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains interest after that date. The Interpretation applies in the interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 to variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. Currently, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. However, the Company has been a transferor of financial assets (as discussed above in "Assignment Operations") considered to be a qualifying special purpose entity ("QSPE") described in SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities." These QSPEs are not within the scope of the Interpretation. In management's opinion, this Interpretation will not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.

2. Investments

Fixed maturity and equity investments at December 31, 2002 and 2001 consisted of (in thousands):

21

                                                       December 31, 2002
                                        -------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Gross       Gross
                                         Amortized      Fair      Unrealized   Unrealized
                                           Cost         Value        Gains       Losses
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Fixed maturities held to maturity:
   Bonds and notes:
      State and municipal obligations   $  356,000   $  379,643    $ 23,735     $    92
                                        ----------   ----------    --------     -------
                                        $  356,000   $  379,643    $ 23,735     $    92
                                        ==========   ==========    ========     =======

Fixed maturities available for sale:
   Bonds and notes:
      United States government          $  206,650   $  210,706    $  6,387     $ 2,331
      State and municipal obligations    2,369,320    2,482,419     113,736         637
      Corporate                             94,653      100,210       5,647          90
      Convertible securities               268,799      266,371       3,220       5,648
Asset-backed securities                    227,932      232,301       4,396          27
Private placements                          82,857       82,857          --          --
Redeemable preferred stock                  73,595       65,400       1,235       9,430
Other                                        8,296        8,662         370           4
                                        ----------   ----------    --------     -------
                                        $3,332,102   $3,448,926    $134,991     $18,167
                                        ==========   ==========    ========     =======

Equity securities available for sale    $  196,766   $  168,517    $  6,471     $34,720
                                        ==========   ==========    ========     =======

22

                                                         December 31, 2001
                                        -------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Gross         Gross
                                         Amortized     Fair       Unrealized   Unrealized
                                          Cost         Value        Gains        Losses
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Fixed maturities held to maturity:
   Bonds and notes:
      United States government          $    9,730   $    9,592     $    --     $   137
      State and municipal obligations      432,468      452,370      20,415         514
                                        ----------   ----------     -------     -------
                                        $  442,198   $  461,962     $20,415     $   651
                                        ==========   ==========     =======     =======

Fixed maturities available for sale:
   Bonds and notes:
      United States government          $  102,781   $  102,174     $   995     $ 1,602
      State and municipal obligations    1,952,650    1,956,321      25,103      21,432
      Corporate                            231,893      247,648      23,299       7,544
Asset-backed securities                    149,670      149,700         637         607
Private placements                          89,090       84,544          --       4,546
Redeemable preferred stock                  25,382       25,360       1,352       1,374
Other                                        1,464        1,453          --          11
                                        ----------   ----------     -------     -------
                                        $2,552,930   $2,567,200     $51,386     $37,116
                                        ==========   ==========     =======     =======

Equity securities available for sale    $  116,978   $  120,320     $14,394     $11,052
                                        ==========   ==========     =======     =======

The contractual maturities of fixed maturity investments are as follows (in thousands):

                                                            December 31, 2002
                                                         -----------------------
                                                          Amortized
                                                            Cost      Fair Value
                                                         ----------   ----------
Fixed maturities held to maturity:
2003                                                     $   13,886   $   14,214
2004-2007                                                   102,096      108,286
2008-2012                                                   151,952      164,790
2013 and thereafter                                          88,066       92,353
                                                         ----------   ----------
                                                         $  356,000   $  379,643
                                                         ==========   ==========

Fixed maturities available for sale:
2003                                                     $   49,380   $   50,067
2004-2007                                                   413,506      426,222
2008-2012                                                   527,421      549,009
2013 and thereafter                                       2,040,268    2,125,927
Asset-backed securities                                     227,932      232,301
Redeemable preferred stock                                   73,595       65,400
                                                         ----------   ----------
                                                         $3,332,102   $3,448,926
                                                         ==========   ==========

Net investment income consisted of (in thousands):

                                                     Year Ended December 31
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                   2002       2001       2000
                                                 --------   --------   --------
Investment income:
   Fixed maturities                              $176,857   $139,508   $ 79,891
   Equity securities                                1,555      1,772      1,461
   Short-term investments                           4,325      7,597      3,941

                                       23

   Other                                              902      3,749      1,272
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 $183,639   $152,626   $ 86,565
Investment expenses                                (4,798)    (5,139)    (3,619)
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 $178,841   $147,487   $ 82,946
                                                 ========   ========   ========

24

Net gain on sales of investments consisted of (in thousands):

                                                             Year Ended December 31
                                                          -----------------------------
                                                            2002       2001      2000
                                                          --------   --------   -------
Gains on sales and redemptions of fixed maturity          $ 32,742   $ 22,336   $12,732
   investments available for sale
Losses on sales and redemptions of fixed maturity          (23,584)   (13,782)   (9,115)
   investments available for sale
Gains on sales and redemptions of fixed maturity               631         59         4
   investments held to maturity
Losses on sales and redemptions of fixed maturity               (5)       (84)      (35)
   investments held to maturity
Gains on sales of equity securities available for sale       2,509        439     2,206
Losses on sales of equity securities available for sale     (2,838)      (943)   (1,767)
Gains on sales of other invested assets                      3,425         --        --
Losses on sales of other invested assets                        --     (1,058)       --
Gains on sales of trading securities                         2,916        521        --
Losses on sales of trading securities                       (5,293)      (669)       --
Gains on sales of short-term investments                        25          5       184
Losses on sales of short-term investments                      (66)        --       (30)
                                                          --------   --------   -------
                                                          $ 10,462   $  6,824   $ 4,179
                                                          ========   ========   =======

For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company did not sell any fixed maturity investments held to maturity. For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company sold fixed maturity investments held to maturity with an amortized cost of $1,949,000 resulting in losses of $27,000. All investments were sold in response to a significant deterioration in the issuer's creditworthiness.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments consisted of (in thousands):

                                                     Year Ended December 31
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                   2002       2001       2000
                                                 --------   --------   --------
Fixed maturities held to maturity                $  3,879   $ (1,437)  $ 14,493
                                                 ========   ========   ========

Fixed maturities available for sale              $102,790   $(19,379)  $ 68,718
Deferred tax benefit (provision)                  (35,720)     6,725    (24,051)
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 $ 67,070   $(12,654)  $ 44,667
                                                 ========   ========   ========

Equity securities available for sale             $(31,210)  $ (1,983)  $ (5,334)
Deferred tax benefit                               10,924        695      1,867
                                                 --------   --------   --------
                                                 $(20,286)  $ (1,288)  $ (3,467)
                                                 ========   ========   ========
Other                                            $    329   $   (365)  $     --
                                                 ========   ========   ========

Securities on deposit with various state insurance commissioners amounted to $14,097,000 at December 31, 2002 and $17,512,000 at December 31, 2001. The Company also had $60,870,000 on deposit at December 31, 2002 and $596,965,000 at December 31, 2001 for the benefit of reinsurers.

3. Investment in Affiliates

As a result of the acquisition of Financial Guaranty, the Company owns a 46.0% interest in Credit-Based Asset Servicing and Securitization LLC ("C-BASS") and a 41.5% interest in Sherman Financial Group LLC ("Sherman"). Effective January 1, 2003, Sherman's management exercised its right to acquire additional ownership of Sherman, reducing the Company's ownership interest from 45.5% to 41.5%. C-BASS is engaged in the purchasing, servicing and/or securitization of special assets, including sub-

25

performing/non-performing and seller-financed residential mortgages, real estate and subordinated residential mortgage-based securities. Sherman conducts a business that focuses on purchasing and servicing delinquent unsecured consumer assets. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, C-BASS had total assets of $1,754,392,000 and $1,290,425,000, respectively and total liabilities of $1,384,855,000 and $1,005,907,000, respectively. C-BASS had net income for 2002 and 2001 of $138,335,000 and $86,481,000, respectively. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Sherman had total assets of $385,899,735 and $287,826,297, respectively, and total liabilities of $269,410,211 and $203,051,815, respectively. Sherman had net income for 2002 and 2001 of $40,279,294 and $10,624,267, respectively.

The Company owns a 36.5% interest in EIC Corporation Ltd. ("Exporters"), an insurance holding company that, through its wholly-owned insurance subsidiary licensed in Bermuda, insures foreign trade receivables. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Exporters had total assets of $172,903,218 and $168,924,333, respectively and total liabilities of $115,338,832 and $114,239,933, respectively. Exporters had a loss for 2001 of $2,240,000 and a loss of $1,936,000 for 2002.

In March 2002, the Company invested $20 million for an approximate 12% interest in Primus Guaranty, Ltd., a Bermuda holding company and parent company to Primus Financial Products LLC. ("Primus"), a Triple A rated company that provides credit risk protection to derivatives dealers and credit portfolio managers on individual-grade entities. In connection with the capitalization and Triple A rating of Primus, Radian Re provided Primus with an excess of loss insurance policy, which is expiring March 30, 2003.

The Company accounts for its investment in these affiliates in accordance with the equity method of accounting, as the control of these affiliates does not rest with the Company and since the other shareholders have substantial participating rights.

4. Reinsurance

The Company utilizes reinsurance as a risk management tool, to reduce net risk in force to meet regulatory risk-to-capital requirements and to comply with the regulatory maximum per loan coverage percentage limitation of 25%. Although the use of reinsurance does not discharge an insurer from its primary liability to the insured, the reinsuring company assumes the related liability. Included in other assets are unearned premiums (prepaid reinsurance) of $8,566,000 and $12,182,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned is as follows:

                                                    Year Ended December 31
                                                 ------------------------------
(in thousands)                                     2002       2001       2000
                                                 --------   --------   --------
Premiums written:
   Direct                                        $875,190   $753,392   $592,734
   Assumed                                        147,633     90,917         80
   Ceded                                          (67,904)   (60,665)   (48,542)
                                                 --------   --------   --------
   Net premiums written                          $954,919   $783,644   $544,272
                                                 ========   ========   ========

Premiums earned:
   Direct                                        $799,827   $699,085   $570,425
   Assumed                                        116,880     77,569         80
   Ceded                                          (69,582)   (60,774)   (49,634)
                                                 --------   --------   --------
   Net premiums earned                           $847,125   $715,880   $520,871
                                                 ========   ========   ========

The 2002, 2001 and 2000 amounts included ($15,000), $4,062,000 and $9,561,000, respectively, for premiums written and $173,000, $4,299,000 and $9,772,000, respectively, for premiums earned, for reinsurance ceded under variable quota share treaties entered into in 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994 covering

26

the books of business originated by Radian Guaranty in those years. Ceding commissions under these treaties were $3,840,000, $2,216,000 and $4,833,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The Company recovered variable quota share losses under these treaties of $1,809,000, $611,000 and $2,262,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Provisional losses recoverable were $48,561,000 and $47,016,000 for 2002 and 2001, respectively, and represented amounts due under variable quota share treaties entered into in 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, covering the books of business originated by Radian Guaranty in those years. The term of each treaty is ten years and is non-cancelable by either party except under certain conditions. The treaties also include underwriting year excess coverage in years four, seven, and ten of the treaty.

Under the terms of these treaties, Radian Guaranty cedes premium to the reinsurer based on 15% of the premiums received by Radian Guaranty on the covered business. Radian Guaranty is entitled to receive a ceding commission ranging from 30% to 32% of the premium paid under the treaty provided that certain loss ratios are not exceeded. In return for the payment of premium, Radian Guaranty receives variable quota share loss relief at levels ranging from 7.5% to 15.0% based upon the loss ratio on the covered business.

In addition, Radian Guaranty is entitled to receive, under the underwriting year excess coverage, 8% of the ceded premium written under each treaty to the extent that this amount is greater than the total amount received under the variable quota share coverage business.

Premiums are payable to the reinsurer on a quarterly basis net of ceding commissions due and any losses calculated under the variable quota share coverage. At the end of the fourth, seventh, and tenth years of each treaty, depending on the extent of losses recovered to date under the variable quota share provisions of the treaty, Radian Guaranty may recover amounts due under the underwriting year excess coverage provisions of the treaty.

The Company accounts for this reinsurance coverage under guidance provided in EITF 93-6, "Accounting for Multiple-Year Retrospectively Rated Contracts by Ceding and Assuming Enterprises." Under EITF 93-6, the Company recognizes an asset for amounts due from the reinsurer based on experience to date under the contract.

Radian Guaranty has also entered into captive reinsurance arrangements with certain customers. The arrangements are typically structured on an excess layer basis with insured loans grouped by loan origination year. Radian Guaranty retains the first layer of risk on a particular book of business, the captive reinsurer assumes the next layer, and Radian Guaranty assumes all losses above that point. The captive reinsurers are typically required to maintain minimum capitalization equal to 10% of the risk assumed. Risk ceded under captive reinsurance arrangements at December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001, was $986,266,000 and $681,595,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, Radian Guaranty had ceded premiums written of $57,076,000, $55,653,000, and $39,686,000, respectively, and ceded premiums earned of $56,641,000, $52,472,000, and $39,501,000, respectively, under these various captive reinsurance arrangements.

In addition, Radian Guaranty reinsures all of its direct insurance in force under an excess of loss reinsurance program that is in a run-off period that will expire December 31, 2007. Under this program, the reinsurer is responsible for 100% of Radian Guaranty's covered losses (subject to an annual and aggregate limit) in excess of an annual retention limit. Premiums are paid to the reinsurer on a quarterly basis, net of any losses due to Radian Guaranty. Beginning in 2000, this treaty was accounted for under Statements of Position 98-7, "Deposit Accounting: Accounting for Insurance and Reinsurance Contracts That Do Not Transfer Insurance Risk" ("SOP 98-7") and therefore, $7,492,000, $5,269,000 and $5,370,000 were included in incurred losses during 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, relating to the excess of loss reinsurance program.

5. Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

27

As described in note 1, the Company establishes reserves to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims in respect of loans reported to be in default and loans that are in default that have not yet been reported to the Company.

The default and claim cycle on mortgage loans that the Company covers begins with the receipt from the lender of notification of a default on an insured loan. The master policy with each lender requires the lender to inform the Company of an uncured default on a mortgage loan within 75 days of the default. The incidence of default is influenced by a number of factors, including change in borrower income, unemployment, divorce and illness, the level of interest rates, and general borrower creditworthiness. Defaults that are not cured result in claims to the Company. Borrowers may cure defaults by making all delinquent loan payments or by selling the property and satisfying all amounts due under the mortgage.

Different regions of the country experience different default rates due to varying economic conditions and each state has different rules regarding the foreclosure process. These rules can impact the amount of time it takes for a default to reach foreclosure, so the Company has developed a reserving methodology that takes these different time periods into account in calculating the reserve.

When a specific loan initially defaults, it is uncertain the default will result in a claim. It is the Company's experience that a significant percentage of mortgage loans in default are cured. The reserve is increased in stages, as the foreclosure progresses, to approximate the estimated total loss for that particular claim. At any time during the foreclosure process, until the lender takes title to the property, the borrower may cure the default, at which time the reserve for that loan is removed. Therefore, it is appropriate to increase the reserve in stages as new insight and information is obtained. At the time of title transfer, the Company has approximately 100% of the estimated total loss reserved.

In the financial guaranty business, policies are monitored by the Company or the primary insurers over the life of the policy. When the policy's performance deteriorates below underwriting expectations, or if the circumstances dictate, it is placed on a Watch List. Once a transaction is placed on a Watch List, the transaction is actively monitored, which may include communication with the borrower, site inspection or the engagement of a third party consultant. If the transaction continues to deteriorate to a point where a default is probable and estimable, the Company will establish a loss reserve.

The following tables present information relating to the liability for unpaid claims and related expenses (in thousands):

Mortgage Insurance                                            2002        2001        2000
                                                            ---------   ---------   --------
Balance at January 1                                        $ 465,444   $ 390,021   $335,584
Add losses and LAE incurred in respect of default notices
   received in:
      Current year                                            320,139     320,159    247,759
      Prior years                                            (125,653)   (141,013)   (93,433)
                                                            ---------   ---------   --------
Total incurred                                              $ 194,486   $ 179,146   $154,326
                                                            ---------   ---------   --------
Deduct losses and LAE paid in respect of default notices
   received in:
      Current year                                          $  22,374   $  21,237   $  8,891
      Prior years                                             152,851      82,486     90,998
                                                            ---------   ---------   --------
Total paid                                                  $ 175,225   $ 103,723   $ 99,889
                                                            ---------   ---------   --------
Balance at December 31                                      $ 484,705   $ 465,444   $390,021
                                                            =========   =========   ========

Financial Guaranty                                             2002       2001
                                                             --------   --------
Balance at January 1 (or date of acquisition)                $123,199   $110,433
Less Reinsurance recoverables                                     213        185
Balance at January 1 (or date of acquisition), net            122,986    110,248

                                       28

Add losses and LAE incurred related to:
   Current year                                                44,978     17,560
   Prior years                                                  3,868     11,430
                                                             --------   --------
Total incurred                                               $ 48,846   $ 28,990
                                                             --------   --------
Deduct losses and LAE paid related to:
   Current year                                              $  8,738   $  3,815
   Prior years                                                 25,395     12,437
                                                             --------   --------
Total paid                                                   $ 34,133   $ 16,252
                                                             --------   --------
Balance at December 31, net                                  $137,699   $122,986
Add Reinsurance recoverables                                    2,173        213
                                                             --------   --------
Balance at December 31                                       $139,872   $123,199
                                                             ========   ========

As a result of changes in estimates of insured events in prior years, the provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses in the mortgage insurance business decreased by $125,653,000, $141,013,000 and $93,433,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, due primarily to lower than anticipated claim payments as compared to the amounts previously reserved.

During 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred losses and LAE of $3,868,000 and $11,430,000, respectively, in the financial guaranty insurance business related to prior years. This adverse development is primarily related to trade credit business and is the result of obtaining additional information on the assumed reinsurance as well as higher than expected claims.

6. Short-Term and Long-Term Debt

In January 2002, the Company issued, in a private placement, $220 million of 2.25% senior convertible debentures due 2022. Interest on the debentures is payable semi-annually on January 1 and July 1. Beginning in 2005, the Company may also be required to pay additional contingent interest in specified semi-annual periods, if the sale price of its common stock for a specified period of time is less than 60% of the conversion price. The debentures are convertible, at the purchaser's option, into shares of common stock at prices and on dates specified in the offering. Upon conversion, the shares would become common shares for the purposes of calculating earnings per share. In July 2002, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared effective a shelf registration statement previously filed by the Company to register the resale of the debentures by the holders of the debentures.

In May 2001, the Company issued, in a private placement, $250 million of 7.75% debentures due June 1, 2011. Interest on the debentures is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1. The Company has the option to redeem some or all of the debentures any time with not less than 30 days notice. In November 2001, the Company offered to exchange all of the old debentures for new debentures with terms of the new debentures substantially identical to the terms of the old debentures, except that the new debentures are registered and have no transfer restrictions, rights to additional interest or registration rights, except in limited circumstances. Substantially all of the initial debt converted to new public debt.

As discussed in note 1, the Company also has outstanding at December 31, 2002, $75 million of 6.75% debentures, which matures on March 1, 2003. Interest on the debentures is payable semi-annually in March and September.

The composition of short-term and long-term debt at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was as follows:

                                                               2002       2001
                                                             --------   --------
2.25% Senior Convertible debentures due 2022                 $220,000   $     --
7.75% debentures due 2011                                     249,145    249,076
6.75% debentures due 2003                                      75,000     75,000
                                                             --------   --------
                                                             $544,145   $324,076
                                                             ========   ========

29

In February 2002, the Company closed on a $50 million Senior Revolving Credit Facility. The facility is unsecured and expires in May 2003. The facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The facility bears interest on any amounts drawn at either the Borrower's Base rate as defined in the agreement, or at a rate above LIBOR based on certain debt-to-capital ratios. There have been no drawdowns on this facility.

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock

On August 15, 2002, the Company redeemed its $4.125 Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share. Pursuant to the Company's sinking fund redemption obligation, 72,000 shares were redeemed at $50.00 per share, and the remaining 728,000 shares were redeemed at $54.125 per share. Accrued and unpaid dividends on the shares to the date of redemption were also paid as part of the redemption price. The excess of the amount paid over the carrying value of the preferred stock of $3.0 million, is accounted for as a charge to equity and resulted in an approximate $.03 reduction in earnings per share for the year-to-date period of 2002.

8. Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes at the end of each period are determined by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid or recovered. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts for income tax purposes. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in the tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The components of the Company's consolidated provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

                                                      Year Ended December 31
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                    2002       2001       2000
                                                  --------   --------   --------
Current income taxes                              $ 61,815   $ 22,992   $ 40,594
Deferred income taxes                              112,292    122,120     62,938
                                                  --------   --------   --------
                                                  $174,107   $145,112   $103,532
                                                  ========   ========   ========

The reconciliation of taxes computed at the statutory tax rate of 35% for 2002, 2001 and 2000, to the provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

                                                             2002       2001       2000
                                                           --------   --------   --------
Provision for income taxes computed at the statutory tax   $210,446   $176,936   $123,365
   rate
Change in tax provision resulting from:
   Tax-exempt municipal bond interest and dividends         (39,948)   (32,315)   (20,482)
      received deduction (net of proration)
   Capitalized merger costs                                      --         --        123
   Other, net                                                 3,609        491        526
                                                           --------   --------   --------
Provision for income taxes                                 $174,107   $145,112   $103,532
                                                           ========   ========   ========

The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

                                                              December 31
                                                         ----------------------
                                                           2002         2001
                                                         ---------   ----------
Deferred tax assets:
   AMT credit carryforward                               $  29,424   $  35,118
   Loss reserves                                            28,936      30,643

                                       30

   Accrued expenses                                         13,477      12,076
   Other                                                    24,772      19,444
                                                         ---------   ---------
                                                         $  96,609   $  97,281
                                                         ---------   ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Deduction related to purchase of tax and loss bonds   $(462,657)  $(390,315)
   Deferred policy acquisition costs                       (64,255)    (52,866)
   Partnership investments                                 (49,211)    (35,001)
   Net unrealized gain on investments (FAS 115)            (31,656)     (5,937)
   Assignment sale income                                  (15,992)     (9,795)
   Unearned premiums                                        (5,354)     (8,148)
   Depreciation                                             (2,477)     (1,842)
   Other                                                   (35,286)    (25,475)
                                                         ---------   ---------
                                                         $(666,888)  $(529,379)
                                                         ---------   ---------
Net deferred tax liability                               $(570,279)  $(432,098)
                                                         =========   =========

Prepaid federal income taxes includes Tax and Loss Bonds of $294.1 million and $326.5 million as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Under IRC Section 832(e), tax and loss bonds ("TLs") are required to be purchased in an amount equal to the "tax benefit derived" from deducting any portion of the Company's statutory contingency reserve. As such, the Company purchases and redeems TLs on a quarterly basis in the normal course of its business. Cumulative TLs purchased and subsequent redemptions are reflected in the balance of "Prepaid Federal Income Taxes" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During 2002, the Company redeemed approximately $56 million of TL bonds, which were purchased in prior years.

9. Stockholders' Equity and Dividend Restrictions

The Company is a holding company whose principal source of income is dividends from its subsidiaries. The ability of Radian Guaranty to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by certain provisions of the insurance laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, its state of domicile. The insurance laws of Pennsylvania establish a test limiting the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid by an insurer without prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner. Under such test, Radian Guaranty may pay dividends during any 12-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10% of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders' surplus or (ii) the preceding year's statutory net income. In accordance with such restrictions, $411.6 million would be available for dividends in 2003. However, an amendment to the Pennsylvania statute requires that dividends and other distributions be paid out of an insurer's unassigned surplus. Because of the unique nature of the method of accounting for contingency reserves, Radian Guaranty has negative unassigned surplus. Thus, prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner is required for Radian Guaranty to pay dividends or make other distributions so long as Radian Guaranty has negative unassigned surplus. The Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner has approved all distributions by Radian Guaranty since the passage of this amendment.

The ability of Amerin Guaranty to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by certain provisions of the insurance laws of the State of Illinois, its state of domicile. The insurance laws of Illinois establish a test limiting the maximum amount of dividends that may be paid from positive unassigned surplus by an insurer without prior approval by the Illinois Insurance Commissioner. Under such test, Amerin Guaranty may pay dividends during any 12-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10% of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders' surplus or (ii) the preceding year's statutory net income. In accordance with such restrictions, $29.6 million is available for dividends in 2003 without prior regulatory approval, which represents the positive unassigned surplus of Amerin Guaranty at December 31, 2002.

Under New York insurance law, the Financial Guaranty insurance subsidiaries may declare or distribute dividends only out of earned surplus. The maximum amount of dividends, which may be paid by the insurance subsidiaries without prior approval of the New York Superintendent of Insurance, is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus and net investment income as defined by statute. Under such

31

requirements, Radian Re would be able to pay dividends of approximately $27.2 million in 2003 and Radian Asset Assurance has approximately $30.9 million available for dividends in 2003, without prior approval.

However, in connection with the approval of the acquisition of Financial Guaranty, the Company, Radian Re and Radian Asset Assurance agreed that Radian Re and Radian Asset Assurance would refrain from paying any dividends to the Company for a period of two years from the date of acquisition of control without the prior written consent of the New York Insurance Department. The agreement for Radian Re and Radian Asset Assurance to refrain from paying dividends to the Company expired on February 28, 2003.

Radian Guaranty's current excess of loss reinsurance arrangement prohibits the payment of any dividend that would have the effect of reducing the total of its statutory policyholders' surplus plus its contingency reserve below $85,000,000. As of December 31, 2002, Radian Guaranty had statutory policyholders' surplus of $163,545,000 and a contingency reserve of $1,652,154,000, for a total of $1,815,699,000. During 2001, Radian Guaranty and Amerin Guaranty entered into an assumption agreement whereby Radian Guaranty assumed 100% of the rights, duties and obligations related to first lien mortgage guaranty insurance written by Amerin Guaranty. Amerin Guaranty's contingency reserve of $310,873,000 was transferred to Radian Guaranty in accordance with the terms of the assumption agreement.

The Company prepares its statutory financial statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance department of the respective states of domicile of the Company's insurance subsidiaries. Prescribed statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") as well as state laws, regulations, and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not so prescribed.

Radian Guaranty's statutory policyholders' surplus at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $163,545,000 and $185,268,000, respectively. Radian Guaranty's statutory net income for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $411,594,000, $252,843,000 and $197,979,000, respectively.

Under Illinois insurance regulations, Amerin Guaranty is required to maintain statutory basis capital and surplus of $1,500,000. The statutory policyholders' surplus at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $296,446,000 and $298,802,000, respectively. Amerin Guaranty's statutory net income for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $21,065,000 $53,215,000, and $101,448,000, respectively.

New York insurance law requires financial guaranty insurers to maintain minimum policyholders' surplus of $65,000,000. When added to the minimum policyholders' surplus of $3,400,000 separately required for the other lines of insurance that it is licensed to write, each of the insurance subsidiaries is required to have an aggregate minimum policyholders' surplus of $68,400,000. Radian Re had statutory policyholders' surplus of $272,136,000 and $188,635,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, a contingency reserve of $280,376,000 and $308,865,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, and statutory net income for 2002 and 2001 of $78,351,000 and $39,970,000, respectively. Radian Asset Assurance had statutory policyholders' surplus of $309,459,000 and $133,131,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, a contingency reserve of $39,272,000 and $36,665,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, and statutory net income of $33,370,000 for 2002 and $10,603,000 for 2001.

New York insurance law establishes single-risk limits applicable to all obligations issued by a single entity and backed by a single revenue source. Under the limit applicable to municipal bonds, the insured average annual debt service for a single risk, net of reinsurance and collateral, may not exceed 10% of the sum of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. In addition, insured principal of municipal bonds attributable to any single risk, net of reinsurance and collateral, is limited to 75% of the insurer's policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves. Additional single risk limits, which generally are more restrictive than the municipal bond single risk limit, are also specified for several other categories of insured obligations.

32

The differences between the statutory net income and surplus and the consolidated net income and equity presented on a GAAP basis represent differences between GAAP and statutory accounting practices ("STAT") for the following reasons:

(a) Under STAT, mortgage guaranty insurance companies are required to establish each year a contingency reserve equal to 50% of premiums earned in such year. Such amount must be maintained in the contingency reserve for 10 years after which time it is released to unassigned surplus. Prior to 10 years, the contingency reserve may be reduced with regulatory approval to the extent that losses in any calendar year exceed 35% of earned premiums for such year. Financial guaranty insurance companies are also required to establish contingency reserves under STAT. Under GAAP, the contingency reserve is not required.

(b) In accordance with New York insurance law, financial guaranty insurance companies are required to establish a contingency reserve in the amount prescribed by legislation. Such legislation requires that for financial guaranty policies written after June 30, 1989, each primary insurer must establish a contingency reserve equal to the greater of 50% of premiums written or a stated percentage of the principal guaranteed, ratably over 15-20 years dependent upon the category of obligation insured. Reinsurers are required to establish a contingency reserve equal to their proportionate share of the reserve established by the primary insurer.

(c) Under STAT, insurance policy acquisition costs are charged against operations in the year incurred. Under GAAP, such costs other than those incurred in connection with the origination of derivative contracts, are deferred and amortized.

(d) Statutory financial statements only include a provision for current income taxes due and limitations on deferred tax provisions, as revised effective January 1, 2001, and purchases of tax and loss bonds are accounted for as investments. GAAP financial statements provide for deferred income taxes, and purchases of tax and loss bonds are recorded as prepayments of income taxes.

(e) Under STAT, fixed maturity investments are valued at amortized cost. Under GAAP, those investments that the statutory insurance entities do not have the ability or intent to hold to maturity are considered to be either available for sale or trading securities, and are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss recognized, net of tax, as an increase or decrease to stockholders' equity or current operations, as applicable.

(f) Under STAT, certain assets, designated as non-admitted assets, are charged directly against statutory surplus. Such assets are reflected on the GAAP financial statements.

In March 1998, the NAIC adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles ("Codification"). The Codification, which is intended to standardize regulatory accounting and reporting for the insurance industry, was effective January 1, 2001. However, statutory accounting principles will continue to be established by individual state laws and permitted practices. The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania required adoption of the Codification for the preparation of statutory financial statements effective January 1, 2001. The Company's adoption of the Codification increased statutory capital and surplus as of January 1, 2001 by $4,562,000 in Radian Guaranty. The State of Illinois required adoption of the Codification for the preparation of statutory financial statements effective January 1, 2001. The Company's adoption of the Codification increased statutory capital and surplus as of January 1, 2001 by $767,000 in Amerin Guaranty. The State of New York required adoption of the Codification for the preparation of statutory financial statements effective January 1, 2001. The Company's adoption of the Codification decreased statutory capital and surplus as of January 1, 2001 by $265,000 in Radian Re. There was no impact upon adoption for Radian Asset Assurance.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

33

The Company has two stock option plans, the Radian Group Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan and the Radian Group Inc. Equity Compensation Plan, which together provide for the granting of non-qualified stock options, either alone or together with stock appreciation rights, as well as other forms of equity-based compensation. These options may be granted to directors, officers, and key employees of the Company at prices that are not less than 90% of the fair market value of the Company's stock at the date of grant. Each stock option is exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant and is subject to a vesting schedule as approved by the Company's Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

In February 2001, as a result of the Financial Guaranty acquisition, 1,320,079 options (pre-split) to purchase shares of the Company's common stock were issued to holders of options to purchase shares of Financial Guaranty common stock.

The Company intends to grant any additional options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock from the Radian Group Inc. Equity Compensation Plan.

Effective with the stock split in June 2001, all share totals within the plans were doubled.

34

Information with regard to the Company's stock option plans is as follows:

                                                                     Weighted
                                                                     Average
                                                      Number of   Exercise Price
                                                       Shares       Per Share
                                                     ----------   --------------
Outstanding, January 1, 2000                          3,912,888       $13.77
Granted                                                 920,214        22.67
Exercised                                            (1,177,356)       12.43
Cancelled                                              (143,980)       22.00
                                                     ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 2000                        3,511,766        16.22
                                                     ==========
Granted                                               1,822,006        31.91
Options granted re: Financial Guaranty acquisition    2,640,158        38.61
Exercised                                            (1,351,468)       19.23
Cancelled                                              (754,871)       49.88
                                                     ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 2001                        5,867,591        26.19
                                                     ==========
Granted                                                   7,000        45.87
Exercised                                              (881,170)       17.24
Cancelled                                               (91,534)       31.69
                                                     ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 2002                        4,901,887        27.69
                                                     ==========

Exercisable, December 31, 2000                        1,974,334        11.98
                                                     ==========
Exercisable, December 31, 2001                        3,175,377        25.06
                                                     ==========
Exercisable, December 31, 2002                        2,874,516        27.53
                                                     ==========
Available for grant, December 31, 2002                2,642,690
                                                     ==========

The Company applies APB 25 in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under the stock option plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

The weighted average fair values of the stock options granted during 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $21.50, $15.74, and $11.98, respectively. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants:

                                                           2002    2001    2000
                                                          -----   -----   -----
Expected life (years)                                      6.71    7.53    7.07
Risk-free interest rate                                    4.06%   4.40%   6.69%
Volatility                                                39.76%  39.09%  39.29%
Dividend yield                                             0.18%   0.22%   0.16%

The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2002:

                                 Options Outstanding                    Options Exercisable
                  -----------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                Weighted Average
                                    Remaining          Weighted                       Weighted
Range of             Number     Contractual Life       Average         Number         Average
Exercise Prices   Outstanding        (Years)       Exercise Price   Exercisable   Exercise Price
---------------   -----------   ----------------   --------------   -----------   --------------
$ 4.97-$ 7.34        332,988          1.30             $ 7.27         332,988         $ 7.27
$11.06-$16.25        324,981          3.40              13.48         324,981          13.48
$16.64-$24.00      1,307,179          5.42              20.61         687,204          20.33

35

$26.47-$37.36      2,332,661          7.34              30.91         963,265          31.17
$38.00-$56.68        471,686          6.62              44.85         433,686          45.24
$65.48-$68.18        132,392          5.07              65.82         132,392          65.82
                   ---------                                        ---------
                   4,901,887                                        2,874,516
                   =========                                        =========

The Company's option plans include a "reload" feature. The award of a "reload" option allows the optionee to receive the grant of an additional stock option, at the then current market price, in the event that such optionee exercises all or part of an option (the "original option") by surrendering already owned shares of common stock in full or partial payment of the exercise price of such original option. The exercise of an additional option issued in accordance with the "reload" feature will reduce the total number of shares eligible for award under the stock option plan.

The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"). A total of 200,000 shares of the Company's authorized but unissued common stock has been made available under the ESPP. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company's stock at a discount of 15% of the beginning-of-period or end-of-period (each period being the first and second six calendar months) fair market value of the stock, whichever is lower. Eligibility under the ESPP is determined based on standard weekly work hours and tenure with the Company, and eligible employees are limited to a maximum contribution of $400 per payroll period toward the purchase of the Company's stock. Under the ESPP, the Company sold 10,101, 7,528, and 5,200 shares to employees in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The Company applies APB 25 in accounting for the ESPP. The pro forma effect on the Company's net income and earnings per share had compensation cost been determined under SFAS 123 was deemed immaterial in 2002, 2001 and 2000.

11. Benefit Plans

The Company currently maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") covering substantially all full-time employees of Radian Group, Radian Guaranty and RadianExpress. Until its termination October 31, 2002, Financial Guaranty maintained a defined benefit pension plan ("Financial Guaranty Pension Plan") for the benefit of all eligible employees. The Company recorded a gain of $3.0 million related to the termination of this plan. Employers' contributions were based upon a fixed percentage of employee salaries at the discretion of Financial Guaranty. Financial Guaranty became a participating employer under the Pension Plan effective November 1, 2002. The Company granted past service credit for eligibility and vesting purposes under the Pension Plan for all such service credited under the Financial Guaranty Pension Plan on behalf of the eligible employees of Radian Re who were active participants in the Financial Guaranty Pension Plan prior to its termination and who became participants in the Pension Plan effective November 1, 2002. Retirement benefits are a function of the years of service and the level of compensation. Assets of the plan are allocated in a balanced fashion with approximately 40% in fixed income securities and 60% in equity securities.

On August 6, 2002, the board of directors of the Company approved amendments to the Pension Plan to (i) revise the Pension Plan's definition of "Early Retirement Date" effective with respect to participants who earn an hour of service on or after January 1, 2002, and (ii) include such mandatory changes required under the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. The board also amended the Pension Plan to increase the plan's normal retirement benefit formula with respect to participants who earn an hour of service after January 1, 2003.

The Company also provides a nonqualified executive retirement plan (the "SERP") covering certain key executives designated by the board of directors. Under this plan, participants are eligible to receive benefits in addition to those paid under the Pension Plan if their base compensation is in excess of the current IRS compensation limitation for the Pension Plan. Retirement benefits under the SERP are a function of the years of service and the level of compensation and are reduced by any benefits paid under the Pension Plan. Financial Guaranty also maintained a non-qualified restoration plan (the "Restoration Plan") for eligible employees, which was frozen effective October 31, 2002. The Company recorded a gain

36

of $2.3 million related to the curtailment of this plan. Participants in the Restoration Plan began participating in the Company's SERP effective November 1, 2002.

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain healthcare and life insurance benefits to retired employees of Radian Guaranty and Radian Group who were hired before January 1, 1990 under a postretirement welfare plan (the "Postretirement Welfare Plan"). The Company accrues the estimated cost of retiree medical and life benefits over the period during which employees render the service that qualifies them for benefits. All of the Company's plans together are referred to in the tables below as the "Radian Plans."

37

The funded status of the Pension Plan and SERP, the Postretirement Welfare Plan, and the Financial Guaranty Pension Plan and Restoration Plan were as follows (in thousands):

Radian Plans                                  Pension Plan/SERP   Postretirement Welfare Plan
                                              -----------------   ---------------------------
                                               2002       2001            2002    2001
                                              -------   -------          -----   -----
Change in Benefit Obligation
   Benefit obligation at beginning of year    $12,780   $ 9,302          $ 444   $ 363
   Service cost                                 1,702     1,376             10      14
   Interest cost                                  864       744             26      28
   Increase due to Plan amendments                237       564             --      41
   Plan participants' contributions                --        --             11      10
   Actuarial loss (gain)                          141       953            (57)      7
   Benefits paid                                 (116)     (159)           (19)    (19)
                                              -------   -------          -----   -----
   Benefit obligation at end of year          $15,608   $12,780          $ 415   $ 444
                                              -------   -------          -----   -----
Change in Plan Assets
   Fair value of plan assets at beginning     $ 6,033   $ 5,103          $  --   $  --
      of year
   Actual return on plan assets                  (691)     (437)            --      --
   Employer contributions                       1,000     1,526              8       9
   Plan participants' contributions                --        --             11      10
   Benefits paid                                 (116)     (159)           (19)    (19)
                                              -------   -------          -----   -----
   Fair value of plan assets at end of year   $ 6,226   $ 6,033          $  --   $  --
                                              -------   -------          -----   -----
   Underfunded status of the plan             $(9,382)  $(6,747)         $(415)  $(444)
   Unrecognized prior service cost              1,277     1,197           (199)   (153)
   Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)       3,918     2,609            (75)    (81)
                                              -------   -------          -----   -----
   Accrued benefit cost                       $(4,187)  $(2,941)         $(689)  $(678)
                                              =======   =======          =====   =====

Financial Guaranty Plan                               Financial Guaranty Pension
                                                         Plan/Restoration Plan
                                                      --------------------------
                                                          2002        2001
                                                         --------   --------
Change in Benefit Obligation
   Benefit obligation at beginning of period             $ 17,762   $ 14,431
   Service cost                                             1,299      2,531
   Interest cost                                              777      1,060
   Curtailments/settlements                               (12,638)      (771)
   Actuarial loss                                              --      1,563
   Benefits paid                                             (532)    (1,052)
                                                         --------   --------
   Benefit obligation at end of year                     $  6,668   $ 17,762
                                                         --------   --------
Change in Plan Assets
   Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period      $  3,220   $  3,551
   Actual return on plan assets                             1,161     (1,250)
   Employer contributions                                   6,340      1,311
   Benefits paid                                           (5,648)      (392)
                                                         --------   --------
   Fair value of plan assets at end of year              $  5,073   $  3,220
                                                         --------   --------
   Underfunded status of the plan                        $ (1,596)  $(14,542)
   Unrecognized transition obligation                          --          8
   Unrecognized prior service cost                             --      2,218
   Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss                    (393)       386
                                                         --------   --------
   Accrued benefit cost                                  $ (1,989)  $(11,930)
                                                         ========   ========

38

Assumptions used to determine net pension and net periodic postretirement benefit costs are as follows:

                                                               Postretirement
Radian Plans                            Pension Plan/SERP       Welfare Plan
                                        ------------------   ------------------
                                        2002   2001   2000   2002   2001   2000
                                        ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
Weighted average assumptions
   as of December 31:
Discount rate                           6.75%  7.00%  7.50%  7.00%  7.00%  7.25%
Expected return on plan assets          8.50%  8.50%  8.50%    --     --     --
Rate of compensation increase           4.50%  6.00%  6.00%    --     --     --

                                                                 Financial
                                                                  Guaranty
                                                                Pension Plan/
                                                                 Restoration
Financial Guaranty Plan                                            Plan
                                                                ------------
                                                                2002    2001
                                                                ----    ----
Weighted average assumptions as of December 31:
Discount rate                                                   6.25%   7.00%
Expected return on plan assets                                  8.50%   8.50%
Rate of compensation increase                                   6.00%   6.00%

Due to the nature of the Postretirement Welfare Plan, no increase is assumed in the Company's obligation due to any increases in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits.

In addition to pension benefits, Financial Guaranty provides certain healthcare benefits for retired employees under a postretirement medical plan (the "Enhance Postretirement Medical Plan"). The plan was frozen effective August 31, 2002 so that only Financial Guaranty employees hired before February 2, 1990 are eligible for the retirement benefits available under this plan, and the Company recorded a gain of approximately $700,000 on the curtailment of this plan. The postretirement benefit cost for 2002 was a credit of $335,000 due to the curtailment of the Enhance Postretirement Medical Plan while the expense for 2001 was $287,000. These amounts include service cost, interest cost and amortization of the transition obligation and prior service cost.

At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation under the Enhance Postretirement Medical Plan was $903,000 and $1,296,000, respectively, and was not funded. At December 31, 2002, the discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 7.0% and the healthcare trend was 9.0 %, graded to 5.5 % after 8 years.

In addition to the Pension Plan, the SERP and the Postretirement Welfare Plan, the Company also maintains a Savings Incentive Plan, which covers substantially all full-time and all part-time employees of Radian Group, Radian Guaranty, RadianExpress and, effective January 1, 2003, all employees of Radian Reinsurance, employed for a minimum of 90 consecutive days. Participants can contribute up to 15% of their base earnings as pretax contributions. The Company will match at least 25% of the first 5% of base earnings contributed in any given year. These matching funds are subject to certain vesting requirements. The expense to the Company for matching funds for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $1,414,000, $1,511,000, and $1,094,000, respectively.

Until its termination December 31, 2002, Financial Guaranty had a savings incentive plan. Under this plan, employees of Financial Guaranty could contribute up to 15% of their base earnings as pretax contributions. Financial Guaranty would match 50% of the first 6% of base salary made to the plan by eligible employees. The expense to Financial Guaranty in 2002 and 2001, since acquisition, was $176,000 and $219,000, respectively. Effective January 1, 2003, Financial Guaranty's savings incentive plan participants became part of the Company's Savings Incentive Plan.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

39

The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") has proposed a rule under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA") to create an exemption from the provisions of RESPA that prohibit the giving of any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding that real estate settlement services that will be referred. The proposed rule would make the exemption available to lenders that, at the time a borrower submits a loan application, give the borrower a firm, guaranteed price for all settlement services associated with the loan. Mortgage insurance is currently included in the proposed rule as one of these settlement services. HUD is currently considering comments to the proposed rule, and is not expected to finalize the rule until the summer of 2003. The rule would not be effective until a year after it is finalized. If the rule is implemented, the premiums charged for mortgage insurance could be affected. As the final rule has not been issued, management is unable to determine what impact, if any, it will have on the Company.

In December 2000, a complaint seeking class action status on behalf of a nationwide class of home mortgage borrowers was filed against the Company (and certain of its mortgage insurance subsidiaries) in the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina (Greensboro Division); in February 2001 a complaint seeking class action status on behalf of similar plaintiffs represented by Texas counsel was filed against the Company (and certain of its mortgage insurance subsidiaries) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. The Radian defendant entities in both cases are collectively referred to here as "Radian." The complaints allege that Radian violated Section 8 of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA"), which generally prohibits the giving of any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding that real estate settlement services will be referred. The complaints assert that the pricing of pool insurance, captive reinsurance, contract underwriting, performance notes and other, unidentified "structured transactions," should be interpreted as imputed kickbacks made in exchange for the referral of primary mortgage insurance business, which, according to the complaints, is a settlement service under RESPA. The complaints seek injunctive relief and damages of three times the amount of any mortgage insurance premiums paid by persons who were referred to Radian pursuant to the alleged agreement or understanding.

On September 10, 2002, Radian's motion to dismiss the Texas lawsuit was granted; the plaintiffs are appealing that decision. The plaintiffs in the North Carolina lawsuit are represented by the same group of plaintiffs' lawyers who filed six similar lawsuits in federal court in Georgia against other providers of primary mortgage insurance. Four of the Georgia lawsuits were settled; two are currently in discovery. In November 2002, contrary to Radian's success in Texas described above, the Georgia court ruled against one of the defendants on certain preliminary motions substantially similar to those on which Radian prevailed in Texas; however, in February 2003, the Georgia court refused to certify a class in both of the lawsuits before it. Radian's North Carolina case is in the motions and early discovery phase, and Radian has filed a motion to dismiss. Because this case is still developing, it is not possible to evaluate the outcome, to determine the effect, if any, that the Texas or Georgia court rulings could have on this case, or to estimate the amount or range of potential loss.

In addition to the above, the Company is involved in certain litigation arising in the normal course of its business. The Company is contesting the allegations in each such other action and believes, based on current knowledge and consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company has guaranteed payments of up to $25.0 million of a revolving credit facility issued to Sherman, a 41.5%-owned affiliate of Financial Guaranty. As of December 31, 2002, there was $1.0 million outstanding under this facility.

Mortgage Insurance utilizes its underwriting skills to provide an outsource contract underwriting service to its customers. Mortgage Insurance often gives recourse to its customers on loans it underwrites for compliance. If the loan does not meet agreed-upon guidelines and is not salable in the secondary market for that reason, Mortgage Insurance agrees to remedy the situation either by placing mortgage insurance coverage on the loan, by purchasing the loan, or indemnifying the loan against future loss. Purchasing the

40

loan would subject the Company to credit risk and interest rate risk. During 2002, less than 1% of all loans were subject to these remedies and the costs associated with these remedies were immaterial.

The Company is a party to reinsurance agreements with the four largest primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company's facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice
(ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii)
at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with New York insurance law and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid. See note 16 for additional information regarding the potential impact that a ratings downgrade from S&P or Moody's may have on the Company's financial guaranty reinsurance business.

The Company leases office space for use in its operations. Net rental expense in connection with these leases total $7,086,000, $6,155,000, and $2,970,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. The commitment for noncancelable operating leases in future years is as follows (in thousands):

2003                        $ 10,850
2004                          10,864
2005                          10,489
2006                           9,679
2007                           9,350
Thereafter                    73,962
                            --------
                            $125,194
                            ========

The commitment for noncancelable operating leases in future years has not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental payments aggregating approximately $39,519,000. A portion of these payments relate to subleases to affiliates of the Company.

13. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

(in thousands, except per-share information)                         2002 Quarter
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------
                                                   First      Second     Third      Fourth      Year
                                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net premiums written                              $224,638   $237,610   $234,614   $258,057   $954,919
Net premiums earned                                209,189    211,031    209,512    217,393    847,125
Net investment income                               42,753     44,485     45,503     46,100    178,841
Equity in net income of affiliates                  18,620     26,774     12,994     23,361     81,749
Provision for losses                                57,427     57,576     57,923     70,406    243,332
Policy acquisition and other operating expenses     68,192     70,103     63,759     74,077    276,131
Net gains (losses)                                  (2,621)    (3,302)       595      2,801     (2,527)
Net income                                         103,933    108,922    106,561    107,753    427,169
Net income per share (1) (2) (3)                  $   1.08   $   1.12   $   1.07   $   1.14   $   4.41
Weighted average shares outstanding (1) (3)         95,881     96,387     96,035     94,521     95,706

                                                                     2001 Quarter
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------
                                                   First      Second     Third      Fourth      Year
                                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net premiums written                              $160,249   $199,203   $183,938   $240,254   $783,644

41

Net premiums earned                                155,763    179,241    180,490    200,386    715,880
Net investment income                               28,020     39,455     39,956     40,056    147,487
Equity in net income of affiliates                  12,044     12,760      7,389      9,116     41,309
Provision for losses                                49,272     52,310     50,968     55,586    208,136
Policy acquisition and other operating expenses     40,998     54,938     54,476     66,366    216,778
Net gains (losses)                                   1,823        748     (1,299)      (225)     1,047
Net income                                          80,157     92,677     91,532     96,053    360,419
Net income per share (1) (2) (3)                  $   0.96   $   0.97   $   0.96   $   1.00   $   3.88
Weighted average shares outstanding (1) (3)         83,038     94,854     94,784     95,157     91,958

(1) Diluted net income per share and average shares outstanding per SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." See note 1.

(2) Net income per share is computed independently for each period presented. Consequently, the sum of the quarters may not equal the total net income per share for the year.

(3) All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect a 2-for-1 stock split in 2001. See note 1.

14. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between two willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices available. In those cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation methodologies. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities - The fair values of fixed maturity securities and equity securities are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. For investments that are not publicly traded, management has made estimates of fair value that consider that issuers' financial results, conditions and prospects, and the values of comparable public companies.

Trading Securities - The fair values of trading securities are based on quoted market prices, dealer quotes or estimates using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Short-Term Investments - Fair values of short-term investments are assumed to equal amortized cost.

Other Invested Assets - The fair value of other invested assets, residential mortgage-backed securities, is based on the present value of the estimated net future cash flows, including annual distributions and net cash proceeds from the exercise of call rights, using relevant market information.

Unearned Premiums - In the mortgage insurance business, as the majority of the premiums received are cash basis, the fair value is assumed to equal the book value. The fair value of unearned premiums in the financial guaranty insurance business, net of prepaid reinsurance premiums, is based on the estimated cost of entering into a cession of the entire portfolio with third-party reinsurers under current market conditions, adjusted for ceding commissions based on current market rates.

Reserve for Losses - The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value.

Long-Term Debt - The fair value is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issue or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities.

42

Redeemable Preferred Stock - The redeemable preferred stock was valued at the redemption value at the mandatory redemption date.

                                                             December 31
                                          -------------------------------------------------
                                                   2002                      2001
                                          -----------------------   -----------------------
                                           Carrying    Estimated     Carrying    Estimated
                                            Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value
                                          ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Assets:
   Fixed maturity and equity securities   $3,973,443   $3,997,086   $3,129,718   $3,149,482
   Trading securities                         37,619       37,619       21,659       21,659
   Short-term investments                    180,919      180,919      210,788      210,788
   Other invested assets                       8,346        8,346        7,310        7,310

Liabilities:
   Unearned premiums                         618,050      528,652      513,932      456,018
   Reserve for losses                        624,577      624,577      588,643      588,643
   Short-term and long-term debt             544,145      587,402      324,076      346,333

Redeemable preferred stock                        --           --       40,000       40,000

15. Capital Stock

On September 24, 2002, the Company announced that its board of directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of its common stock on the open market. Shares will be purchased from time to time depending on the market conditions, share price, and other factors. These purchases will be funded from available working capital. At December 31, 2002, 1.4 million shares had been repurchased under this program at a total price of approximately $45.1 million. At December 31, 2002, there were 1.6 million treasury shares held by the Company.

16. Other

On October 4, 2002, Standard & Poor's Rating Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") announced that it had downgraded the financial strength rating of Radian Re from "AAA" to "AA" (and, on the same date, Fitch Rating Service ("Fitch") placed the "AAA" rating of Radian Re on "negative watch" for possible downgrade). Radian Re and Radian Asset Assurance are parties to numerous reinsurance agreements with primary insurers which grant the primary insurers the right to recapture all of the business ceded to Radian Re or Radian Asset Assurance under these agreements if the financial strength rating of Radian Re or Radian Asset Assurance, as the case may be, is downgraded below the rating levels established in the agreements, and, in some cases, to increase the ceding commissions in order to compensate the primary insurers for the decrease in credit the rating agencies allow the primary insurers for the reinsurance provided by Financial Guaranty.

As a result of the downgrade by S&P, the primary insurers have the right described above to recapture the financial guaranty reinsurance ceded to Radian Re, including substantially all of the unearned premium reserves of Radian Re. As described above, the primary insurers also have the right to increase ceding commissions charged to Radian Re for cessions, including the right to a cash refund of a portion of the unearned premium reserves previously ceded to Radian Re reflecting the increased ceding commissions. In addition, the primary insurers may seek amendments to their agreements with Radian Re to revise ceding commissions or premiums payable or to recapture only a portion of the business ceded to Radian Re in a given year. Although Radian Re may be able to offset some of the effects of increased ceding commissions or reduced reinsurance premiums by posting collateral for the benefit of the reinsurers, the S&P downgrade, or the exercise by primary insurers of their rights triggered by the downgrade of Radian Re, could have a

43

material adverse effect on Radian Re's competitive position and/or its prospects for future reinsurance opportunities. The Company cannot be certain that S&P or Moody's will not make further revisions to Radian Re's or Radian Asset Assurance's financial strength ratings which would trigger these rights of the primary insurers.

44

REPORT ON MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY

Management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and objectivity of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information presented in this annual report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, applying certain estimations and judgments as required.

The Company's internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the integrity and reliability of the financial statements and to adequately safeguard, verify and maintain accountability of assets. Such controls are primarily based on established written policies and procedures and are implemented by trained, skilled personnel with an appropriate segregation of duties. These policies and procedures prescribe that the Company and all its employees are to maintain the highest ethical standards and that its business practices are to be conducted in a manner that is above reproach.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditor, is retained to audit the Company's financial statements. Its accompanying report is based on audits conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which include the consideration of the Company's internal controls to establish a basis for reliance thereon in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests to be applied.

The board of directors exercises its responsibility for these financial statements through its Audit and Risk Management Committee, which consists entirely of independent non-management board members. The Audit and Risk Management Committee meets periodically with the independent auditor, both privately and with management present, to review accounting, auditing, internal controls and financial reporting matters.

Frank P. Filipps
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

C. Robert Quint
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

John J. Calamari
Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

45

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Radian Group Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Radian Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in common stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Radian Group Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 28, 2003

46

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

Safe Harbor Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:

This Annual Report contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on the Company's beliefs, assumptions, forecasts of future results, and current expectations, estimates and projections about the markets and economy in which the Company operates. Words such as "anticipate," "intend," "may," "expect," "believe," "should," "plan," "will" and "estimate" help identify forward-looking statements. The following are some of the factors that could cause actual outcomes to differ materially from the matters expressed or implied in the Company's forward-looking statements:

. changes in the business practices of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the largest purchasers of mortgage loans insured by the Company;

. general economic developments such as extended national or regional economic recessions (or expansions), business failures, material changes in housing values, changes in unemployment rates, interest rate changes or volatility, changes in investor perceptions of the strength of private mortgage insurers or financial guaranty providers, investor concern over the credit quality of municipalities and corporations, and specific risks faced by the particular businesses, municipalities or pools of assets covered by the Company's insurance;

. the loss of significant customers with whom the Company has a concentration of its mortgage insurance and financial guaranty insurance in force or the addition of new customers;

. economic changes in regions where the Company's mortgage insurance risk is more concentrated;

. the potential for more severe losses or more frequent losses associated with certain of the Company's products that are riskier than traditional mortgage insurance and municipal guaranty insurance policies, such as insurance on high-LTV, adjustable-rate mortgage and non-prime mortgage loans, credit insurance on non-traditional mortgage related assets such as second mortgages and manufactured housing, credit enhancement of mortgage related capital market transactions, guaranties on certain asset-backed transactions and securitizations, guaranties on obligations under credit default swaps and trade credit reinsurance;

. the potential to be committed to insure a material number of mortgage loans with unacceptable risk profiles through the Company's delegated underwriting program;

. material changes in persistency rates of the Company's mortgage insurance policies caused by changes in refinancing activity, appreciating or depreciating home values and changes in the mortgage insurance cancellation requirements of mortgage lenders and investors;

. changed ability of the Company to recover amounts paid on defaulted mortgages by taking title to a mortgaged property, due to a failure of housing values to appreciate;

. downgrades of the insurance financial strength ratings assigned by the major rating agencies to any of the Company's operating subsidiaries at any time, which has occurred in the past;

. changes to mortgage insurance revenues due to intense competition from others such as the Federal Housing Administration and Veterans Administration or other private mortgage insurers, and from alternative products such as "80-10-10 loan" structures used by mortgage lenders or other forms of credit enhancement used by investors;

47

. changes to financial guaranty revenues due to changes in competition from other financial guaranty insurers, and from other forms of credit enhancement such as letters of credit, guaranties and credit default swaps provided by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions;

. changes in the demand for private mortgage insurance caused by legislative and regulatory changes such as increases in the maximum loan amount that the Federal Housing Administration can insure;

. changes in claims against mortgage insurance products as a result of aging of the Company's mortgage insurance policies;

. changes in the demand for financial guaranty insurance caused by changes in laws and regulations affecting the municipal, asset-backed and trade credit debt markets; and

. changes to the Company's ability to maintain sufficient reinsurance capacity needed to comply with regulatory, rating agency and internal single-risk retention limits as the Company's business grows, in a reinsurance market that has recently become more concentrated.

Readers are also directed to other risks discussed in documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the Company's forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their respective dates.

2002 Compared to 2001

Results of Consolidated Operations

Net income for 2002 was $427.2 million or $4.41 per share compared to $360.4 million or $3.88 per share for 2001. The 18.5% increase in net income was primarily due to an increase in the Company's business volumes and the inclusion of the results from the financial guaranty segment and the equity in net income of affiliates component of the mortgage services segment for all of 2002, compared to 10 months in 2001, as a result of the acquisition of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc. ("EFSG") on February 28, 2001. Direct primary insurance in force for the mortgage insurance business ("Mortgage Insurance"), which includes the activities of Radian Guaranty Inc. ("Radian Guaranty"), Amerin Guaranty Corporation ("Amerin Guaranty") and Radian Insurance Inc. ("Radian Insurance"), increased from $107.9 billion at December 31, 2001 to $110.3 billion at December 31, 2002. Total net debt service outstanding (par plus interest) on transactions insured by Financial Guaranty increased from $97.9 billion at December 31, 2001, to $104.8 billion at December 31, 2002. The financial guaranty insurance business ("Financial Guaranty") is conducted primarily through two insurance subsidiaries, Radian Asset Assurance Inc. ("Radian Asset Assurance," formerly Asset Guaranty Insurance Company) and Radian Reinsurance Inc. ("Radian Reinsurance," formerly Enhance Reinsurance Company). These increases in business volumes produced increases in written and earned premiums and investment income. In addition, equity in net income of affiliates increased by $40.4 million or almost 98% in 2002 to $81.7 million from $41.3 million in 2001, primarily due to strong results at Credit-Based Asset Servicing and Securitization LLC ("C-BASS") and Sherman Financial Group LLC ("Sherman"). Partially offsetting these increases were increases in the provision for losses, policy acquisition costs, other operating expenses and interest expense to support the business growth.

Consolidated earned premiums for 2002 of $847.1 million increased $131.2 million or 18.3% from $715.9 million in 2001. Mortgage Insurance contributed $51.1 million of this increase and Financial Guaranty contributed $80.1 million. Net investment income of $178.8 million for 2002 increased $31.3 million or 21.2% from $147.5 million in 2001. This increase was primarily due to a large increase in the investment portfolio balance as a result of continued operating cash flows, the proceeds from the issuance of $220 million of convertible debt in January 2002, as well as a full year's use of the proceeds from the $250 million debt offering in May 2001. Other income increased slightly to $44.4 million for 2002 from $42.5 million in 2001.

48

The provision for losses was $243.3 million for 2002, an increase of $35.2 million or 16.9% from $208.1 million in 2001. Approximately $15.3 million of this was related to Mortgage Insurance to support an increase in delinquencies and claims payments, and $19.9 million was due to loss reserve increases at Financial Guaranty to support business growth and an increase in trade credit reinsurance claims. The provision for losses in the fourth quarter of 2002 increased $14.8 million from the comparable period of 2001 for the same reasons. Policy acquisition costs for 2002 were $100.8 million, up $16.5 million or 19.6% from $84.3 million in 2001. Other operating expenses of $175.3 million for 2002 increased $42.8 million or 32.3% from $132.5 million in 2001. This was primarily due to increases in salaries and benefits related to an increase in head count to support higher volumes, increased professional fees, fees for outside services and increased depreciation and software costs due to increased capital expenditures in the information technology and infrastructure areas. The increase in capital expenditures began in late 2001 and will continue at least through 2003. Interest expense of $28.8 million for 2002 increased from $17.8 million in 2001 as a result of the issuance of $220 million of convertible debt in January 2002 and $250 million of long-term debt in May 2001.

The Company's effective tax rate was 29.0% for 2002 compared to 28.7% for 2001.

Mortgage Insurance - Results of Operations

Net income for 2002 was $293.8 million, an increase of $13.8 million or 4.9% from $280.0 million in 2001. This increase resulted from increases in earned premiums and investment income, partially offset by increases in the provision for losses, policy acquisition and other operating expenses and interest expense.

Mortgage Insurance is dependent on a small number of lenders for providing a substantial portion of its business. Mortgage Insurance's top ten lenders were responsible for 49.3% of the direct primary risk in force at December 31, 2002. The top ten lenders were also responsible for 46.5% of primary new insurance written in 2002. The highest state concentration of risk is California. At December 31, 2002, California accounted for 16.2% of Mortgage Insurance's total direct primary insurance in force and 18.7% of Mortgage Insurance direct primary new insurance written for 2002. The largest single customer of Mortgage Insurance (including branches and affiliates of such customer), measured by new insurance written, accounted for 8.1% of new insurance written during 2002, compared to 12.6% in 2001.

The concentration of business with lenders may increase or decrease as a result of many factors. These lenders may reduce the amount of business currently given to Mortgage Insurance or cease doing business with it altogether. Mortgage Insurance's master policies and related lender agreements do not, and by law cannot, require its lenders to do business with it. The loss of business from a major lender could materially adversely affect Mortgage Insurance's and the Company's business and financial results.

Primary new insurance written during 2002 was $48.8 billion, an 8.9% increase from $44.8 billion written in 2001. This increase in Mortgage Insurance's primary new insurance written volume in 2002 was primarily due to a large increase in the mortgage origination market, as well as, an increase in insurance written through structured transactions. The industry experienced an approximate 20% increase in new insurance written during 2002, compared to 2001. The Company's market share of the industry based on new insurance written was 14.4% compared to 15.6% in 2001. During 2002, Mortgage Insurance wrote $11.8 billion in structured transactions compared to $8.7 billion in 2001. The Company's participation in the structured transaction market is likely to vary from year to year as the Company competes with other mortgage insurers, as well as capital market executions for these transactions. During 2002, Mortgage Insurance wrote $173.6 million of pool insurance risk compared to $255.4 million in 2001.

Mortgage Insurance's volume in 2002 continued to be impacted by low interest rates that affected the entire mortgage industry. The continued low interest rate environment caused refinancing activity to remain high throughout 2002, and contributed to relatively strong new insurance volume in 2002. Mortgage Insurance's refinancing activity as a percentage of primary new insurance written was 40.5% for 2002

49

compared to 40.3% in 2001. The persistency rate, which is defined as the percentage of insurance in force that remains on our books after any 12 month period, was 57.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, as compared to 63.3% for the same period of 2001. This decrease was consistent with the increasing level of refinancing activity, which caused the cancellation rate to increase. The expectation for 2003 is strong volume for the first half of the year and continued low persistency followed by a decrease in refinancing activity during the second half of the year.

Net premiums earned in 2002 were $660.5 million, a $51.1 million or 8.4% increase from $609.4 million for 2001. However, the increase occurred in the first half of the year and the trend decreased significantly in the second half of the year. This increase included a slightly higher percentage of non-prime business, which has higher premium rates, commensurate with the increased level of risk associated with such insurance. The insurance in force growth resulting from strong new insurance volume in 2002 was offset by a decrease in persistency levels. These lower persistency levels will impact premiums earned in future periods to the extent that insurance in force growth slows. Direct primary insurance in force increased to $110.3 billion at December 31, 2002 from $107.9 billion a year ago. Total pool risk in force was $1.7 billion at December 31, 2002, compared to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2001.

The Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight issued new risk-based capital regulations for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which took effect September 13, 2002. The most relevant provision to the Company is a distinction between "AAA"-rated insurers and "AA"-rated insurers. The new regulations would impose a credit haircut that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are given for exposure ceded to "AAA" insurers by 3.5% and to "AA" insurers by 8.75%. Currently, Radian Guaranty is rated "AA"; two other mortgage insurance providers are rated "AAA." The provisions of the new regulations are to be phased in over a ten-year period commencing on the effective date of the regulation. The Company believes that this distinction will not have a material effect on its business.

The Company insures non-traditional loans, specifically Alternative A and A minus loans (collectively, referred to as "non-prime" business). Alternative A borrowers have a similar credit profile to the Company's prime borrowers, but these loans are underwritten with reduced documentation and verification of information. The Company typically charges a higher premium rate for this business due to the reduced documentation, but the Company does not consider this business to be significantly more risky than its prime business. The A minus loan programs typically have non-traditional credit standards that are less stringent than standard credit guidelines. To compensate for this additional risk, the Company receives a higher premium for insuring this product, which the Company believes is commensurate with the additional default risk. During 2002, non-prime business accounted for $16.2 billion or 33.1% of Mortgage Insurance's new primary insurance written compared to $14.3 billion or 31.9% for the same period in 2001. Much of this business was written in the form of structured transactions. At December 31, 2002, non-prime insurance in force was $25.6 billion or 23.2% of total primary insurance in force as compared to $18.2 billion or 16.8% of primary insurance in force a year ago. Of the $16.2 billion of non-prime business in 2002, $11.8 billion or 72.8% was Alternative A. The Company anticipates that the mix of non-prime insurance in force could gradually increase but will stay below a targeted level of 30%.

The Company insures mortgage related assets in a Pennsylvania domiciled insurer, Radian Insurance. Radian Insurance is rated "AA" by Standard & Poor's Insurance Rating Service and Fitch Ratings and "Aa3" by Moody's Investors Service and was formed to write credit insurance and financial guaranty insurance on mortgage-related assets that are not permitted to be insured by monoline mortgage guaranty insurers. Such assets include second mortgages, manufactured housing loans, home equity loans and mortgages with loan-to-value ratios above 100%. In October 2001, Radian Insurance entered into a reinsurance agreement with one of its affiliates, Radian Asset Assurance, for a substantial part of its business. Because most Financial Guaranty business on mortgage-related assets is now written in Radian Asset Assurance, the business written by Radian Insurance has been reduced in 2002.

Mortgage Insurance and other companies in the industry have entered into risk-sharing arrangements with various customers that are designed to allow the customer to participate in the risks and rewards of the mortgage insurance business. One such product is captive reinsurance, in which a mortgage

50

lender establishes a mortgage reinsurance company that assumes part of the risk associated with that lender's insured book of business. In most cases, the risk assumed by the reinsurance company is an excess layer of aggregate losses that would be penetrated only in a situation of adverse loss development. For 2002, premiums ceded under captive reinsurance arrangements were $57.1 million, or 8.3% of total premiums earned during 2002, as compared to $52.8 million, or 8.4% of total premiums earned for the same period of 2001. New primary insurance written under captive reinsurance arrangements was $17.0 billion, or 34.8% of total new primary insurance written in 2002 as compared to $14.7 billion, or 32.9% of total new primary insurance written in 2001.

Net investment income for 2002 was $107.1 million, a $10.0 million or 10.3% increase compared to $97.1 million in 2001. This increase was a result of continued growth in invested assets, primarily due to positive operating cash flows during 2002 and the allocation of interest income from net financing activities. This was offset by declining investment yields that were experienced throughout the year. The Company has continued to invest some of its net operating cash flow in tax-advantaged securities, primarily municipal bonds, although the Company's investment policy allows the purchase of various other asset classes including common stock and convertible securities. The Company's common equity exposure is targeted at a maximum of 5% of the investment portfolio's market value, while the investment grade convertible securities and investment-grade taxable bond exposure are each targeted not to exceed 10%.

The provision for losses was $194.5 million for 2002, an increase of $15.4 million or 8.6% from $179.1 million in 2001. Claim activity is not spread evenly throughout the coverage period of a book of business. Relatively few claims are received during the first two years following issuance of a policy. Historically, claim activity has reached its highest level in the third through fifth years after the year of loan origination. Approximately 70.7% of the primary risk in force and approximately 31.9% of the pool risk in force at December 31, 2002 had not yet reached its highest claim frequency years. The combined default rate for both primary and pool insurance, excluding second lien insurance coverage, was 2.8% at December 31, 2002, compared to 2.2% at December 31, 2001, while the default rate on the primary business was 4.1 % at December 31, 2002 compared to 3.5% at December 31, 2001. The change in the default rate on the primary business was caused principally by a 230 basis point increase in the delinquency rate on the non-prime business as a result of that business seasoning, with the delinquency rate on the prime business down slightly from year to year as described in the following tables. A strong economy generally results in better loss experience and a decrease in the overall level of losses. A continued weakening of the economy could negatively impact the Company's overall default rates, which would result in an increase in the provision for losses.

The total number of defaults increased from 41,147 at December 31, 2001 to 43,773 at December 31, 2002. The average loss reserve per default decreased from $11,291 at the end of 2001 to $11,073 at December 31, 2002. The slowing of the economy contributed to the rising level of mortgage delinquencies. The loss reserve as a percentage of risk in force was 1.7% at December 31, 2002, up from 1.6% at December 31, 2001. The non-prime mortgage insurance business has experienced a consistent increase in the number of defaults. Although the default rate on this business is higher than on the prime book of business, it is within Radian's expected range for this type of business, and the higher premium rates charged are expected to compensate for the increased level of risk. The number of non-prime loans in default at December 31, 2002 was 14,305, which represented 40% of the total primary loans in default, compared to 7,704 non-prime loans in default at December 31, 2001, which represented 24.8% of the total primary loans in default. The default rate on the Alt A business was 5.2% at December 31, 2002 compared to 4.5% at December 31, 2001. The default rate on the A minus and below loans was 11.3% at December 31, 2002 compared to 6.4% at December 31, 2001. The default rates are within management's expectations. The default rate on the prime business was 3.1% at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

Direct claims paid for 2002 were $165.0 million compared to $97.7 million for 2001. The severity of loss payments has increased due to deeper coverage amounts and larger loan balances. In addition, claims paid in 2002 have been impacted by the rise in delinquencies in 2001 that have proceeded to foreclosure. The disproportionately higher incidence of claims in Georgia and Utah is directly related to questionable property value estimates in those states. The Company's risk management department

51

identified these issues over a year ago and has put into place several property valuation checks and balances to prevent these issues from recurring. Further, these same techniques are being applied to all mortgage insurance transactions. The Company expects this higher incidence of claims in Georgia and Utah to continue until loans originated in Georgia and Utah prior to the implementation of these preventive measures become sufficiently seasoned. The Company anticipates that claim payments will continue to increase in 2003.

The following table provides selected information as of and for the periods indicated for the Mortgage Insurance segment:

                                                          Year Ended December 31
                                                          ----------------------
($ thousands, unless specified otherwise)                    2002       2001
                                                           --------   --------
Provision for losses                                       $194,486   $179,146
Reserve for losses                                         $484,705   $465,444

Primary Insurance
   Prime:
      Number of insured loans                               698,910    752,519
      Number of loans in default                             21,483     23,312
      Percentage of total loans in default                     3.07%      3.10%

   Alt A:
      Number of insured loans                               102,839     59,778
      Number of loans in default                              5,300      2,666
      Percentage of total loans in default                     5.15%      4.46%

   A Minus and below:
      Number of insured loans                                79,871     79,396
      Number of loans in default                              9,005      5,038
      Percentage of loans in default                          11.27%      6.35%

   Total:
      Number of insured loans                               881,620    891,693
      Number of loans in default                             35,788     31,016
      Percentage of loans in default                           4.06%      3.48%

   Direct claims paid:
      Prime                                                $ 89,095   $ 64,157
      Non-prime
         Alt A                                               27,281      5,882
         A minus and below                                   32,114     19,083
      Seconds                                                16,502      8,569
                                                           --------   --------
   Total                                                   $164,992   $ 97,691

   Claims Paid:
      Georgia                                              $ 12,731   $  4,459
      Utah                                                    9,895      4,817
      Texas                                                   9,770      4,032
      Florida                                                 8,864      8,701
      California                                              8,691      6,889

   Percentage of total claims paid:
      Georgia                                                   7.7%       4.6%
      Utah                                                      6.0        4.9
      Texas                                                     5.9        4.1

                                       52

      Florida                                                   5.4          8.9
      California                                                5.3          7.1

                                                          Year Ended December 31
                                                          ----------------------
                                                             2002       2001
                                                           --------   --------
   Risk in Force: ($millions)
      California                                           $  4,308   $  4,253
      Florida                                                 2,084      1,927
      New York                                                1,647      1,659
      Texas                                                   1,379      1,344
      Georgia                                                 1,196      1,148
   Total Risk in Force:                                    $ 26,273   $ 26,004

   Percentage of total risk in force:
      California                                               16.4%      16.4%
      Florida                                                   7.9        7.4
      New York                                                  6.3        6.4
      Texas                                                     5.2        5.2
      Georgia                                                   4.6        4.4

   New insurance written: ($millions)
      Prime                                                $ 32,603   $ 30,481
      Alt A                                                  11,771      8,717
      A minus and below                                       4,393      5,556
                                                           --------   --------
      Total                                                $ 48,767   $ 44,754

Primary risk written ($millions)                           $ 12,063   $ 10,975
Direct primary insurance in force                          $110,273   $107,918

Pool Insurance: ($millions)
   Pool risk written                                       $    174   $    255
   GSE pool risk in force                                  $  1,218   $  1,222
   Total pool risk in force                                $  1,732   $  1,571

Underwriting and other operating expenses were $175.9 million in 2002, an increase of 13.9% compared to $154.4 million for 2001. These expenses consist of policy acquisition expenses, which relate directly to the acquisition of new business and other expenses, which primarily represent contract underwriting expenses, overhead and administrative costs. Policy acquisition costs were $66.8 million in 2002, an increase of 7.0% from $62.4 million in 2001. The amortization of these expenses is related to the recognition of gross profits over the life of the policies. Much of the amortization in the current year represents costs that were expended in 2001. Other operating expenses were $109.0 million for 2002, an increase of 18.5% from $92.0 million for 2001. This reflects an increase in expenses associated with the Company's technological, administrative and support functions. Contract underwriting expenses for 2002, included in other operating expenses, were $46.2 million as compared to $44.6 million in 2001, an increase of 3.6%. Other income, which primarily includes income related to contract underwriting services, was $20.4 million for 2002 and 2001. During 2002, loans underwritten via contract underwriting accounted for 30.4% of applications, 28.7% of commitments, and 23.0% of certificates issued by Mortgage Insurance as compared to 34.5%, 32.0% and 25.8%, respectively, in 2001.

Interest expense for 2002 and 2001 was $17.2 million and $10.5 million, respectively. This primarily represented the allocation of interest on the Company's long-term debt issued during 2001 and 2002.

The effective tax rate for 2002 was 27.6% compared to 27.9% in 2001. The tax rate is lower then the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the investment in tax advantaged securities.

53

The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") has proposed a rule under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA") to create an exemption from the provisions of RESPA that prohibit the giving of any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding that real estate settlement services will be referred. The proposed rule would make the exemption available to lenders that, at the time a borrower submits a loan application, give the borrower a firm, guaranteed price for all the settlement services associated with the loan. Mortgage insurance is currently included in the proposed rule as one of these settlement services. HUD is currently considering comments to the proposed rule, and is not expected to finalize the rule until the summer of 2003. The rule would not be effective until a year after it is finalized. If the rule is implemented, the premiums charged for mortgage insurance could be affected. As the final rule has not yet been issued, management is unable to determine what impact, if any, it will have on the Company.

Financial Guaranty - Results of Operations

The financial guaranty insurance segment operations are conducted through EFSG and primarily involve the direct insurance and reinsurance of municipal bonds and asset-backed securities, and other structured financial obligations, including credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts. Financial guaranty and trade credit reinsurance (which protects sellers of goods under certain circumstances against non-payment of the receivables they hold from buyers of their goods) is assumed primarily from five direct insurers. Radian Reinsurance currently derives substantially all of its reinsurance premium revenues from four of these insurers. Approximately 32.9% of total gross written premiums for Financial Guaranty were derived from those five insurers in 2002. A substantial reduction in the amount of insurance ceded by one or more of those five principal clients could have a material adverse effect on Financial Guaranty's gross written premiums and, consequently, its results of operations. The Company's trade credit reinsurance may cover receivables as to which the buyer and seller are in the same country, as well as cross-border receivables. In such cross-border transactions, the Company sometimes provides coverage that extends to certain political risks, such as foreign currency controls and expropriation, which could interfere with the payment by the buyer of the goods that are the subject of the transaction being reinsured by the Company.

On October 4, 2002, Standard & Poor's Rating Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") announced that it had downgraded the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance from "AAA" to "AA" (and, on the same date, Fitch Rating Service ("Fitch") placed the "AAA" rating of Radian Reinsurance on "negative watch" for possible downgrade). Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance are parties to numerous reinsurance agreements with primary insurers which grant the primary insurers the right to recapture all of the business ceded to Radian Reinsurance or Radian Asset Assurance under these agreements if the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance or Radian Asset Assurance, as the case may be, is downgraded below the rating levels established in the agreements, and, in some cases, to increase the ceding commissions in order to compensate the primary insurers for the decrease in credit the rating agencies give the primary insurers for the reinsurance provided by Financial Guaranty.

As a result of the downgrade by S&P, the primary insurers have the right described above to recapture the financial guaranty reinsurance ceded to Radian Reinsurance, including substantially all of the unearned premium reserves of Radian Reinsurance. As described above, the primary insurers also have the right to increase ceding commissions charged to Radian Reinsurance for cessions, including the right to a cash refund of a portion of the unearned premium reserves previously ceded to Radian Reinsurance reflecting the increased ceding commissions. In addition, the primary insurers may seek amendments to their agreements with Radian Reinsurance to revise ceding commissions or premiums payable or to recapture only a portion of the business ceded to Radian Reinsurance in a given year. Although Radian Reinsurance may be able to offset some of the effects of increased ceding commissions or reduced reinsurance premiums by posting collateral for the benefit of the reinsurers, the S&P downgrade, or the exercise by primary insurers of their rights triggered by the downgrade of Radian Reinsurance, could have a material adverse effect on Radian Reinsurance's competitive position and/or its prospects for future

54

reinsurance opportunities. The Company cannot be certain that S&P or Moody's will not make further revisions to Radian Reinsurance's or Radian Asset Assurance's financial strength ratings which would trigger these rights of the primary insurers.

The results of operations for the financial guaranty segment for the year-to-date period of 2001 include the results of EFSG from the date of its acquisition, February 28, 2001. Since the acquisition, business volumes in the financial guaranty segment have increased significantly, leading to large increases in premiums written and more gradual increases in premiums earned since premiums are often earned over many years.

Net income for 2002 was $93.1 million, a $37.0 million or 66.0% increase from $56.1 million for 2001. Net premiums written and earned for 2002 were $286.3 million and $186.6 million, respectively, compared to $143.2 million and $106.5 million for 2001. Included in net premiums written and earned for 2002 were $40.4 million and $19.8 million, respectively, of credit enhancement fees on derivative financial guaranty contracts, compared to $5.3 million for both net premiums written and earned in 2001. In 2002, Financial Guaranty originated $2.1 billion of par in the municipal bond area, including $1.0 billion in the healthcare sector and $.4 billion in the higher education sector. In the global structured products area, Financial Guaranty originated $6.6 billion of par for 2002, primarily in the form of guarantees on collateralized debt obligations and asset-backed securities. The following table shows the breakdown of premiums written and earned for each period. In 2001, Financial Guaranty originated $1.4 billion in par in the municipal bond area, including $.6 billion in the healthcare sector and $.3 billion in the higher education sector. Financial Guaranty also originated $2.0 billion of par in the structured products area in 2001, primarily in the form of collateralized debt obligations and asset-backed securities.

                                                          Year Ended December 31
                                                          ----------------------
(in thousands)                                               2002       2001
                                                           --------   --------
Net premiums written:
   Muni direct                                             $ 62,849   $ 35,652
   Muni reinsurance                                          48,130     36,773
   Structured direct                                         66,644     12,016
   Structured reinsurance                                    60,297     36,427
   Trade credit                                              48,416     22,362
                                                           --------   --------
      Total net premiums written                           $286,336   $143,230
                                                           ========   ========

Net premiums earned:
   Muni direct                                             $ 14,717   $ 13,097
   Muni reinsurance                                          39,228     26,431
   Structured direct                                         42,534     12,804
   Structured reinsurance                                    57,597     32,099
   Trade credit                                              32,557     22,024
                                                           --------   --------
      Total net premiums earned                            $186,633   $106,455
                                                           ========   ========

Included in net premiums earned for 2002 and 2001 were refundings of $7.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively.

Net investment income was $71.5 million for 2002 compared to $50.3 million for 2001. The provision for losses was $48.8 million for 2002 compared to $29.0 million for 2001. The provision for losses represented 26.2% of net premiums earned for 2002 compared to 27.2% for 2001. Financial Guaranty paid one large claim totaling $9.0 million in 2002. The remaining claims of $25.1 million for 2002 relate primarily to trade credit reinsurance. Policy acquisition and other operating expenses were $61.6 million for 2002 compared to $43.4 million in 2001. This increase resulted from an increase in expenses to support the growth in business volumes. The operating expense ratio of 33.0% for 2002 was down from 40.8% in 2001, due to higher business volumes and a higher mix of direct written business. Included in other operating expenses for 2002 were $4.3 million of origination costs related to derivative

55

financial guaranty contracts. Interest expense was $9.6 million for 2002 compared to $6.0 million for 2001. This represented interest on the $75.0 million of long-term debt, as well as interest allocated on the Company's debt financing. Net losses on dispositions of investments and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments of $11.1 million for 2002 increased from the $2.4 million in 2001. This related primarily to the change in the fair value of derivative instruments, primarily convertible debt securities and financial guaranty contracts that are considered to be derivative instruments.

The effective tax rate was 27.6% for 2002, lower than the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the investment in tax-advantaged securities, compared to 27.7% for 2001.

Mortgage Services - Results of Operations

The mortgage services results include the operations of RadianExpress.com Inc. ("RadianExpress") and the asset-based business conducted through EFSG's minority owned subsidiaries, C-BASS and Sherman. The Company owns a 46% interest in C-BASS and a 41.5% interest in Sherman. Effective January 1, 2003, Sherman's management exercised its right to acquire additional ownership of Sherman, reducing the Company's ownership interest in Sherman from 45.5% to 41.5%. The Company has no current intention of reducing this interest any further. C-BASS is engaged in the purchasing, servicing, and/or securitizing of special assets, including sub-performing/non-performing and seller-financed residential mortgages, real estate and subordinated residential mortgage-based securities. Sherman conducts a business that focuses on purchasing and servicing delinquent, primarily unsecured consumer assets.

Net income for 2002 was $40.3 million, up from $24.3 million in 2001. Equity in net income of affiliates was $81.9 million for 2002, up $39.4 million or 92.7% from the $42.5 million in 2001. C-BASS accounted for $63.5 million (pre-tax) of the total income from affiliates in 2002 compared to $38.1 million (pre-tax) in 2001. These results could vary significantly from period to period due to a substantial portion of C-BASS's income being generated from sales of mortgage-backed securities in the capital markets. These markets can be volatile, subject to change in interest rates, the credit environment and liquidity.

RadianExpress contributed $17.4 million of other income and $23.2 million of operating expenses for 2002 compared to $16.0 million and $17.4 million, respectively, in 2001. RadianExpress processed approximately 341,000 applications during 2002 compared to 402,000 during 2001. In June 2002, the Company received a cease and desist order from the State of California in connection with the offering of its Radian Lien Protection product, which it appealed. On January 6, 2003, the Company received a decision from an administrative law judge in California sustaining the cease and desist order, which is subject to the approval of the California Commissioner of Insurance by mid-April 2003. The cease and desist order has not had a material impact on the Company's overall operations, but it has significantly reduced the potential for future revenues of RadianExpress, the Radian entity through which Radian Lien Protection sales would be processed. The Company has reduced expenses in RadianExpress as a result of the business volume reduction caused by the cease and desist order pending the California Commissioner of Insurance's decision. If the Commissioner upholds the cease and desist order, the Company intends to pursue alternative strategies, including an appeal to the California court system.

Other

A wholly-owned subsidiary of EFSG, Singer Asset Finance Company L.L.C. ("Singer"), which had been engaged in the purchase, servicing, and securitization of assets including state lottery awards and structured settlement payments is currently operating on a run-off basis. Its operations consist of servicing the prior organizations of non-consolidated special purpose vehicles and the results of these subsidiaries are not material to the financial results of the Company. At December 31, 2002, the Company has approximately $505 million and $479 million of non-consolidated assets and liabilities, respectively, associated with Singer special purpose vehicles. The Company's investment in these special purpose vehicles is $26.3 million at December 31, 2002. In August 2002, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of a related subsidiary, Enhance Consumer Services LLC ("ECS"), which had been engaged in the

56

purchase, servicing and securitization of viatical settlements, to an independent third party for an aggregate purchase price of $8.4 million, which approximated the carrying value.

Another insurance subsidiary, Van-American Insurance Company, Inc., is operating, on a run-off basis, in reclamation bonds for the coal mining industry and surety bonds covering closure and post-closure obligations of landfill operations. Such business is not material to the financial results of the Company.

At December 31, 2002, the Company, through its ownership of EFSG, owned an indirect 36.5% equity interest in EIC Corporation Ltd. ("Exporters"), an insurance holding company that, through its wholly-owned insurance subsidiary licensed in Bermuda, insures primarily foreign trade receivables for multinational companies. Financial Guaranty provides significant reinsurance capacity to this joint venture on a quota-share, surplus share and excess-of-loss basis. The Company's exposure at December 31, 2002 was approximately $400 million.

2001 Compared to 2000

Results of Consolidated Operations

Net income for 2001 was $360.4 million, a 44.8% increase compared to $248.9 million for 2000. The improvement in net income was a result of an increase in earned premiums and investment income and the inclusion of equity in net income of affiliates, as a result of the EFSG acquisition, partially offset by increases in the provision for losses, policy acquisition costs and other operating expenses. As a result of the acquisition of EFSG on February 28, 2001, net income for 2001 included the results of operations from March 2001 through December 2001 for EFSG, which contributed $81.3 million to net income and which is included as a component of mortgage services and financial guaranty net income. Consolidated earned premiums of $715.9 million increased $195.0 million or 37.4% from $520.9 million for 2000. Financial Guaranty contributed $106.5 million of this increase. Net investment income increased from $82.9 million in 2000 to $147.5 million in 2001. This increase of $64.6 million or 77.9% included $50.4 million from Financial Guaranty. Equity in net income of affiliates was $41.3 million for 2001. The provision for losses of $208.1 million increased $53.8 million or 34.9% from the $154.3 million in 2000, with Financial Guaranty contributing $29.0 million of the increase. Policy acquisition and other operating expenses increased by $108.2 million or 99.5% to $216.8 million in 2001 from $108.6 million in 2000. Financial Guaranty contributed $44.9 million of this increase. Interest expense for 2001 was $17.8 million primarily related to the issuance of long-term debt during 2001. The Company's effective tax rate was 28.7% for 2001 compared to 29.4% for 2000.

Mortgage Insurance - Results of Operations

Net income for 2001 was $280.0 million, a $31.1 million or 12.5% increase from $248.9 million in 2000. This increase resulted from improvements in net premiums earned, net investment income and other income, offset by a higher provision for losses and an increase in policy acquisition costs and other operating expenses.

Mortgage Insurance's top ten lenders were responsible for 46.1% of the direct primary risk in force at December 31, 2001. The top ten lenders were also responsible for 45.0% of primary new insurance written in 2001. Consistent with the rest of the private mortgage insurance industry, the highest state concentration of risk is in California. As of December 31, 2001, California accounted for 16.6% of Mortgage Insurance's total direct primary insurance in force and 11.3% of Mortgage Insurance's total direct pool insurance in force. In addition, California accounted for 16.0% of Mortgage Insurance's direct primary new insurance written for the year ended December 31, 2001. The largest single customer of Mortgage Insurance (including branches and affiliates of such customer), measured by new insurance written, accounted for 12.6% of new insurance written during 2001, compared to 11.2% in 2000 and 12.2% in 1999.

New primary insurance written for 2001 was $44.8 billion, a 79.9% increase from the $24.9 billion written in 2000. This increase in primary new insurance written volume was primarily due to a substantial

57

increase in new insurance written volume in the private mortgage insurance industry compared to 2000. Mortgage Insurance's market share increased to 15.6% compared to 15.2% in 2000. The Company believes that this market share increase was due, in part, to an increase in its share of new insurance written under structured transactions, which are included in industry new insurance written figures. During 2001, Mortgage Insurance wrote $8.7 billion of such transactions compared to $1.2 billion in 2000.

During 2001, the Company wrote $255.4 million of pool insurance risk compared to $187.9 million in 2000. The majority of the pool insurance outstanding relates to a group of structured transactions composed primarily of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac eligible conforming mortgage loans (known as "GSE Pool" loans). This business contains loans with loan-to-value ratios above 80%, which have primary insurance that places the pool insurance in a secondary loss position and loans with loan-to-value ratios of 80% and below for which the pool coverage is in a first loss position. The performance of this business written in prior years has been better than anticipated although the historical performance might not be an indication of future performance.

The Company's mortgage insurance volume was positively impacted by low interest rates in 2001, which affected the entire mortgage industry. The trend toward lower interest rates, which began in the fourth quarter of 2000, caused refinancing activity during 2001 to increase significantly and contributed to the increase in the mortgage insurance industry new insurance written volume in 2001. The Company's refinancing activity as a percentage of primary new insurance written was 40.3% in 2001 compared to 14.0% in 2000. The persistency rate, which is defined as the percentage of insurance in force that is renewed in any given year, was 63.3% for 2001 compared to 78.2% for 2000. This decrease was consistent with the increased level of refinancing activity, which started in the fourth quarter of 2000 and continued throughout 2001, and has caused cancellation rates to increase.

During 2001, non-prime business accounted for $14.3 billion or 31.8% of Mortgage Insurance's new primary insurance written as compared to $5.4 billion or 21.8% for the same period in 2000. At December 31, 2001, non-prime insurance in force was $18.2 billion or 16.8% of total insurance in force as compared to $8.4 billion or 8.3% of insurance in force a year ago.

During 2001, Radian Insurance wrote $3.4 billion of insurance compared to $1.6 billion in 2000. Risk in force at December 31, 2001 was $348.3 million compared to $211.0 million of risk at December 31, 2000.

Net premiums earned in 2001 were $609.4 million, an $88.5 million or 17.0% increase from $520.9 million for 2000. This increase, which was greater than the increase in insurance in force, reflected the premiums earned in Radian Insurance of $38.8 million in 2001, and the change in the mix of new insurance written volume originated by the Company throughout 2001 combined with the increase in insurance in force. This change in mix included a higher percentage of non-prime business. This type of business has higher premium rates, which are commensurate with the increased level of risk associated with the insurance. The insurance in force growth resulting from strong new insurance volume during 2001 was offset by the decrease in persistency levels. Direct primary insurance in force increased 7.0% from $100.9 billion at December 31, 2000 to $107.9 billion at December 31, 2001. GSE pool risk in force also grew to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2001 from $1.1 billion at the end of 2000. Total pool risk in force grew to $1.6 billion from $1.5 billion at the end of 2000.

For 2001, premiums ceded under captive reinsurance arrangements were $52.8 million, or 8.4% of total premiums earned during 2001, as compared to $39.6 million, or 7.6% of total premiums earned for the same period of 2000. New primary insurance written under captive reinsurance arrangements was $14.7 billion, or 32.9% of total new primary insurance written in 2001 as compared to $8.1 billion, or 32.6% of total new primary insurance written in 2000.

Net investment income was $97.1 million, a $14.2 million or 17.1% increase over the $82.9 million reported for 2000. This increase was a result of continued growth in invested assets primarily due to positive operating cash flows and the allocation of interest income from net financing activities.

58

Net realized gains on sales of investments were $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to $4.2 million for the comparable period of 2000. Net realized losses from the change in the fair value of the Company's derivative instruments were $1.3 million for 2001.

The provision for losses was $179.1 million for 2001, an increase of $24.8 million or 16.1% from $154.3 million in 2000. In addition to increases in business volumes, this increase reflects an increase in the number of delinquent loans as a result of the maturation of the books of business combined with an overall increase in delinquencies on both the prime and non-prime books of business as a result of the slowing economy. Approximately 66.9% of the primary risk in force and 59.3% of the pool risk in force at December 31, 2001 had not yet reached its anticipated highest claim frequency years.

The overall delinquency rate at December 31, 2001 was 3.5% compared to 2.4% at December 31, 2000. The increase in the overall delinquency rate was primarily a result of the slowing economy, which produced higher levels of unemployment. The number of delinquencies rose from 26,520 at December 31, 2000 to 41,147 at December 31, 2001 and the average loss reserve per delinquency declined from $14,707 at the end of 2000 to $11,291 at December 31, 2001, although the reserve as a percentage of risk in force rose to 169 basis points at December 31, 2001 from 148 basis points at the end of 2000. The delinquency rate in California was 1.9% (including pool) at December 31, 2001 as compared to 1.5% at year end 2000 and claims paid in California during 2001 were $7.1 million, representing approximately 7.7% of the total claims as compared to 16.1% for the same period of 2000. California represented approximately 16.4% of primary risk in force at December 31, 2001 as compared to 16.8% at December 31, 2000. The delinquency rate in Florida was 3.3% (including pool) at December 31, 2001 as compared to 2.7% at December 31, 2000 and claims paid in Florida during 2001 were $6.5 million, representing approximately 7.0% of total claims as compared to 13.6% for 2000. Florida represented approximately 7.4% of primary risk in force at December 31, 2001 the same as at year-end 2000. No other state represented more than 6.4% of Mortgage Insurance's primary risk in force at December 31, 2001.

The number of delinquent non-prime loans at December 31, 2001 was 7,704, which represented 24.8% of the total number of delinquent primary loans, as compared to 2,690 or 13.1% of delinquent primary loans at December 31, 2000. The delinquency rate on this business rose from 4.1% at December 31, 2000 to 5.5% at December 31, 2001. The delinquency rate on prime business was 3.1% and 2.3% at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. At December 31, 2001, the delinquency rate on the Alternative A business was 4.5% as compared to 2.9% at December 31, 2000 and Alternative A delinquencies represented 34.6% of the total number of non-prime delinquent loans. The delinquency rate on A-minus business was 6.3% at December 31, 2001 as compared to 6.0% at December 31, 2000. Direct losses paid during 2001 increased to $97.7 million as compared to $93.3 million during 2000.

Underwriting and other operating expenses were $154.4 million for 2001, an increase of $45.8 million or 42.1% from the $108.6 million reported in 2000.

Policy acquisition costs were $62.4 million in 2001, an increase of $10.9 million from 2000. This reflects an increase in expenses to support the higher new insurance written volume during 2001 and the continued development of marketing and e-commerce efforts undertaken by the Company. Other operating expenses of $92.0 million for 2001 increased by $34.8 million, representing a 60.9% increase from 2000. This amount reflects an increase in expenses related to contract underwriting. Contract underwriting expenses for 2001 were $44.6 million, a 120.2% increase from the $20.3 million reported in 2000. This increase in contract underwriting expenses reflected the increasing demand for this service as mortgage origination volume increased. Consistent with the increase in contract underwriting expenses, other income, including income related to contract underwriting services, also increased to $20.4 million in 2001, up from $7.4 million in 2000. During 2001, loans underwritten via contract underwriting accounted for 34.5% of applications, 32.0% of commitments, and 25.8% of certificates issued by Mortgage Insurance as compared to 30.1%, 26.2% and 19.4%, respectively, in 2000.

59

Interest expense for 2001 was $10.5 million, which primarily represented allocation of interest on the $250 million of long-term debt issued during 2001.

The effective tax rate for 2001 was 27.9% compared to 29.4% in 2000.

Financial Guaranty - Results of Operations

The Company's consolidated results of operations include 10 months of operating results from EFSG, since its acquisition occurred at the end of February, 2001. As such, comparative information is not included in the discussion.

Radian Reinsurance derives substantially all of its reinsurance premium revenues from the four monolines. Approximately, 42.0% of the total financial guaranty gross premiums were derived from these four monolines in 2001.

Net income for 2001 was $56.1 million. Net premiums written and earned during 2001 were $143.2 million and $106.5 million, respectively. Net premiums written consisted of $73.2 million of reinsurance premiums, $47.7 million of premiums from the direct financial guaranty of municipal and structured obligations, and $22.4 million of trade credit insurance and reinsurance. Net premiums earned for 2001 include $58.5 million of reinsurance, $25.9 million in direct financial guaranty, and $22.0 million of trade credit. Included in net premiums earned for the year were refundings of $6.7 million. Net investment income was $50.3 million for the year. The provision for losses was $29.0 million for 2001, which represented 27.2% of earned premium. Policy acquisition costs were $21.8 million for 2001 and other operating expenses were $21.6 million for the same period. Acquisition and other operating expenses together resulted in an expense ratio of 40.8%. Interest expense of $6.0 million for 2001 represented interest allocated on the Company's debt financings as well as on the $75.0 million of long-term debt and on $173.7 million of short-term debt that was retired in May 2001. Net realized gains on sales of investments were $2.0 million for 2001. Net realized losses from the change in the fair value of derivative instruments, primarily credit default swaps were $4.4 million for 2001. The effective tax rate for 2001 was 27.7%.

Mortgage Services - Results of Operations

Net income for 2001 was $24.3 million. Equity in net income of affiliates (pre-tax) was $42.5 million. C-BASS accounted for $38.1 million (pre-tax) of the total income from affiliates in 2001. These results could vary from period to period due to a significant portion of C-BASS's income being generated from sales of mortgage-backed securities in the capital markets.

RadianExpress contributed $16.0 million of other income and $17.4 million of operating expenses for 2001. RadianExpress processed approximately 402,000 applications during 2001 with approximately 37,000 of the transactions processed related to net funding services, whereby RadianExpress receives and disburses mortgages funded on behalf of its customers.

Other

Singer is currently operating on a run-off basis. Its operations consist of servicing the prior originations of non-consolidated special purpose vehicles and the results of these subsidiaries are not expected to be material to the financial results of the Company.

Another insurance subsidiary, Van-American Insurance Company, Inc., is engaged on a run-off basis, in reclamation bonds for the coal mining industry and surety bonds covering closure and post-closure obligations of landfill operators. Such business is not material to the financial results of the Company.

60

At December 31, 2001, the Company, through its ownership of EFSG, owned an indirect 36.5% equity interest in Exporters. Financial Guaranty provides significant reinsurance capacity to this joint venture on a quota-share, surplus share and excess-of-loss basis.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's sources of funds consist primarily of premiums and investment income. Funds are applied primarily to the payment of the Company's claims and operating expenses.

Cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $586.8 million as compared to $481.1 million for the same period of 2001. This increase consisted of a reduction in income taxes paid, an increase in net premiums written and investment income received partially offset by increases in claims paid and operating expenses. Positive cash flows are invested pending future payments of claims and other expenses; excess cash flow needs, if any, are funded through sales of short-term investments and other investment portfolio securities.

Stockholders' equity increased to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2002 from $2.3 billion at December 31, 2001. The 2001 amount includes $40.0 million of redeemable preferred stock, which was redeemed in August 2002. This increase in stockholders' equity resulted from net income of $427.2 million, proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $28.6 million and an increase in the market value of securities available for sale of $47.1 million net of tax, offset by dividends of $9.6 million, the redemption of $40 million of redeemable preferred stock at a $3.0 million premium (described below) and the purchase of 1.4 million shares of the Company's stock, net of reissues, for approximately $44.0 million pursuant to the Company's repurchase also described below.

In August 2002, the Company redeemed its $4.125 Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share. Pursuant to the Company's sinking fund redemption obligation, 72,000 shares were redeemed at $50.00 per share, and the remaining 728,000 shares were redeemed at $54.125 per share. Accrued and unpaid dividends on the shares to the date of redemption were also paid as part of the redemption price.

On September 24, 2002, the Company announced that its board of directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of its common stock on the open market. Shares will be purchased from time to time depending on the market conditions, share price, and other factors. These purchases will be funded from available working capital. At December 31, 2002, approximately 1.4 million shares had been repurchased at a cost of $45.1 million.

On October 4, 2002, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services lowered the financial strength rating of Radian Reinsurance to "AA" from "AAA," as further described above, under "2002 COMPARED TO 2001 - Financial Guaranty - Results of Operations." Radian Reinsurance's outlook was also improved to stable from negative.

At December 31, 2002, the Company and its subsidiaries had plans to continue investing in significant information technology and infrastructure upgrades over the next two years at an estimated total cost of $40 million to $50 million. The Company plans to move the majority of its Data Center to Dayton, Ohio in the coming months and expects to be in full service by mid-2003. Cash flows from operations are being used to fund these expenditures, which are intended to benefit all of the Company's business segments.

EFSG was party to a credit agreement (as amended, the "Credit Agreement") with major commercial banks providing EFSG with a borrowing facility aggregating up to $175.0 million, the proceeds of which were used for general corporate purposes. The outstanding principal balance under the Credit Agreement of $173.7 million was retired on May 29, 2001 and the credit facility was terminated.

The Company owns a 46% interest in C-BASS. The Company did not make any capital contributions to C-BASS since the Company acquired its interest in C-BASS in connection with the

61

acquisition of EFSG in February 2001. C-BASS paid $20.1 million of dividends to the Company during 2002 and $12.8 million during 2001.

The Company owns a 41.5% interest in Sherman as a result of the acquisition of EFSG. The Company did not make any capital contributions to Sherman in 2002, but made $15.0 million of contributions during 2001. In conjunction with the acquisition of its interest in Sherman, the Company guaranteed payment of up to $25.0 million of a revolving credit facility issued to Sherman. There was $1.0 million outstanding under this facility as of December 31, 2002.

In January 2002, the Company issued $220 million of unsecured Senior Convertible Debentures. Approximately $125 million of the proceeds from the offering was used to increase capital at Radian Asset Assurance. Some of the remainder was used to redeem the preferred stock, to buy back the Company's common stock, as described above, and for other general corporate purposes. The debentures bear interest at the rate of 2.25% per year and interest is payable semi-annually on January 1 and July 1. The Company will also pay contingent interest on specified semi-annual periods, if the sale price of its common stock for specified period of time is less than 60% of the conversion price. The debentures are convertible, at the purchaser's option, into shares of common stock at prices and on dates specified in the offering memorandum. At that time, the shares would become common shares for the purposes of calculating earnings per share. The Company may redeem all or some of the debentures on or after January 1, 2005.

In February 2002, the Company closed on a $50 million Senior Revolving Credit Facility. The facility is unsecured and expires in May 2003. The facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The facility bears interest on any amounts drawn at either the Borrower's Base rate as defined in the agreement, or at a rate above LIBOR based on certain debt-to-capital ratios. There have been no drawdowns on this facility.

In March 2002, the Company made a $20 million investment in Primus Guaranty, Ltd., a Bermuda holding company and parent company to Primus Financial Products, LLC. ("Primus"), a Triple A rated company that provides credit risk protection to derivatives dealers and credit portfolio managers on individual investment-grade entities. In connection with the capitalization and Triple A rating of Primus, Radian Reinsurance has provided Primus with an excess of loss insurance policy, which is expiring March 30, 2003. The Company accounts for the Primus investment under the equity method of accounting. The results of Primus for 2002 were immaterial to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In February 2003, the Company sold $250 million of unsecured Senior Notes. These notes bear interest at the rate of 5.625% per year, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15, beginning August 15, 2003. These notes mature in February 2013. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds to repay the $75.0 million in principal on the 6.75% debentures due March 1, 2003. The remainder will be used for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions.

The Company believes that Radian Guaranty will have sufficient funds to satisfy its claims payments and operating expenses and to pay dividends to the Company for at least the next 12 months. The Company also believes that it will be able to satisfy its long-term (more than 12 months) liquidity needs with cash flow from Mortgage Insurance and Financial Guaranty. As a holding company, the Company conducts its principal operations through Mortgage Insurance and EFSG. In connection with obtaining approval from the New York insurance department for the change of control of EFSG when the Company acquired EFSG, EFSG agreed not to declare or pay dividends for a period of two years following consummation of the acquisition. The agreement for Radian Reinsurance and Radian Asset Assurance to refrain from paying dividends to the Company expired on February 28, 2003. Based on the Company's current intention to pay quarterly common stock dividends of approximately $0.02 per share, the Company will require approximately $7.6 million in 2003 to pay the dividends on the outstanding shares of common stock. The Company will also require $37.6 million in 2003 to pay the debt service on its long-term and short-term debt financing and $75 million to redeem the debentures due in March 2003. The Company utilized approximately $43.0 million to redeem its preferred stock. The Company believes that it has the resources to meet these cash requirements for the next twelve months. There are regulatory and contractual

62

limitations on the payment of dividends or other distributions from its insurance subsidiaries. The Company does not believe that any of these restrictions will prevent the payment by its subsidiaries or the Company of these anticipated dividends or distributions in the foreseeable future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The Company manages its investment portfolio to achieve safety and liquidity, while seeking to maximize total return. The Company believes it can achieve these objectives by active portfolio management and intensive monitoring of investments. Market risk represents the potential for loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments. The market risk related to financial instruments primarily relates to the investment portfolio, which exposes the Company to risks related to interest rates, default, prepayments, and declines in equity prices. Interest rate risk is the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates. The Company views these potential changes in price within the overall context of asset and liability management. The Company's analysts estimate the payout pattern of the mortgage insurance loss reserves to determine their duration, which is the weighted average payments expressed in years. The Company sets duration targets for fixed income investment portfolios that it believes mitigates the overall effect of interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2002, the average duration of the fixed income portfolio was 5.5 years. Based upon assumptions the Company uses in its duration calculations, increases in interest rates of 100 and 150 basis points would cause decreases in the market value of the fixed maturity portfolio (excluding short-term investments) of approximately 5.6% and 8.5%, respectively. Similarly, a decrease in interest rates of 100 and 150 basis points would cause increases in the market value of the fixed maturity portfolio of approximately 5.1% and 7.6%, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had no material foreign investments and its investment in non-investment grade fixed income securities was $14.8 million. At December 31, 2002, the market value and cost of the Company's equity securities were $168.5 million and $196.8 million, respectively. In addition, the market value and cost of the Company's short-term and long-term debt at December 31, 2002 were $587.4 million and $544.1 million, respectively.

During 2002, the Company experienced an increase in the fair market value of the available for sale portfolio, which resulted in an increase in the net unrealized gain on the investment portfolio of $47.1 million. The accumulated net unrealized gain at December 31, 2002 was $58.1 million compared to $11.0 million at December 31, 2001. This increase in value was primarily a result of changes in market interest rates and not a result of changes in the composition of the Company's investment portfolio.

At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the Company's derivative instruments, classified as trading securities, was $37.6 million, as compared to an amortized value of $39.3 million, and the Company recognized $0.5 million, net of tax, of loss on changes in the fair value of trading securities in the Consolidated Statements of Income for 2002. The notional value of the Company's credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts accounted for under SFAS No. 133 was $7.3 billion at December 31, 2002 and the Company recognized $8.0 million, net of tax, of losses on these instruments. Net unrealized losses on credit default swaps and certain other financial guaranty contracts of $17.5 million at December 31, 2002 were composed of gross unrealized gains of $52.4 million and gross unrealized losses of $69.9 million.

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies comprise those policies that require the Company's most difficult, subjective, and complex judgments. These policies require estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. The accounting policies that the Company believes meet the criteria of critical accounting policies are described below.

Reserve for Losses

As described in notes 1 and 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company establishes reserves to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims in both the mortgage insurance and

63

financial guaranty businesses. Setting loss reserves in both businesses involves the significant use of estimates with regard to the likelihood, magnitude and timing of a loss.

In the mortgage insurance business, the incurred loss process is initiated by a borrower's missed payment. The Company uses historical models based on a variety of loan characteristics, including the status of the loan as reported by the servicer of the loan, the economic conditions, and the estimated foreclosure period in the area where the default exists to help determine the appropriate loss reserve at any point in time. As the delinquency proceeds toward foreclosure, there is more certainty around these estimates and adjustments are made to loss reserves to reflect this updated information.

The process for establishing financial guaranty loss reserves is similar; however, the remote probability of losses and the dearth of historical losses in this business makes it more difficult to estimate the appropriate loss reserve. Policies are monitored by the Company or the primary insurers over the life of the policy. When the policy's performance deteriorates below underwriting expectations, or if the circumstances dictate, it is placed on a Watch List. Once a transaction is placed on a Watch List, the transaction is actively monitored, which may include communication with the borrower, site inspection or the engagement of a third party consultant. If the transaction continues to deteriorate to a point where a default is probable and estimable, the Company will establish a loss reserve. Financial Guaranty has a regular case reserve committee meeting where experts in the risk management and surveillance area provide input to the finance area before any case reserves are determined, and the surveillance team actively monitors any problem deals and notifies the committee if a change in the loss reserve is necessary. Financial Guaranty establishes a reserve based on the estimated loss, including expenses associated with the settlement of the loss.

Setting the loss reserves in both business segments involves significant reliance upon estimates with regard to the likelihood, magnitude and timing of a loss. The models and estimates the Company uses to establish loss reserves may not prove to be accurate, especially during an extended economic downturn. There can be no assurance that the Company has correctly estimated the necessary amount of reserves or that the reserves established will be adequate to cover ultimate losses on incurred defaults.

If the Company's estimates are inadequate, it may be forced by insurance and other regulators or rating agencies to increase its reserves. Unanticipated increases to its reserves could lead to a reduction in the Company's and its subsidiaries' ratings. Such a reduction in ratings could have a significant negative impact on the Company's ability to attract and retain business.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

As described in note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133 on January 1, 2001. The two areas where gains and losses on derivative contracts are recognized are in the convertible debt securities contained in the Company's investment portfolio and in certain financial guaranty contracts. The value of the derivative position of convertible debt securities is calculated by the Company's outside convertible debt portfolio manager by determining the value of the readily ascertainable comparable debt securities and assigning a value to the equity (derivative) portion by subtracting the value of the comparable debt security from the total value of the convertible instrument. Changes in such values from period to period represent the gains and losses recorded. The gains and losses on derivative financial guaranty contracts are derived from internally generated models. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is necessarily required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have an effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

64

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

RADIAN GROUP INC.

Directors

Frank P. Filipps
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Roy J. Kasmar
President and Chief Operating Officer

Herbert Wender
Lead Director
Retired Vice Chairman
LandAmerica Financial Group, Inc.

David C. Carney
Chairman
ImageMax, Inc.

Howard B. Culang
President
Laurel Corporation

Stephen T. Hopkins
President
Hopkins and Company LLC

James W. Jennings
Retired Senior Partner
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

Ronald W. Moore
Adjunct Professor of Business Administration Harvard University, Graduate School of Business Administration

Robert W. Richards
Retired Chairman of the Board
Source One Mortgage Services Corporation

Anthony W. Schweiger
President
The Tomorrow Group LLC

Officers

Frank P. Filipps
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Roy J. Kasmar
President and Chief Operating Officer

Martin A. Kamarck
President

65

Radian Asset Assurance Inc. and Radian Reinsurance Inc.

C. Robert Quint
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Howard S. Yaruss
Executive Vice President, Secretary, General Counsel and Corporate Responsibility Officer

John J. Calamari
Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

Mark A. Casale
Senior Vice President
Strategic Investments

Elizabeth A. Shuttleworth
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Scott C. Stevens
Senior Vice President
Human Resources and Administration

66

STOCKHOLDERS' INFORMATION

ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders of Radian Group Inc. will be held on Tuesday, May 13, 2003, at 9:00 a.m. at 1601 Market Street, 11th floor, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

10-K REPORT

Copies of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission will be available without charge on or about March 21, 2003, to stockholders upon written request to: Secretary, Radian Group Inc., 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Bank of New York, P.O. Box 11002, Church Street Station, New York, NY 10286, 212 815.2286

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, 215 564.6600

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Mona Zeehandelaar, 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, 215 564.6600

COMMON STOCK

Radian Group Inc. common stock is listed on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol RDN. At December 31, 2002, there were 93,552,290 shares outstanding and approximately 13,100 holders of record. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of the Company's common stock on The New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the financial quarters indicated:

                                                     2001            2002
                                                 -------------   -------------
                                                  High    Low    High     Low
                                                 -----   -----   -----   -----
1st Quarter                                      37.53   26.91   49.80   40.48
2nd Quarter                                      43.87   32.48   55.56   47.60
3rd Quarter                                      42.62   30.10   49.82   30.85
4th Quarter                                      43.38   32.25   42.00   29.49

67

Subsidiaries of Radian Group Inc. as of 12/31/02 Exhibit 21

Radian Group Inc. (Delaware domiciled corporation)
   Amerin Guaranty Corporation (Illinois domiciled wholly owned subsidiary Radian Group Inc.)
   Amerin Re Corporation (Illinois domiciled wholly owned subsidiary Radian Group Inc.)
   Amerin Investor Services Corporation  (Illinois domiciled wholly owned subsidiary Radian Group Inc.)
   CMAC Investment Management Corporation (Delaware domiciled wholly owned
      Subsidiary of Radian Group Inc.)
   RadianExpress.com (Iowa domiciled wholly owned subsidiary of Radian Group Inc.)
      Radian Express Services LLC (Delaware domiciled wholly owned subsidiary of
         Radian Express.com)
   Radian Mortgage Reinsurance Company (Vermont domiciled wholly owned subsidiary
      of Radian Group Inc.)
   Enhance Financial Services Group Inc.  (New York domiciled wholly owned subsidiary
      of Radian Group Inc.)
      Radian Reinsurance Inc. (New York domiciled wholly owned subsidiary of
         Enhance Financial Services Group)
      Radian Asset Assurance Inc. (New York domiciled wholly owned subsidiary of
         Enhance Financial Services Group Inc.)
         Van-American Companies, Inc. (Delaware domiciled wholly owned subsidiary
            of Radian Asset Assurance Inc.)
            Van-American Insurance Company, Inc. (Kentucky domiciled wholly owned
               subsidiary Van-American Companies, Inc.)
      Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company of Texas (Texas domiciled wholly owned
         subsidiary of Enhance Financial Services Group Inc.)
      Singer Asset Finance Company, LLC (Delaware domiciled wholly owned subsidiary of Enhance
         Financial Services Group Inc.)
   Radian Guaranty Inc. (Pennsylvania domiciled wholly owned subsidiary)
      Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Company of Arizona (Arizona domiciled
         wholly owned subsidiary Radian Guaranty Inc.)
      Radian Insurance Inc. (Pennsylvania domiciled wholly owned
         subsidiary of Radian Guaranty Inc.)
      Radian Services LLC (Delaware domiciled wholly owned subsidiary of Radian Guaranty Inc.)


Exhibit 23

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-57872, 33-67366, 33-98106, 333-40623, 333-77957, 333-81549, 333-52762, and 333-88638 of Radian Group Inc. on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 28, 2003, appearing in and incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Radian Group Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2002.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 21, 2003